Upload
druidian
View
227
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 135
-Ge^rI 24
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTIONON PLOTTING TARGETS AND BURST-
ING POINTS FOR ADJUST-MENT OF FIRE
CONTENTS TRANSLATION OF A FRENCH
OFFICIAL DOCUMENT OF OCTOBER 1916
ARMY WAR COLLEGESEPTEMBER 1917
8WASHINGTON41822J-JJW
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE1917
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 235
THE GENERAL SERVICE SCHOOLS
LIBRARY
CLASS NUMBER-IM-15Accession Number H~h~__
iampral
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 335
WAR DEPARTMENTWashington September 26 1917
The followingpamphlet on Technical Instruction on PlottingTargets and Bursting Points for Adjustment of Fire is publishedfor the information of all concerned
[06213 A G O]
By OltoEszlig OF THE SECRETARY OF WARTASKER H BLISS
Major General Chief ofStaffOfficialH P McCAIN
The Adjutant General
War DepartmentThe Adjutant Generals Office
Washington June 19 1917To all officers of the Army
You are advised that this and all subsequent documents ofa simi-lar character which may be furnished to you from this office are tobe regarded as strictly confidential They are to be kept at alltimes in your personal possession and are not to be copied nor areany parts of their contents to be communicated either directly orindirectly to the press nor to any persons not in the military or
naval service of the United States In Europe these documents arenot to be carried into the front-line trenches nor farther to the frontthan the usual post of the officers to whom issued
Strict compliance with this injunction is enjoined upon everyofficer into whose hands any of these confidential documents maycome
ORDER OF THE SECRETARY OF WARH P McCAIN
The Adjutant General3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 435
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Technical instruction on plotting and bursting points for ad-justment of fire 5
1 Composition of a section and organization of the obser-mdashation stations 5
Chapter I Determination of an unknown point by bearings 72 Definition 7
3 Influence of an error in the angle on the position of thegeometrical locus 8
4 Influence of errors of position of the reference pointnd of the observation station on the positionofgeo-
metric locus mdash 95 Mean errors of the geometric loci Choice of a solu-
tion 116 Use of calculation and of a graphic construction on a
large scale 127 Precision of the determination 138 Special case of two bearings 14mdash
Chapte r brvbar Plotting the targets 169 Construction of the bearing 16
10 Utilization of the observations 1911 Case in which the position of the observation stations
can not be determined with precision 22hapter 111
mdashAdjustment of percussion fire 23
12 Problem of the adjustment by the observation of thebursts 23
13 Adjustment on an invisible target 2314 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting
points etc 25
15 Completion of the preparation etc 2716 Adjustment on a target etc 28
Example 1 30Example I I 31
Calculation of the adjustments etc 32
4
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 535
UNCLASSIFIED
TECHNICALINSTRUCTIONON PLOTTING TARGETSAND BURSTING POINTSFOR ADJUSTMENTOFFIRE
[Translation of a French official document of October 1916by the Army War Col
lege September 1917]
(SgretWlampeoftftderilictlnot to be taken intofront-line trenches)
TERRESTRIAL OBSERVATION SECTIONS
1 Composition of a section and organization of the observation stamdashtions A terrestrial observation section generally comprises fourobservationstations O1(O
1(02O
2 03O3 04O
4 and a central station C
Each observation station should be provided with observationinstruments (prismatic monocular telescope glasses for nocturnalobservations etc) mounted on goniometers which permit themeasurement of the horizontal angles in x
mils The limbs of thegoniometers are oriented in such a manner that their readings arezero when the optical axes of the corresponding glasses are directedon a very distinct distant point of known position included in themdashobservation sector of the station preferably a geodetic point Assubstitute for this reference point R by night or day when fog or
obstacles hide it it is indispensable to have an auxiliary referencepoint R near enough to be seen in almost any weather by day andcapable of being illuminated at night by a little electric lamp turnedtoward the station The reading L E ofthe goniometer correspondingto R generally (see Sec 4 2deg) varies frominstrument to instrumentand if it is desired to use R for orienting a limb of the goniometeror verifyingits location it is necessary that the instrument shouldoccupy exactly the position that it had at the moment that the reading L E was made on the oriented limbThe observer at a station has thus the means of reading almost toa mil the relative direction of an object which he has sighted
The special telegraphic material called Military Telegraph (for adescription see the notice published by the Geographical Service)with which the sections are provided enable the observer
1 To light a lamp at the central for signaling the exact instantof the sighting of a target or of a burst
5
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 635
6 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
2 To announce or cause to be announced to the central thedivision of the goniometer corresponding to the sighting as well asall the indications likely to facilitate the utilization of the observation (see Sec 10)
The central knows exactly therefore at what instant an observation is made at any of the stations of the section and receives thecorresponding goniometrical reading without any delay By thesimultaneity of the observations he can easily recognizemdashhose of thereadings which can be referred to a single objective flash of anenemy gun or flash or smoke ball of a friendly shell
The problem for the central consists therefore in making the mostof the elements thus obtained singly or together It is a well-knownproblem of topography which is generally solved by the processknown as intersection But this purely graphic process especiallyadapted to the plane-table can not be used here it must be replacedby the general method of the geometrical loci which must first beexplained so that its principles can be evolved
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 735
CHAPTER I
DETERMINATION OP AN UNKNOWN POINT X BY BEARINGSmdash
2 Definition The horizontal angle a at the known point O(observation station) fig 1 made by the direction of an unknownpoint X (target) with that of I^ie known point R (reference point)gives a geometrical locus of X which is the bearing 1 starting from 0and forming with OR the angle a
In whatfollows the angle a is considered as measured in mils andreckoned from 0 to 6400 starting from OR in the clockwise direction
Two bearings suffice in a geometrical sense to determine X butgenerally three are necessary for a verification I f there were noerrors of
measurementand
if thepositions of the observation stations 0 and of their referencepoints R wereknown exactly allthese bearings would intersect atthe same point But in consequence of the errors by whichthe angles a and the positions ofthe points 0 and R are affected
their meeting point is only ap- p j j
proximate To choose rationallythe point to be adopted it is necessary to know the preci-sion of each locus which depends on the one hand on the pre-cision of this locus and that of the angle which supplied it and onthe other hand on the precision of the positions of the points whichdefine the direction from which the angle was measured
i This term bearing must not be confused with that used in topography In thisconnection it designates the geometrical locus given by sighting from a known pointon an unknown point referred to another known point in topography bearingmeans the process whichconsists in determining an unknown point by the stationby taking sights on at least three known points This is what is called in militarytopography the map problem The word intersection is frequently although in-accurately used to designate the geometrical locus here called bearing
7
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 835
8 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
There is reason therefore to study first the influence on theposition of the locus
1 Of an error in the angle a
2 Of errors in the positions of the points 0 and RBy reason of the smallness of these errors relatively to the distance
of the observation stations from the point to be determined they maybe considered as differentials and the influence of each may bedetermined separately
3 Influenceofan error in the angle on the position of the geometricalmdashlocus Let
abe the erroneous value of the
angle ROX anda--daits real value The error da of the angle has the effect of giving the
bearing OX in place of OX (fig 2) The displacement p=XX to
Fig 2O
be applied at X to the erroneous locus in order to obtain the reallocus has therefore as expression
iM gt l(logK-499200)
D designating the distance OX and p being reckoned positivelywith reference to the point 0 from left to right
Therefore the error of the geometric locus is proportional to theerror of the angle which results from the fact that we have assumedthat the error da could be considered as a differential I t is moreover proportionalto the distance of the point sighted
The inverse of p can be taken as measure of the precision of the
locus The factor characterizes therefore the real precision ofthe
locus and frj~ that of the angle Starting from these definitionswe
may formulate the followingrule which is applicable whatever thenature of the angle may be
The precision ofa locus is the product ofits real precision and of thatof the angle whichhas supplied it
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 935
9ECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The value of da in mils makes it possible to obtainp very simplyWhen da=l the value of p in meters is equal to the distance D expressed in kilometers with approximately the factor (1mdash00183)To have the value of p in meters corresponding to any value of dait is onlynecessary to multiply the distance D in kilometers by da
4 Influence of errors of position of the reference mdashoint and of theobservation station on the positionofgeometric locus 1 Influence ofan error in the reference point
Let (fig3) R be the assumed position of the reference point whichalone is supposed to be erroneous and W its exact position
p=RR and to=ORR
thepolar
coordinates of R referred to the
Fig 3
origin R and to the axis RO laquois reckoned positively from RO inthe clockwise direction
I t is apparent on the figure that the effect of the error of the posi-
tionRRis the same as that of an error of angle da== mdash Wr gt r beingV T
the projection of W on OR and DBDB the distance DR As
mdash mdashRr=p sin laquo da= TrfT~ bull The displacement qqR = XX to be sub-
stituted at X for the erroneous locus in order to have the exact locusis consequently according to (1)
D 2)
q^ being reckoned positivelyin the same direction as pmdashmdash16057 Bmdashl817 -2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1035
10 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The formula (2) shows first that the component of the error of theposition of R normal to the direction of the referencepoint intervenesalone
Second that its influence is proportional to the distance of the pointsighted and inversely proportional to that of the reference point
I t is therefore advantageous in so far as visibility permits to takeas reference point a point as far away as possible
The absolute value of gK is easily calculated when the normal com-ponent p sin w is known since it is only necessary to multiply it by
the ratio ytbull
mdash2 Influence of an error of position of the observation station Let
(fig 4) 0 be the given position of the observation station which isalone supposed to be erroneous and O be its exact position
Fig 4
p=OO and oj=ROO the polar coordinates of 0 referred to theoriginO and the axis OR
w is always reckoned positively from OR in the clockwise direc-
tionThe normal displacement qqo
= mdash XX to be substituted at X forthe geometrical locus in order to have the exact locus consists ofmdash mdashtwo parts XX X and XjX X x being the point of intersection ofXX with the parallel to OX drawn through o The first is equal
to the component 0 ofmdash00 normal to OX it has as its expression= mdash
XX X p sin (amdashlaquo)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 11mdashThe second XjX is equal to the error of the locus at the point Xfor an error of angle da= - X j O X ^ -ORO since RO X =ROX=
o Now O RO=-^iO o being the component normal to OR of the
error of position of Omdash
that is p sin a
Consequently da=-pJtll^
w and according to the formula (1)
-XIX=--5-psincoX1X =--5-psincoTherefore finally
(3) o=-P0=-P sin (a-w)+-g-sin a gt
q0 being reckoned positivelyin the same direction as p and qR
The second term of the expression of q 0 is the same as gE as mightbe foreseen geometrically a variation of orientation of the referencedirection producing the same effect on the geometrical locus thatarises from the displacement of one or the other of its extremitiesThe conclusionsobtained above from the formula (2) are therefore
applicable As for the first term it is always inferior to pin absolutevalue and it is proportionately less as the error of position of 0 isnearer the direction of the point sighted X
When D=D B the factor in brackets of the second term of (3)
tends toward zero at the same time as a Therefore the influenceofthe error of position of the observation station on the position of thegeometric locus is perceptibly nil when a well-determinedpoint near thepoint sighted is taken as referencepoint This remark is of great importance from the practical point of viewit willbe put to advantagelater mdash mdash
5 Mean errors of the geometric loci Choiceof a solution I f thereal errors da p sin laquo and p sin (amdash laquo) are replaced in the formulae(1) (2) and (3) respectively by the mean error of angle 5a and themean errors u R and u 0 of the position of R and O the second termsrepresent the mean errors of the geometric locus at the point X resulting from 5a t of unun and uOu0 Assuming that the points R and 0 havethe same mean error v we have for the mean total error of the locus
at the point X ^V2 f 2 1 2 cos a A n
5a being expressed in milsKnowing the mean errors of each of the loci traced on the construc
tion sheet and consequently their values which are inverselyproportionalto the squares of the mean errors we choose the point X on
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1235
12 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
condition that 2pd be the minimum d designating the distance ofX to the locus of the value p and the sign 2 extending to all thegeometrical loci
The application of this rule in practice would require too muchtime and time spent on a rather illusoryincrease in precision sincethe mean errors of the loci are not generally well known We con-tent ourselves in being guided by it in choosing at sight on the con-struction sheet the most probable point I t should be remarkedthat in case it may be assumed that the angles have the same pre
cision and that the positions of the observation stations and of theirmdashreference points are equally well determined the precision
of each locus if the ever feeble influence of the mean error of thenormal 0 of the sight is overlooked is inversely proportional to D
Its value is accordingly proportional to j^ or to the square of its
real precision6 Use ofcalculation and ofa graphic construction on a large scalemdash
It may be important in certain cases which will be indicated later(sec 10) to have recourse to calculation to obtain the position Pwith all the precision that the data of the problem permits
The method to be employed consists in taking the position X obtained graphically on the construction sheet on the ordinary Bcaleas the approximate position and in looking for the displacement tobe applied to each of the geometric loci beginning with X so thatat the corresponding observation station the angle of the bearingwith the direction of the reference point may be equal to the meas-ured angle a
The corrected loci are transferred to a graphic sketch on a largescale with reference to two rectangular axes representing the parallelsto the axes of the coordinates of the projection whichpass throughthe point X The point to be adopted X is chosen according to theconsiderations discussed in the preceding section its coordinatesare the corrections to be applied to the coordinates of X
Let Ox0 yOy0
zE yn be the coordinates of the observation station 0
and of its reference point R and x and y the coordinates of Xrepresented graphically on the construction sheet on a small scaleBy means of the formulae
-p o _ ymdash yltraquon
TT = xmdash x0 XmdashX o brvbar (5) tanU 0 deg Dc=-
mdashymdashy
0 smU c cosUc
- x- x - x X- xraquo-yK-yo(6) q d gtbellian v R^mdash J-R~~~~i Trf~laquoE-y 0 3inU
t
B cosXJr
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1335
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 13
we calculate for each observation station where the sighting of X hasbeen carried out the reference angles TJc and TJE of the vectors OXand OR that is the angles of these vectors with the semiaxis of thegt0 reckoned from 0 to 6400 mils in the clockwise direction startingfrom this semiaxis We also calculate the lengths of the vectorsThe calculated reference angle U c is compared with the referenceangle U R+a supplied by measure the difference
(7) dUdeg=U E +a-U c
introduced in the place of da in the equation (1) gives the displacement p to be applied to the locus starting from X
To trace the corrected locus on the large seale 1 graphical chartthe length p is laid off from the origin in a positive sense in thedirectionUdeg-f1600 milsand a perpendicular is drawn at its extremity it ia an element ofthe locus corrected in its determiningpart
In the same wayan element of each of the other loci is traced nearthe originand the point XX7 is selected as being the most probableas has been indicated in the preceding section Let dxand dy be itscoordinates on the chart The coordinates of X are x--dx andy+dy mdash
7 Precision of the determination I f the number of the loci isgreat enough and if the point X is equally well determined in
mdashevery sense the expression --mdashgt in which d represents the devia
tion with reference to the selected point X of the locus of the valuep and 2 extends to all the geometric loci may be taken as the value
of the mean error of position of P But these conditions are practically never realized in the actual practice of locating and adjustingGenerally the number ofloci does not exceed three and the extreme
loci intersect at an angle which rarely reaches 1600 mils and isoften inferior to 800 There is consequently a vast azimuthal region
around X not comprising any locus direction The idea of error ofposition loses therefore all significance The mean error of X
can no longer be defined by a unique quantity and it is necessaryto calculate the mean errors of the coordinates of this point Inorder that these mean errors may have a concrete sense it wouldbe necessary to start by taking as axes of the coordinates the balanced mean of the directions of the loci and its perpendicular so asto have the maximum and minimum mean errors I t is evident
i The scale is adopted with reference to the precision which the angles give reasonto expect for X It is useless in the actual case to go beyond j ^g -
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1435
14 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
that the determination of the precision of the solution by the methodof least squares would lead to quite protracted calculations for anillusory result in consequence of the impossibility of avoidingargtarbitrary proceeding in the attribution of the values to the different loci
We may content ourselves to avoid loss of time by taking themaximum deviations of the intersections in the sense of the meandirection of the loci and in the perpendicular direction as measureof the uncertainty of the position adopted in the two directions
Furthermorethe
number ofthe
Idti mustbe
at leastfour8 Special case of two bearingsmdashBefore passing to the applicationto the plotting of targets and to the adjustment of fire we shouldmdashexamine a special case frequently occurring in practice the case
Fig 5
in which the number of bearings is reduced to two The problemis then determinate and offers no occasion for a choice of a soultionBut it is important to study the influence of the angle at which the twoloci intersect on the precision of their intersection
Let (fig 5) Ox X and O2 X be the two erroneous loci starting fromthe points Ox and 02O2 the positions of the observation stations 1 and
2 and let p i and p2p2 be the displacements to be applied to them toobtain the correct loci IIXI1X
and I^X so that the correct point is Xand so that r=XX represents the vector of error of the position of XThe problem is to findthe value of r
In the triangle X I I X
r2=XP+XI-2Xr2=XP+XI -2XI I XX II Xcos X^X r 2=XP +XI 1 -2XIX
XlxXcobXljX
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 15
The angle XIX is evidently the one of which the bearing OjXmust be turned to a positionparallel with O2 X and in the same direcmdashtion I t is then equal to UU2 U the difference of the reference anglesof the two bearings
On the other hand we have
Xll= sin (Uj-tJ) and Xll= sin (U-Ux)
Consequently
r8gt Sitf(u-p)[l
+^-fro3
ltp - u raquo]-The following table gives the values of mdash for 5 and 10
Pimdash Pwhich correspond to different values of (U 2 Ux) in the case wheremdash mdash
and cos (U2 Ui) are of contrary signs and where consequentlyPir is the longer diagonal of the parellelogram X I I X I
-bullTable of the values of p
mdashAnini les(U 2 U i) in milsles(U 2 U i) in mils
P iidii
1600600 2400400 280008000 3000000 3100100 3200200I
0 100 144 266 5 1 100 2 000
5 511 811 15555 30707 61212 000
100 10101 15252 28686 56363 1122122 000
It appest appes irs froirs froi i the mhe m imbers ofmbers thLf thL table how ratable how ra gtidly tlidly tl te errore ofrror oflosition rosition r augmiugmi snts whints whi3n the small) gtr angle atrn wlngle at wlhe small) ich thlt i twoch lociwo locihlt
alls bells be low 400ow 400 milsils
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1635
CHAPTER 11
PLOTTING THE TARGETS
Although the plotting of the targets and that of the bursts offriendly shells are simply the application of what precedes the twoproblems regarded fromthe practicalpoint of viewdiffersufficientlyto warrant a separate treatment
9 Construction of the bearingmdash
At the observation station 017Ol7 atarget
X has beensighted
under the divisionml
of the micrometer ofthe sight the goniometric reading corresponding to the position ofthis sight being l x The verificationof the orientation of the limbof the goniometer has been made immediately afterwards by layingthe reference point R t under the zero division of the micrometer and
it has been found that the reading which should have been zero ifthe instrument had been correctly oriented was r x The horizontalangle al=a
1= l 1+m 1 mdashr1 between the reference point and the target Xhas therefore been measured The problem is to construct thebearing of X from this measurementmdasha Direct methods According to their rectangular coordinates inconnection with a kilometric cross-sectioning in the system of coordinates used by the Army to which the section belongs transfer thepoints Oj and R x to the construction sheet on the scale of 2 0000-
The bearing Ox X x may then be traced directly if we have an alidadeprotractor withlimb graduated in mils and a vernier for reading themils
In the absence of this instrument which is not generally possessed by the sections a graphic sketch of angles in mils on tracingpaper may be used The center is placed at Ox and the originradius on OAO
AR1(R1( so that a second point for Oj X t can be pricked by
interpolation for a x The Geographic Service has had a graphicsketch of this sort prepared giving all the angles from0 to 1600 milsI t is printed on tracing paper and delivered to the sections Byreason of the inaccuracies in printing this process is less exact thanthat of the protractor
That the bearing thus obtained may have the exactitude requiredin the vicinity of the point X i t is requisite that the distance Ox X
reduced to the scale of the construction sheet should not exceed bytoo much the length of the branches of the protractor when thisinstrument is used I t is above all important whatever method isused that the direction O x R1(R
1( the origin of the angle a should begraphically defined without appreciable error at the distance O^K
16
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1735
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 17
from Oj This is the condition when OXX is at most equal to OjszligjIt is no longer true if O XX is notably superior to o^ and it is thennecessary to prolong this line beyond Ri with the aid of the calculation This is done by determining the intersection of the prolongation with one of the lines of the cross-sectioning which are mostnormally cut by it The formulae to be employed are the following
To obtain the x of the intersection of OJampi with the parallel tothe axis of the asy=h
(9) x=^i+^~(h-y o l )=x i+(k-x o l ) tan Ur i o
to obtain the y of the intersection of (^Rj with the parallel to theaxis of the ya x=k
lt10) y=y oi-^~ i(k-xoi)=yoi+(k-x 01 ) cot r
01 y o l
xr v jRi designating the coordinates of C^ and R x and Vr vthe reference angle of o^ The logarithm tables with four decimals are sufficient for this calculationmdash6 Use ofa graduation The above-mentioned methods are appropriate for tracing bearings taken from a mobile observation stationIn installations remaining stationary for a long time the labor ofgraphical construction can be much reduced and an equal if notsuperior precision can be obtained by using a graduation in milstraced once for all for each station on the construction sheet Eachgraduation starts from the direction of the reference point of the corresponding station and covers its entire sector of visibility Thedivisions are numbered from 0 to 6400 in the clockwise direction soas to correspond to the angles a defined above To trace a bearingtaken from Olt for example it is only necessary to join the point O tto the real or interpolated division whichhas the angle a x as numberI f a precise determination is not required one need only stretch a wireattached to a knob fastened on a special point at Ou making it passthrough the division a u to have the bearing Thus many erasures ofpencil marks on the construction sheet can be avoided and the lattercan be rendered serviceable for a long time
oareshould be exercised in inserting the point not to make the hole at Ot too large if
this point is to be used in tracing very precise bearings But sinceit is difficult not to enlarge the hole if the point is removed too oftenit is expedient to have for the use of the wire a special constructionsheet fastened to a board and to reserve the main construction sheetwhichhad better be fastened to a surface of zinc for tracing bearingswith pencil
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1835
18 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The graduations corresponding to the different observation stations Oj 2O2 03O3 O4O4 are arranged in arcs of circles or better to avoidoverlapping the construction sheet is removed and the desirableprecision is had on its entire extent on the margins by means ofparallel bands about 10 millimeters in width These are distinguished by different colors
The quickest way to trace them is to use the graphic sketch of theGeographic Service on tracing paper pricking a point or two of eachdivision near the margin of the sheet The angular spacing of the
radii of this graphic sketch at the different distances from the centerhas been chosen in such a way that the interpolationat sight is everywhere possible without appreciable error and that their linearspacing never descends below 15 millimeters it is only necessarythen whatever part of the graphical sketch is used to prick one ortwo points of each of the radii successively without adding or cutting off
Nevertheless by reason of the inaccuracies of the graphical sketchdue to printing it may happen that a graduation obtained by thismeans wouldpresent inadmissible errors This difficulty is avoidedby determining some divisions by calculation for instance those of800 1600 4800 5400 mils besides that of the referencepoint Once these principal divisionshave been traced on the construction sheet the graphical sketch makes it possible to obtain theintermediary divisions without appreciable error For this purposeit is placed over the construction sheet with the center at On
n beingthe number of the station corresponding -to the graduation and aprincipalradius on one of the extreme divisions calculated
that onthe left forinstance of the sector of 800 mils that is to be graduatedI f the radius laid off at 800 mils from the first does not fall on thelimiting division on the right the graphical sketch is shifted gentlywith respect to the point On followingthe bisector of the angle ofthe sector the first radius beingkept on its divisionuntil this resultis obtained
The formula to be used for determining by calculation the intersection with one of the linesof the cross-sectioning of the division d
reckoned from the aiming line are the followingTo obtain the xof the intersection of Ond with the parallel to the
axis of the x of the cross-sectioning farthest from On ymdashh
(11) j c = s raquo n +(l-y 11 )taii(ITR n +d)
to obtain the yof the intersection of Oud with the parallel at theaxis of the y of the cross-sectioning farthest from Ou x=k
(12) y=yo n +(h-xo ) cot (Un n+d)n
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1935
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 19
IJRn is given by the first of the formulae (6) That one of theformulae (11) and (12) which corresponds to the most normal inter-section is of course employed
A type of the calculation by the formula (12) will be found inExample I t the end of the pamphlet
In the absence of the graphical sketch of the angles in mils it isnecessary to graduate entirely by calculation The same formulaeare used it is only necessary to make din them equal successivelyto 5 10 15 mils or to 10 20 30 mils etc according
to the distanceof
the intersection from the point On The calcu-lations in this case should be made in series so as not to require toomuch time and should be verified by the differences
Tables of logarithms of four decimals are sufficient for all thesecalculations mdash
10 Utilizationof the observations A single observation supplyingonly one geometric locus of the position of the target is not enoughto determine i t but it furnishes an indication capable of beingusedin many cases
To turn it to account an investigation is first made to see whetherit corresponds to a known target The bearing is applied to theconstruction sheet on which the positions of all the previouslydetermined targets has been marked The use of the sheet pastedto the board and provided with wires is particularly adaptable forthis use Several cases may occur
(a) The bearing passes through a target at the usual degree ofapproxi-mdashmation Let A be this known target O2O2 being the station whichhas
given the observation The centralpricks
on the constructionsheet the directions ayav a 3 a4a4 in which the observers of Qu 3O3 04O
4should sight to see A and he has them watch in these directionsrespectively until OlOl signals a new observation in the same directionas the first If one or more of them get an observation at the sametime as Oj the operation is conducted as described later (case of twoor more simultaneous observations) In the contrary case it isdecided either that the target seen from O2O2 is not A or that if it isA the circumstancesdo not permit sighting it from O1(O1( 03O3 04O4
I f the bearing from Ox encounters two or more targets they aretried successively in the order of probability until at least twosimultaneous observations are obtained mdash(b) The bearing does not pass through any known target It happensquite often at least by day that the observer who has made an ob-servation of a flash or smoke ball is able to locate approximately
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2035
20 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
this flash or smoke ball The Central adopts provisionally a location of the target on the bearing in the region indicated by theobserver and proceeds with reference to this supposed location aswith reference to a known target through which the bearing mightpass to try to obtain at least two simultaneous bearings
In the absence of supplementary information supplied by theobserver who has made the observation application is made to theneighboring terrestrial observation sections or sound locating sections or balloons or first-line trench stations of the Artillery Intelli-
gence Service etc and the Central in this way may often obtaindata which will enable him to determine somewhat more accuratelythe position of the target on the single bearing sufficiently at leastto try to obtain simultaneous observations
Two simultaneous observations are theoretically sufficient for thedetermination of a target but generally every determination whichis not verified should be regarded as doubtful The best verificationis a third concurrent observation supplying a bearing which passesvery close to the point of intersection of the two others For theprobability that three flashes for instance should be produced atthe same instance and should give concurrent directions with threestations from which they have been observed is very slight and theprobability that the three stations have sighted the same flash ispractically equivalent under these conditions to a certainty I t isthis verification which we must try to get especially for newtargets But since it is quite often impossible for reasons of visi-bility or clearness that three stations should sight the same flash
or smoke ball we must often be satisfied with other verificationsThe fact that the two observations are simultaneous especially
when it is a case of an instantaneous phenomenon like a flash is in it-self a partial proof that they relate to the same target I f the samefact is repeated a certain number of times while the directions oftheobservations remain apparently constant the presumption is strengthened without absolute certainty being produced since in the caseof firing for instance the enemy might discharge two guns at a timeormake false flashes
A much more weighty confirmationresults from the coincidenceof the intersection with a known target The concurrence of theresult with the approximate position given by one of the observerson a bearing may also be regarded as a satisfactory verificationFinally the intelligence obtained outside the section in case thatof the section is insufficient sometimes reveals the degree of confidence that can be placed in the result
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 21
The use of wiresrepresenting the bearings is very convenient whenthere are only two bearings to be applied on condition that the angleat which they intersect is large enough The tracing of the loci on
the construction sheet becomes necessary as soon as the angle is lessthan 400 mils especially if the point of intersection is very distant(Sec 8) It is even necessary to resort to calculation when the angleis less than 300 mils
The determination by two bearings only should be turned over tothe Artillery with all the necessary reserve according to the con-
firmations obtained In no case should i t be regarded as definiteWith three or more simultaneous observations the problem is more
than determined and as the geometric loci generally do not intersectat the same point the position to be adopted is open to a choiceI f the observations are equally good the rule given in section 5leads tochoosing a point nearest the loci whose value is greatest Further-more as is known the value of a locus may be regarded as inverselyproportional to the square of the distance from the point sought to
thecorresponding station or in other words to the square of
thedisplacement of the locus for the same error of observation 10 milsfor instance I t is sufficient then to trace near the cap (the figurehaving the intersections of the loci as summits) bearings correspond-ing to the same angular deflection of the first in order to have a veryclear conception of the values which are inversely proportional tothe squares of the linear spacings
But the problem is rarelypresented with this degree of simplicityGenerally the observations are of unequal precision and the difficulty
consists in observing the inequalities of precision in the attributionof value to the bearings Thus in the case where two observers havebeen able to observe the flash of the discharge of a gun and thethird the dust or the smoke only the observation of the third is allother things being equal less precise than that of the first two butthe central has not the data by which he may determine in whatmeasure Only the observers if they are conscientious and welltrained can indicate to him the degree of uncertainty of their ob-servations and enable him to reduce to a minimum the arbitrarypart in the attribution of the values The chiefs of sections can notuse too much care therefore in the selection development andsupervision of the observers
The use of wires is not recommended for very precise determina-tions especially if the loci intersect at rather acute angles for if
the wires rub on one another i t is to be feared that they will not be
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2235
22 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
perfectly Btraight Moreover not being on the same plane theyproduce the effect of a parallax For tracing the bearings on theconstruction sheet fastened on zinc a hard pencil sharpened to avery fine point must be used Finally if the loci intersect at veryacute angles it is necessary to resort to a calculation and to a graphicconstruction on a large scale (Sec 6)
When the dimensions of the cap exceed notably those whichcorrespond to the mean errors of the observations the determinationshould be regarded as nul Every correction of observation tendingto reduce the cap which has not been signalled at once by the ob-server himself must be rigidly avoided
Unless there is absolute certainty that the sightings of the differentstations relate to a single and identical target i t is never permissibleto proceed by mean observations especially if the flashes or smoke ballshave not all been sighted by the same observation stations Thevariations of the positions corresponding to the different series ofsimultaneous sightings show whether several targets are involved
and in thecontrary case they afford a
muchmore exact
idea of theapproximation really obtained than that which can be formed fromthe variation of the loci in respect to the point chosen in a singledetermination
11 Case in which the position of the observation stationsmdash can not bedetermined withprecision The preceding is based upon the implicitassumption that the positions of the observation stations are so wellknown that the influence oftheir errors on the determination can beregarded as negligible in regard to that of the errors of measure It
is not always so even in position warfare since some stations difficultto establish have to be used before the range triangulation group hashad the time or opportunity to determine their locations In openwarfare i t is often necessary to rely on positions taken at sight onthe battle map or even on the ordinary map
The remark at the end of section 4 shows that it is still possible inthis case to have exact geometric loci if a reference point sufficientlynear the target is available for each station But then since thereference points change with the targets there is no occasion to tracethe graduation on the construction sheet By wayof compensationthe graphical sketch on tracing paper of the angles in mils can beused with advantage to prick the bearings since the angles beingsmall its deviations are inconsequential
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2335
CHAPTER 111
ADJUSTMENT OP PERCUSSION FIREmdash
12 Problem of the adjustment by the observation of the bursts A
battery mayask
the terrestrial observation service located in thesame sector to determine for it either the absolute positions (the rectangular coordinates) of the bursts of its projectiles or the positionsof these bursts with reference to the target which should in this casebe a clearly denned point of the battle map
The first problem does not differ from the one considered in the preceding chapter it is in general even easier both for the observerswho can be informed in advance of the time and the direction inwhich they should watch and for the central who works on thebasis of observations unusually concordant
The second is distinguished by the fact that the position sought isa relative position which can be obtained by differentialcalculus^and consequently constructed on a geographical sketch on a large
scale with all the desirable precision and rapidity It constitutesthe real problem of fire adjustment which may be formulated thus
A friendly gun P fires a percussion shell at a target X the burst isheard by the terrestrial observation section Determine the errors in
range and in lateral deviationThere are two cases to be distinguished according as the target is
invisible and known only by its rectangular coordinates or as it canbe sighted by the stations during the adjustmentmdash
13 Adjustment on an invisible target Let (fig 6) 0 0202 080
8 0404
be the four observation stations of the section a u lt 3 a4a
4 hex3x
angles observed in each of them between the reference point and the-bursting point X of a projectileTo have the errors of X in respect to X inrange and direction
there are traced on a graphic sketch on the scale -s^^ two rectan-gular axes Xx and Xy (fig 7) representing the parallels to the axes ofthe rectangular coordinates passing through the target X and theposition of the burst X is determined with respect to these axes byconstructing its four geometric loci one of whichmay be lacking
23
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2435
24 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
If the point X is nearenough to thepoint X thedirectionsoftheloci are very noticeablyparallelto OjX O4X of whichthereferenceanglesUdeg x Udeg 4 (fig 6) arecalculatedby meansof the
y
i
Si y l r^ n N s^-
V t i )k j vv ft J -mdash
raquo Tic
Kg cfirst of theformulae(5)ormulae of5) ofsection6 their distancesat the their distancesat theoriginri haveBectionas expressionsions(formula (1) ofSecformula (1) ofSec 3))
Pi-sKDxrfU0 7)4 =KD 4rfUdeg4
with [formulaula (7)]7)]
tfU^UEi+ai-U0 rfU^TJju+^-UV
DvDv D 4 arethe distancesOiK O4X measuredon theconstructionsheeton the scale Towff) Uumlb4 designate thereferenceangles of thelinesO1O
1R 1 O4O
4R 4 runningfrom the
observationstations to theirreferencepointsthe referenceanglesbeingcalculatedonceforall by the first of theformulae(6)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 25
The direction in which these distances should be pricked is seenon the construction sheet as is shown in figure 6 Thus in figure 7the trace of the first locus corresponds to a difference ltfUcgto
All the loci should intersect at the same point if the sightings arefree of errors and if the positions of the stations and of the referencepoints are exactly known Generally they form a little cap inwhich the bursting point X is selected as shown in sections 5and 10
I t is then only necessary to project X in pound on the direction XPof the gun or of the battery P which forms with the axis Xy an angle
given by the construction sheet to have in Xpound the error of rangeand in poundX the error in direction
14 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting points onmdashthe scale of-g^-g The formulae (1) and (7) are independent of thegun or battery P The section may therefore have in advance foreach of the targets on which it willhave to make the adjustment aconstruction sheet on the scale of -sinnr like the one represented in
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2635
26 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
figure 7 on whichare pricked the directions of the loci starting fromX with respect to the axes Xx Xy and normally to these directionsof the scales of the corresponding ps for the successive values ofdUdeg in multiples of 5 mils or in multiples of 10 mils
The graphical sketch of the angles in mils may be used to graduatethese scales in pricking the divisions through the tracing paper
when the distance OX from the station to the target is less than 5kilometers For distances greater than 2 kilometers it is easier touse the graphic table of the errors of the bearings (PL I I I ) which
gives on the scale of -5-^trff the displacement of the bearing to thedifferent distances from 2to 18 kilometers In the absence of thisgraphic table the values of the ps for dU c=lo mils are calculatedby means of the formula
(p) p 1 10 mils=4o KD
whichgives pin millimeterson the scale of -g^Vo-i terms of D inmillimetersof the construction sheet on the scale of 2oooogt and inwhichthe coefficient X has as value (Sec 3)
31416 13200 =1000 ( l - deg - deg l B3 )gt
wherefore log K=4 99200 These lengths of p are then multiplied
for 10 mils by 1 2 3 to have the distances of the successivedivisionsin multiplesof 16 mils on the straight line XO whichgivesthe direction of the geometric locus The divisions on the left ofthis mdashine with respect to the observation station are indicated bythe sign those on the right by the + sign
I f the lack of parallelismof the bearings becomes noticeable at theextremities of the graduation it can be remedied easily by substituting for the single scale corresponding to the target two scalesplaced at a distance of 10 centimeters for instance from each sideof the origin
Instead of taking as originof the graduation of each scale its pointof intersection I with the corresponding straight line XO it is preferable in case the target is well determined and fixed to trace thedivisions which correspond to round numbers of mils of the anglea so as to avoid having to reckon the difference dJdeg for each geometric locus to be constructed The value of a for the point I eingUdegmdashU B the adjustment to be applied to the divisions toward theright is the product of the value of p for 10 mils multiplied by themdashfraction of 10 mils obtained by subtracting UUc UEUE from the value ofthe next highest multiple of 10 mils above the actual value of a Example I I at the end of the pamphlet gives the disposition toadopt for all these calculations
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2735
16057deg (To face page 2ti) No 1
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 235
THE GENERAL SERVICE SCHOOLS
LIBRARY
CLASS NUMBER-IM-15Accession Number H~h~__
iampral
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 335
WAR DEPARTMENTWashington September 26 1917
The followingpamphlet on Technical Instruction on PlottingTargets and Bursting Points for Adjustment of Fire is publishedfor the information of all concerned
[06213 A G O]
By OltoEszlig OF THE SECRETARY OF WARTASKER H BLISS
Major General Chief ofStaffOfficialH P McCAIN
The Adjutant General
War DepartmentThe Adjutant Generals Office
Washington June 19 1917To all officers of the Army
You are advised that this and all subsequent documents ofa simi-lar character which may be furnished to you from this office are tobe regarded as strictly confidential They are to be kept at alltimes in your personal possession and are not to be copied nor areany parts of their contents to be communicated either directly orindirectly to the press nor to any persons not in the military or
naval service of the United States In Europe these documents arenot to be carried into the front-line trenches nor farther to the frontthan the usual post of the officers to whom issued
Strict compliance with this injunction is enjoined upon everyofficer into whose hands any of these confidential documents maycome
ORDER OF THE SECRETARY OF WARH P McCAIN
The Adjutant General3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 435
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Technical instruction on plotting and bursting points for ad-justment of fire 5
1 Composition of a section and organization of the obser-mdashation stations 5
Chapter I Determination of an unknown point by bearings 72 Definition 7
3 Influence of an error in the angle on the position of thegeometrical locus 8
4 Influence of errors of position of the reference pointnd of the observation station on the positionofgeo-
metric locus mdash 95 Mean errors of the geometric loci Choice of a solu-
tion 116 Use of calculation and of a graphic construction on a
large scale 127 Precision of the determination 138 Special case of two bearings 14mdash
Chapte r brvbar Plotting the targets 169 Construction of the bearing 16
10 Utilization of the observations 1911 Case in which the position of the observation stations
can not be determined with precision 22hapter 111
mdashAdjustment of percussion fire 23
12 Problem of the adjustment by the observation of thebursts 23
13 Adjustment on an invisible target 2314 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting
points etc 25
15 Completion of the preparation etc 2716 Adjustment on a target etc 28
Example 1 30Example I I 31
Calculation of the adjustments etc 32
4
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 535
UNCLASSIFIED
TECHNICALINSTRUCTIONON PLOTTING TARGETSAND BURSTING POINTSFOR ADJUSTMENTOFFIRE
[Translation of a French official document of October 1916by the Army War Col
lege September 1917]
(SgretWlampeoftftderilictlnot to be taken intofront-line trenches)
TERRESTRIAL OBSERVATION SECTIONS
1 Composition of a section and organization of the observation stamdashtions A terrestrial observation section generally comprises fourobservationstations O1(O
1(02O
2 03O3 04O
4 and a central station C
Each observation station should be provided with observationinstruments (prismatic monocular telescope glasses for nocturnalobservations etc) mounted on goniometers which permit themeasurement of the horizontal angles in x
mils The limbs of thegoniometers are oriented in such a manner that their readings arezero when the optical axes of the corresponding glasses are directedon a very distinct distant point of known position included in themdashobservation sector of the station preferably a geodetic point Assubstitute for this reference point R by night or day when fog or
obstacles hide it it is indispensable to have an auxiliary referencepoint R near enough to be seen in almost any weather by day andcapable of being illuminated at night by a little electric lamp turnedtoward the station The reading L E ofthe goniometer correspondingto R generally (see Sec 4 2deg) varies frominstrument to instrumentand if it is desired to use R for orienting a limb of the goniometeror verifyingits location it is necessary that the instrument shouldoccupy exactly the position that it had at the moment that the reading L E was made on the oriented limbThe observer at a station has thus the means of reading almost toa mil the relative direction of an object which he has sighted
The special telegraphic material called Military Telegraph (for adescription see the notice published by the Geographical Service)with which the sections are provided enable the observer
1 To light a lamp at the central for signaling the exact instantof the sighting of a target or of a burst
5
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 635
6 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
2 To announce or cause to be announced to the central thedivision of the goniometer corresponding to the sighting as well asall the indications likely to facilitate the utilization of the observation (see Sec 10)
The central knows exactly therefore at what instant an observation is made at any of the stations of the section and receives thecorresponding goniometrical reading without any delay By thesimultaneity of the observations he can easily recognizemdashhose of thereadings which can be referred to a single objective flash of anenemy gun or flash or smoke ball of a friendly shell
The problem for the central consists therefore in making the mostof the elements thus obtained singly or together It is a well-knownproblem of topography which is generally solved by the processknown as intersection But this purely graphic process especiallyadapted to the plane-table can not be used here it must be replacedby the general method of the geometrical loci which must first beexplained so that its principles can be evolved
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 735
CHAPTER I
DETERMINATION OP AN UNKNOWN POINT X BY BEARINGSmdash
2 Definition The horizontal angle a at the known point O(observation station) fig 1 made by the direction of an unknownpoint X (target) with that of I^ie known point R (reference point)gives a geometrical locus of X which is the bearing 1 starting from 0and forming with OR the angle a
In whatfollows the angle a is considered as measured in mils andreckoned from 0 to 6400 starting from OR in the clockwise direction
Two bearings suffice in a geometrical sense to determine X butgenerally three are necessary for a verification I f there were noerrors of
measurementand
if thepositions of the observation stations 0 and of their referencepoints R wereknown exactly allthese bearings would intersect atthe same point But in consequence of the errors by whichthe angles a and the positions ofthe points 0 and R are affected
their meeting point is only ap- p j j
proximate To choose rationallythe point to be adopted it is necessary to know the preci-sion of each locus which depends on the one hand on the pre-cision of this locus and that of the angle which supplied it and onthe other hand on the precision of the positions of the points whichdefine the direction from which the angle was measured
i This term bearing must not be confused with that used in topography In thisconnection it designates the geometrical locus given by sighting from a known pointon an unknown point referred to another known point in topography bearingmeans the process whichconsists in determining an unknown point by the stationby taking sights on at least three known points This is what is called in militarytopography the map problem The word intersection is frequently although in-accurately used to designate the geometrical locus here called bearing
7
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 835
8 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
There is reason therefore to study first the influence on theposition of the locus
1 Of an error in the angle a
2 Of errors in the positions of the points 0 and RBy reason of the smallness of these errors relatively to the distance
of the observation stations from the point to be determined they maybe considered as differentials and the influence of each may bedetermined separately
3 Influenceofan error in the angle on the position of the geometricalmdashlocus Let
abe the erroneous value of the
angle ROX anda--daits real value The error da of the angle has the effect of giving the
bearing OX in place of OX (fig 2) The displacement p=XX to
Fig 2O
be applied at X to the erroneous locus in order to obtain the reallocus has therefore as expression
iM gt l(logK-499200)
D designating the distance OX and p being reckoned positivelywith reference to the point 0 from left to right
Therefore the error of the geometric locus is proportional to theerror of the angle which results from the fact that we have assumedthat the error da could be considered as a differential I t is moreover proportionalto the distance of the point sighted
The inverse of p can be taken as measure of the precision of the
locus The factor characterizes therefore the real precision ofthe
locus and frj~ that of the angle Starting from these definitionswe
may formulate the followingrule which is applicable whatever thenature of the angle may be
The precision ofa locus is the product ofits real precision and of thatof the angle whichhas supplied it
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 935
9ECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The value of da in mils makes it possible to obtainp very simplyWhen da=l the value of p in meters is equal to the distance D expressed in kilometers with approximately the factor (1mdash00183)To have the value of p in meters corresponding to any value of dait is onlynecessary to multiply the distance D in kilometers by da
4 Influence of errors of position of the reference mdashoint and of theobservation station on the positionofgeometric locus 1 Influence ofan error in the reference point
Let (fig3) R be the assumed position of the reference point whichalone is supposed to be erroneous and W its exact position
p=RR and to=ORR
thepolar
coordinates of R referred to the
Fig 3
origin R and to the axis RO laquois reckoned positively from RO inthe clockwise direction
I t is apparent on the figure that the effect of the error of the posi-
tionRRis the same as that of an error of angle da== mdash Wr gt r beingV T
the projection of W on OR and DBDB the distance DR As
mdash mdashRr=p sin laquo da= TrfT~ bull The displacement qqR = XX to be sub-
stituted at X for the erroneous locus in order to have the exact locusis consequently according to (1)
D 2)
q^ being reckoned positivelyin the same direction as pmdashmdash16057 Bmdashl817 -2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1035
10 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The formula (2) shows first that the component of the error of theposition of R normal to the direction of the referencepoint intervenesalone
Second that its influence is proportional to the distance of the pointsighted and inversely proportional to that of the reference point
I t is therefore advantageous in so far as visibility permits to takeas reference point a point as far away as possible
The absolute value of gK is easily calculated when the normal com-ponent p sin w is known since it is only necessary to multiply it by
the ratio ytbull
mdash2 Influence of an error of position of the observation station Let
(fig 4) 0 be the given position of the observation station which isalone supposed to be erroneous and O be its exact position
Fig 4
p=OO and oj=ROO the polar coordinates of 0 referred to theoriginO and the axis OR
w is always reckoned positively from OR in the clockwise direc-
tionThe normal displacement qqo
= mdash XX to be substituted at X forthe geometrical locus in order to have the exact locus consists ofmdash mdashtwo parts XX X and XjX X x being the point of intersection ofXX with the parallel to OX drawn through o The first is equal
to the component 0 ofmdash00 normal to OX it has as its expression= mdash
XX X p sin (amdashlaquo)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 11mdashThe second XjX is equal to the error of the locus at the point Xfor an error of angle da= - X j O X ^ -ORO since RO X =ROX=
o Now O RO=-^iO o being the component normal to OR of the
error of position of Omdash
that is p sin a
Consequently da=-pJtll^
w and according to the formula (1)
-XIX=--5-psincoX1X =--5-psincoTherefore finally
(3) o=-P0=-P sin (a-w)+-g-sin a gt
q0 being reckoned positivelyin the same direction as p and qR
The second term of the expression of q 0 is the same as gE as mightbe foreseen geometrically a variation of orientation of the referencedirection producing the same effect on the geometrical locus thatarises from the displacement of one or the other of its extremitiesThe conclusionsobtained above from the formula (2) are therefore
applicable As for the first term it is always inferior to pin absolutevalue and it is proportionately less as the error of position of 0 isnearer the direction of the point sighted X
When D=D B the factor in brackets of the second term of (3)
tends toward zero at the same time as a Therefore the influenceofthe error of position of the observation station on the position of thegeometric locus is perceptibly nil when a well-determinedpoint near thepoint sighted is taken as referencepoint This remark is of great importance from the practical point of viewit willbe put to advantagelater mdash mdash
5 Mean errors of the geometric loci Choiceof a solution I f thereal errors da p sin laquo and p sin (amdash laquo) are replaced in the formulae(1) (2) and (3) respectively by the mean error of angle 5a and themean errors u R and u 0 of the position of R and O the second termsrepresent the mean errors of the geometric locus at the point X resulting from 5a t of unun and uOu0 Assuming that the points R and 0 havethe same mean error v we have for the mean total error of the locus
at the point X ^V2 f 2 1 2 cos a A n
5a being expressed in milsKnowing the mean errors of each of the loci traced on the construc
tion sheet and consequently their values which are inverselyproportionalto the squares of the mean errors we choose the point X on
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1235
12 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
condition that 2pd be the minimum d designating the distance ofX to the locus of the value p and the sign 2 extending to all thegeometrical loci
The application of this rule in practice would require too muchtime and time spent on a rather illusoryincrease in precision sincethe mean errors of the loci are not generally well known We con-tent ourselves in being guided by it in choosing at sight on the con-struction sheet the most probable point I t should be remarkedthat in case it may be assumed that the angles have the same pre
cision and that the positions of the observation stations and of theirmdashreference points are equally well determined the precision
of each locus if the ever feeble influence of the mean error of thenormal 0 of the sight is overlooked is inversely proportional to D
Its value is accordingly proportional to j^ or to the square of its
real precision6 Use ofcalculation and ofa graphic construction on a large scalemdash
It may be important in certain cases which will be indicated later(sec 10) to have recourse to calculation to obtain the position Pwith all the precision that the data of the problem permits
The method to be employed consists in taking the position X obtained graphically on the construction sheet on the ordinary Bcaleas the approximate position and in looking for the displacement tobe applied to each of the geometric loci beginning with X so thatat the corresponding observation station the angle of the bearingwith the direction of the reference point may be equal to the meas-ured angle a
The corrected loci are transferred to a graphic sketch on a largescale with reference to two rectangular axes representing the parallelsto the axes of the coordinates of the projection whichpass throughthe point X The point to be adopted X is chosen according to theconsiderations discussed in the preceding section its coordinatesare the corrections to be applied to the coordinates of X
Let Ox0 yOy0
zE yn be the coordinates of the observation station 0
and of its reference point R and x and y the coordinates of Xrepresented graphically on the construction sheet on a small scaleBy means of the formulae
-p o _ ymdash yltraquon
TT = xmdash x0 XmdashX o brvbar (5) tanU 0 deg Dc=-
mdashymdashy
0 smU c cosUc
- x- x - x X- xraquo-yK-yo(6) q d gtbellian v R^mdash J-R~~~~i Trf~laquoE-y 0 3inU
t
B cosXJr
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1335
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 13
we calculate for each observation station where the sighting of X hasbeen carried out the reference angles TJc and TJE of the vectors OXand OR that is the angles of these vectors with the semiaxis of thegt0 reckoned from 0 to 6400 mils in the clockwise direction startingfrom this semiaxis We also calculate the lengths of the vectorsThe calculated reference angle U c is compared with the referenceangle U R+a supplied by measure the difference
(7) dUdeg=U E +a-U c
introduced in the place of da in the equation (1) gives the displacement p to be applied to the locus starting from X
To trace the corrected locus on the large seale 1 graphical chartthe length p is laid off from the origin in a positive sense in thedirectionUdeg-f1600 milsand a perpendicular is drawn at its extremity it ia an element ofthe locus corrected in its determiningpart
In the same wayan element of each of the other loci is traced nearthe originand the point XX7 is selected as being the most probableas has been indicated in the preceding section Let dxand dy be itscoordinates on the chart The coordinates of X are x--dx andy+dy mdash
7 Precision of the determination I f the number of the loci isgreat enough and if the point X is equally well determined in
mdashevery sense the expression --mdashgt in which d represents the devia
tion with reference to the selected point X of the locus of the valuep and 2 extends to all the geometric loci may be taken as the value
of the mean error of position of P But these conditions are practically never realized in the actual practice of locating and adjustingGenerally the number ofloci does not exceed three and the extreme
loci intersect at an angle which rarely reaches 1600 mils and isoften inferior to 800 There is consequently a vast azimuthal region
around X not comprising any locus direction The idea of error ofposition loses therefore all significance The mean error of X
can no longer be defined by a unique quantity and it is necessaryto calculate the mean errors of the coordinates of this point Inorder that these mean errors may have a concrete sense it wouldbe necessary to start by taking as axes of the coordinates the balanced mean of the directions of the loci and its perpendicular so asto have the maximum and minimum mean errors I t is evident
i The scale is adopted with reference to the precision which the angles give reasonto expect for X It is useless in the actual case to go beyond j ^g -
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1435
14 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
that the determination of the precision of the solution by the methodof least squares would lead to quite protracted calculations for anillusory result in consequence of the impossibility of avoidingargtarbitrary proceeding in the attribution of the values to the different loci
We may content ourselves to avoid loss of time by taking themaximum deviations of the intersections in the sense of the meandirection of the loci and in the perpendicular direction as measureof the uncertainty of the position adopted in the two directions
Furthermorethe
number ofthe
Idti mustbe
at leastfour8 Special case of two bearingsmdashBefore passing to the applicationto the plotting of targets and to the adjustment of fire we shouldmdashexamine a special case frequently occurring in practice the case
Fig 5
in which the number of bearings is reduced to two The problemis then determinate and offers no occasion for a choice of a soultionBut it is important to study the influence of the angle at which the twoloci intersect on the precision of their intersection
Let (fig 5) Ox X and O2 X be the two erroneous loci starting fromthe points Ox and 02O2 the positions of the observation stations 1 and
2 and let p i and p2p2 be the displacements to be applied to them toobtain the correct loci IIXI1X
and I^X so that the correct point is Xand so that r=XX represents the vector of error of the position of XThe problem is to findthe value of r
In the triangle X I I X
r2=XP+XI-2Xr2=XP+XI -2XI I XX II Xcos X^X r 2=XP +XI 1 -2XIX
XlxXcobXljX
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 15
The angle XIX is evidently the one of which the bearing OjXmust be turned to a positionparallel with O2 X and in the same direcmdashtion I t is then equal to UU2 U the difference of the reference anglesof the two bearings
On the other hand we have
Xll= sin (Uj-tJ) and Xll= sin (U-Ux)
Consequently
r8gt Sitf(u-p)[l
+^-fro3
ltp - u raquo]-The following table gives the values of mdash for 5 and 10
Pimdash Pwhich correspond to different values of (U 2 Ux) in the case wheremdash mdash
and cos (U2 Ui) are of contrary signs and where consequentlyPir is the longer diagonal of the parellelogram X I I X I
-bullTable of the values of p
mdashAnini les(U 2 U i) in milsles(U 2 U i) in mils
P iidii
1600600 2400400 280008000 3000000 3100100 3200200I
0 100 144 266 5 1 100 2 000
5 511 811 15555 30707 61212 000
100 10101 15252 28686 56363 1122122 000
It appest appes irs froirs froi i the mhe m imbers ofmbers thLf thL table how ratable how ra gtidly tlidly tl te errore ofrror oflosition rosition r augmiugmi snts whints whi3n the small) gtr angle atrn wlngle at wlhe small) ich thlt i twoch lociwo locihlt
alls bells be low 400ow 400 milsils
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1635
CHAPTER 11
PLOTTING THE TARGETS
Although the plotting of the targets and that of the bursts offriendly shells are simply the application of what precedes the twoproblems regarded fromthe practicalpoint of viewdiffersufficientlyto warrant a separate treatment
9 Construction of the bearingmdash
At the observation station 017Ol7 atarget
X has beensighted
under the divisionml
of the micrometer ofthe sight the goniometric reading corresponding to the position ofthis sight being l x The verificationof the orientation of the limbof the goniometer has been made immediately afterwards by layingthe reference point R t under the zero division of the micrometer and
it has been found that the reading which should have been zero ifthe instrument had been correctly oriented was r x The horizontalangle al=a
1= l 1+m 1 mdashr1 between the reference point and the target Xhas therefore been measured The problem is to construct thebearing of X from this measurementmdasha Direct methods According to their rectangular coordinates inconnection with a kilometric cross-sectioning in the system of coordinates used by the Army to which the section belongs transfer thepoints Oj and R x to the construction sheet on the scale of 2 0000-
The bearing Ox X x may then be traced directly if we have an alidadeprotractor withlimb graduated in mils and a vernier for reading themils
In the absence of this instrument which is not generally possessed by the sections a graphic sketch of angles in mils on tracingpaper may be used The center is placed at Ox and the originradius on OAO
AR1(R1( so that a second point for Oj X t can be pricked by
interpolation for a x The Geographic Service has had a graphicsketch of this sort prepared giving all the angles from0 to 1600 milsI t is printed on tracing paper and delivered to the sections Byreason of the inaccuracies in printing this process is less exact thanthat of the protractor
That the bearing thus obtained may have the exactitude requiredin the vicinity of the point X i t is requisite that the distance Ox X
reduced to the scale of the construction sheet should not exceed bytoo much the length of the branches of the protractor when thisinstrument is used I t is above all important whatever method isused that the direction O x R1(R
1( the origin of the angle a should begraphically defined without appreciable error at the distance O^K
16
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1735
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 17
from Oj This is the condition when OXX is at most equal to OjszligjIt is no longer true if O XX is notably superior to o^ and it is thennecessary to prolong this line beyond Ri with the aid of the calculation This is done by determining the intersection of the prolongation with one of the lines of the cross-sectioning which are mostnormally cut by it The formulae to be employed are the following
To obtain the x of the intersection of OJampi with the parallel tothe axis of the asy=h
(9) x=^i+^~(h-y o l )=x i+(k-x o l ) tan Ur i o
to obtain the y of the intersection of (^Rj with the parallel to theaxis of the ya x=k
lt10) y=y oi-^~ i(k-xoi)=yoi+(k-x 01 ) cot r
01 y o l
xr v jRi designating the coordinates of C^ and R x and Vr vthe reference angle of o^ The logarithm tables with four decimals are sufficient for this calculationmdash6 Use ofa graduation The above-mentioned methods are appropriate for tracing bearings taken from a mobile observation stationIn installations remaining stationary for a long time the labor ofgraphical construction can be much reduced and an equal if notsuperior precision can be obtained by using a graduation in milstraced once for all for each station on the construction sheet Eachgraduation starts from the direction of the reference point of the corresponding station and covers its entire sector of visibility Thedivisions are numbered from 0 to 6400 in the clockwise direction soas to correspond to the angles a defined above To trace a bearingtaken from Olt for example it is only necessary to join the point O tto the real or interpolated division whichhas the angle a x as numberI f a precise determination is not required one need only stretch a wireattached to a knob fastened on a special point at Ou making it passthrough the division a u to have the bearing Thus many erasures ofpencil marks on the construction sheet can be avoided and the lattercan be rendered serviceable for a long time
oareshould be exercised in inserting the point not to make the hole at Ot too large if
this point is to be used in tracing very precise bearings But sinceit is difficult not to enlarge the hole if the point is removed too oftenit is expedient to have for the use of the wire a special constructionsheet fastened to a board and to reserve the main construction sheetwhichhad better be fastened to a surface of zinc for tracing bearingswith pencil
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1835
18 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The graduations corresponding to the different observation stations Oj 2O2 03O3 O4O4 are arranged in arcs of circles or better to avoidoverlapping the construction sheet is removed and the desirableprecision is had on its entire extent on the margins by means ofparallel bands about 10 millimeters in width These are distinguished by different colors
The quickest way to trace them is to use the graphic sketch of theGeographic Service on tracing paper pricking a point or two of eachdivision near the margin of the sheet The angular spacing of the
radii of this graphic sketch at the different distances from the centerhas been chosen in such a way that the interpolationat sight is everywhere possible without appreciable error and that their linearspacing never descends below 15 millimeters it is only necessarythen whatever part of the graphical sketch is used to prick one ortwo points of each of the radii successively without adding or cutting off
Nevertheless by reason of the inaccuracies of the graphical sketchdue to printing it may happen that a graduation obtained by thismeans wouldpresent inadmissible errors This difficulty is avoidedby determining some divisions by calculation for instance those of800 1600 4800 5400 mils besides that of the referencepoint Once these principal divisionshave been traced on the construction sheet the graphical sketch makes it possible to obtain theintermediary divisions without appreciable error For this purposeit is placed over the construction sheet with the center at On
n beingthe number of the station corresponding -to the graduation and aprincipalradius on one of the extreme divisions calculated
that onthe left forinstance of the sector of 800 mils that is to be graduatedI f the radius laid off at 800 mils from the first does not fall on thelimiting division on the right the graphical sketch is shifted gentlywith respect to the point On followingthe bisector of the angle ofthe sector the first radius beingkept on its divisionuntil this resultis obtained
The formula to be used for determining by calculation the intersection with one of the linesof the cross-sectioning of the division d
reckoned from the aiming line are the followingTo obtain the xof the intersection of Ond with the parallel to the
axis of the x of the cross-sectioning farthest from On ymdashh
(11) j c = s raquo n +(l-y 11 )taii(ITR n +d)
to obtain the yof the intersection of Oud with the parallel at theaxis of the y of the cross-sectioning farthest from Ou x=k
(12) y=yo n +(h-xo ) cot (Un n+d)n
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1935
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 19
IJRn is given by the first of the formulae (6) That one of theformulae (11) and (12) which corresponds to the most normal inter-section is of course employed
A type of the calculation by the formula (12) will be found inExample I t the end of the pamphlet
In the absence of the graphical sketch of the angles in mils it isnecessary to graduate entirely by calculation The same formulaeare used it is only necessary to make din them equal successivelyto 5 10 15 mils or to 10 20 30 mils etc according
to the distanceof
the intersection from the point On The calcu-lations in this case should be made in series so as not to require toomuch time and should be verified by the differences
Tables of logarithms of four decimals are sufficient for all thesecalculations mdash
10 Utilizationof the observations A single observation supplyingonly one geometric locus of the position of the target is not enoughto determine i t but it furnishes an indication capable of beingusedin many cases
To turn it to account an investigation is first made to see whetherit corresponds to a known target The bearing is applied to theconstruction sheet on which the positions of all the previouslydetermined targets has been marked The use of the sheet pastedto the board and provided with wires is particularly adaptable forthis use Several cases may occur
(a) The bearing passes through a target at the usual degree ofapproxi-mdashmation Let A be this known target O2O2 being the station whichhas
given the observation The centralpricks
on the constructionsheet the directions ayav a 3 a4a4 in which the observers of Qu 3O3 04O
4should sight to see A and he has them watch in these directionsrespectively until OlOl signals a new observation in the same directionas the first If one or more of them get an observation at the sametime as Oj the operation is conducted as described later (case of twoor more simultaneous observations) In the contrary case it isdecided either that the target seen from O2O2 is not A or that if it isA the circumstancesdo not permit sighting it from O1(O1( 03O3 04O4
I f the bearing from Ox encounters two or more targets they aretried successively in the order of probability until at least twosimultaneous observations are obtained mdash(b) The bearing does not pass through any known target It happensquite often at least by day that the observer who has made an ob-servation of a flash or smoke ball is able to locate approximately
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2035
20 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
this flash or smoke ball The Central adopts provisionally a location of the target on the bearing in the region indicated by theobserver and proceeds with reference to this supposed location aswith reference to a known target through which the bearing mightpass to try to obtain at least two simultaneous bearings
In the absence of supplementary information supplied by theobserver who has made the observation application is made to theneighboring terrestrial observation sections or sound locating sections or balloons or first-line trench stations of the Artillery Intelli-
gence Service etc and the Central in this way may often obtaindata which will enable him to determine somewhat more accuratelythe position of the target on the single bearing sufficiently at leastto try to obtain simultaneous observations
Two simultaneous observations are theoretically sufficient for thedetermination of a target but generally every determination whichis not verified should be regarded as doubtful The best verificationis a third concurrent observation supplying a bearing which passesvery close to the point of intersection of the two others For theprobability that three flashes for instance should be produced atthe same instance and should give concurrent directions with threestations from which they have been observed is very slight and theprobability that the three stations have sighted the same flash ispractically equivalent under these conditions to a certainty I t isthis verification which we must try to get especially for newtargets But since it is quite often impossible for reasons of visi-bility or clearness that three stations should sight the same flash
or smoke ball we must often be satisfied with other verificationsThe fact that the two observations are simultaneous especially
when it is a case of an instantaneous phenomenon like a flash is in it-self a partial proof that they relate to the same target I f the samefact is repeated a certain number of times while the directions oftheobservations remain apparently constant the presumption is strengthened without absolute certainty being produced since in the caseof firing for instance the enemy might discharge two guns at a timeormake false flashes
A much more weighty confirmationresults from the coincidenceof the intersection with a known target The concurrence of theresult with the approximate position given by one of the observerson a bearing may also be regarded as a satisfactory verificationFinally the intelligence obtained outside the section in case thatof the section is insufficient sometimes reveals the degree of confidence that can be placed in the result
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 21
The use of wiresrepresenting the bearings is very convenient whenthere are only two bearings to be applied on condition that the angleat which they intersect is large enough The tracing of the loci on
the construction sheet becomes necessary as soon as the angle is lessthan 400 mils especially if the point of intersection is very distant(Sec 8) It is even necessary to resort to calculation when the angleis less than 300 mils
The determination by two bearings only should be turned over tothe Artillery with all the necessary reserve according to the con-
firmations obtained In no case should i t be regarded as definiteWith three or more simultaneous observations the problem is more
than determined and as the geometric loci generally do not intersectat the same point the position to be adopted is open to a choiceI f the observations are equally good the rule given in section 5leads tochoosing a point nearest the loci whose value is greatest Further-more as is known the value of a locus may be regarded as inverselyproportional to the square of the distance from the point sought to
thecorresponding station or in other words to the square of
thedisplacement of the locus for the same error of observation 10 milsfor instance I t is sufficient then to trace near the cap (the figurehaving the intersections of the loci as summits) bearings correspond-ing to the same angular deflection of the first in order to have a veryclear conception of the values which are inversely proportional tothe squares of the linear spacings
But the problem is rarelypresented with this degree of simplicityGenerally the observations are of unequal precision and the difficulty
consists in observing the inequalities of precision in the attributionof value to the bearings Thus in the case where two observers havebeen able to observe the flash of the discharge of a gun and thethird the dust or the smoke only the observation of the third is allother things being equal less precise than that of the first two butthe central has not the data by which he may determine in whatmeasure Only the observers if they are conscientious and welltrained can indicate to him the degree of uncertainty of their ob-servations and enable him to reduce to a minimum the arbitrarypart in the attribution of the values The chiefs of sections can notuse too much care therefore in the selection development andsupervision of the observers
The use of wires is not recommended for very precise determina-tions especially if the loci intersect at rather acute angles for if
the wires rub on one another i t is to be feared that they will not be
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2235
22 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
perfectly Btraight Moreover not being on the same plane theyproduce the effect of a parallax For tracing the bearings on theconstruction sheet fastened on zinc a hard pencil sharpened to avery fine point must be used Finally if the loci intersect at veryacute angles it is necessary to resort to a calculation and to a graphicconstruction on a large scale (Sec 6)
When the dimensions of the cap exceed notably those whichcorrespond to the mean errors of the observations the determinationshould be regarded as nul Every correction of observation tendingto reduce the cap which has not been signalled at once by the ob-server himself must be rigidly avoided
Unless there is absolute certainty that the sightings of the differentstations relate to a single and identical target i t is never permissibleto proceed by mean observations especially if the flashes or smoke ballshave not all been sighted by the same observation stations Thevariations of the positions corresponding to the different series ofsimultaneous sightings show whether several targets are involved
and in thecontrary case they afford a
muchmore exact
idea of theapproximation really obtained than that which can be formed fromthe variation of the loci in respect to the point chosen in a singledetermination
11 Case in which the position of the observation stationsmdash can not bedetermined withprecision The preceding is based upon the implicitassumption that the positions of the observation stations are so wellknown that the influence oftheir errors on the determination can beregarded as negligible in regard to that of the errors of measure It
is not always so even in position warfare since some stations difficultto establish have to be used before the range triangulation group hashad the time or opportunity to determine their locations In openwarfare i t is often necessary to rely on positions taken at sight onthe battle map or even on the ordinary map
The remark at the end of section 4 shows that it is still possible inthis case to have exact geometric loci if a reference point sufficientlynear the target is available for each station But then since thereference points change with the targets there is no occasion to tracethe graduation on the construction sheet By wayof compensationthe graphical sketch on tracing paper of the angles in mils can beused with advantage to prick the bearings since the angles beingsmall its deviations are inconsequential
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2335
CHAPTER 111
ADJUSTMENT OP PERCUSSION FIREmdash
12 Problem of the adjustment by the observation of the bursts A
battery mayask
the terrestrial observation service located in thesame sector to determine for it either the absolute positions (the rectangular coordinates) of the bursts of its projectiles or the positionsof these bursts with reference to the target which should in this casebe a clearly denned point of the battle map
The first problem does not differ from the one considered in the preceding chapter it is in general even easier both for the observerswho can be informed in advance of the time and the direction inwhich they should watch and for the central who works on thebasis of observations unusually concordant
The second is distinguished by the fact that the position sought isa relative position which can be obtained by differentialcalculus^and consequently constructed on a geographical sketch on a large
scale with all the desirable precision and rapidity It constitutesthe real problem of fire adjustment which may be formulated thus
A friendly gun P fires a percussion shell at a target X the burst isheard by the terrestrial observation section Determine the errors in
range and in lateral deviationThere are two cases to be distinguished according as the target is
invisible and known only by its rectangular coordinates or as it canbe sighted by the stations during the adjustmentmdash
13 Adjustment on an invisible target Let (fig 6) 0 0202 080
8 0404
be the four observation stations of the section a u lt 3 a4a
4 hex3x
angles observed in each of them between the reference point and the-bursting point X of a projectileTo have the errors of X in respect to X inrange and direction
there are traced on a graphic sketch on the scale -s^^ two rectan-gular axes Xx and Xy (fig 7) representing the parallels to the axes ofthe rectangular coordinates passing through the target X and theposition of the burst X is determined with respect to these axes byconstructing its four geometric loci one of whichmay be lacking
23
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2435
24 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
If the point X is nearenough to thepoint X thedirectionsoftheloci are very noticeablyparallelto OjX O4X of whichthereferenceanglesUdeg x Udeg 4 (fig 6) arecalculatedby meansof the
y
i
Si y l r^ n N s^-
V t i )k j vv ft J -mdash
raquo Tic
Kg cfirst of theformulae(5)ormulae of5) ofsection6 their distancesat the their distancesat theoriginri haveBectionas expressionsions(formula (1) ofSecformula (1) ofSec 3))
Pi-sKDxrfU0 7)4 =KD 4rfUdeg4
with [formulaula (7)]7)]
tfU^UEi+ai-U0 rfU^TJju+^-UV
DvDv D 4 arethe distancesOiK O4X measuredon theconstructionsheeton the scale Towff) Uumlb4 designate thereferenceangles of thelinesO1O
1R 1 O4O
4R 4 runningfrom the
observationstations to theirreferencepointsthe referenceanglesbeingcalculatedonceforall by the first of theformulae(6)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 25
The direction in which these distances should be pricked is seenon the construction sheet as is shown in figure 6 Thus in figure 7the trace of the first locus corresponds to a difference ltfUcgto
All the loci should intersect at the same point if the sightings arefree of errors and if the positions of the stations and of the referencepoints are exactly known Generally they form a little cap inwhich the bursting point X is selected as shown in sections 5and 10
I t is then only necessary to project X in pound on the direction XPof the gun or of the battery P which forms with the axis Xy an angle
given by the construction sheet to have in Xpound the error of rangeand in poundX the error in direction
14 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting points onmdashthe scale of-g^-g The formulae (1) and (7) are independent of thegun or battery P The section may therefore have in advance foreach of the targets on which it willhave to make the adjustment aconstruction sheet on the scale of -sinnr like the one represented in
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2635
26 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
figure 7 on whichare pricked the directions of the loci starting fromX with respect to the axes Xx Xy and normally to these directionsof the scales of the corresponding ps for the successive values ofdUdeg in multiples of 5 mils or in multiples of 10 mils
The graphical sketch of the angles in mils may be used to graduatethese scales in pricking the divisions through the tracing paper
when the distance OX from the station to the target is less than 5kilometers For distances greater than 2 kilometers it is easier touse the graphic table of the errors of the bearings (PL I I I ) which
gives on the scale of -5-^trff the displacement of the bearing to thedifferent distances from 2to 18 kilometers In the absence of thisgraphic table the values of the ps for dU c=lo mils are calculatedby means of the formula
(p) p 1 10 mils=4o KD
whichgives pin millimeterson the scale of -g^Vo-i terms of D inmillimetersof the construction sheet on the scale of 2oooogt and inwhichthe coefficient X has as value (Sec 3)
31416 13200 =1000 ( l - deg - deg l B3 )gt
wherefore log K=4 99200 These lengths of p are then multiplied
for 10 mils by 1 2 3 to have the distances of the successivedivisionsin multiplesof 16 mils on the straight line XO whichgivesthe direction of the geometric locus The divisions on the left ofthis mdashine with respect to the observation station are indicated bythe sign those on the right by the + sign
I f the lack of parallelismof the bearings becomes noticeable at theextremities of the graduation it can be remedied easily by substituting for the single scale corresponding to the target two scalesplaced at a distance of 10 centimeters for instance from each sideof the origin
Instead of taking as originof the graduation of each scale its pointof intersection I with the corresponding straight line XO it is preferable in case the target is well determined and fixed to trace thedivisions which correspond to round numbers of mils of the anglea so as to avoid having to reckon the difference dJdeg for each geometric locus to be constructed The value of a for the point I eingUdegmdashU B the adjustment to be applied to the divisions toward theright is the product of the value of p for 10 mils multiplied by themdashfraction of 10 mils obtained by subtracting UUc UEUE from the value ofthe next highest multiple of 10 mils above the actual value of a Example I I at the end of the pamphlet gives the disposition toadopt for all these calculations
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2735
16057deg (To face page 2ti) No 1
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 335
WAR DEPARTMENTWashington September 26 1917
The followingpamphlet on Technical Instruction on PlottingTargets and Bursting Points for Adjustment of Fire is publishedfor the information of all concerned
[06213 A G O]
By OltoEszlig OF THE SECRETARY OF WARTASKER H BLISS
Major General Chief ofStaffOfficialH P McCAIN
The Adjutant General
War DepartmentThe Adjutant Generals Office
Washington June 19 1917To all officers of the Army
You are advised that this and all subsequent documents ofa simi-lar character which may be furnished to you from this office are tobe regarded as strictly confidential They are to be kept at alltimes in your personal possession and are not to be copied nor areany parts of their contents to be communicated either directly orindirectly to the press nor to any persons not in the military or
naval service of the United States In Europe these documents arenot to be carried into the front-line trenches nor farther to the frontthan the usual post of the officers to whom issued
Strict compliance with this injunction is enjoined upon everyofficer into whose hands any of these confidential documents maycome
ORDER OF THE SECRETARY OF WARH P McCAIN
The Adjutant General3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 435
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Technical instruction on plotting and bursting points for ad-justment of fire 5
1 Composition of a section and organization of the obser-mdashation stations 5
Chapter I Determination of an unknown point by bearings 72 Definition 7
3 Influence of an error in the angle on the position of thegeometrical locus 8
4 Influence of errors of position of the reference pointnd of the observation station on the positionofgeo-
metric locus mdash 95 Mean errors of the geometric loci Choice of a solu-
tion 116 Use of calculation and of a graphic construction on a
large scale 127 Precision of the determination 138 Special case of two bearings 14mdash
Chapte r brvbar Plotting the targets 169 Construction of the bearing 16
10 Utilization of the observations 1911 Case in which the position of the observation stations
can not be determined with precision 22hapter 111
mdashAdjustment of percussion fire 23
12 Problem of the adjustment by the observation of thebursts 23
13 Adjustment on an invisible target 2314 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting
points etc 25
15 Completion of the preparation etc 2716 Adjustment on a target etc 28
Example 1 30Example I I 31
Calculation of the adjustments etc 32
4
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 535
UNCLASSIFIED
TECHNICALINSTRUCTIONON PLOTTING TARGETSAND BURSTING POINTSFOR ADJUSTMENTOFFIRE
[Translation of a French official document of October 1916by the Army War Col
lege September 1917]
(SgretWlampeoftftderilictlnot to be taken intofront-line trenches)
TERRESTRIAL OBSERVATION SECTIONS
1 Composition of a section and organization of the observation stamdashtions A terrestrial observation section generally comprises fourobservationstations O1(O
1(02O
2 03O3 04O
4 and a central station C
Each observation station should be provided with observationinstruments (prismatic monocular telescope glasses for nocturnalobservations etc) mounted on goniometers which permit themeasurement of the horizontal angles in x
mils The limbs of thegoniometers are oriented in such a manner that their readings arezero when the optical axes of the corresponding glasses are directedon a very distinct distant point of known position included in themdashobservation sector of the station preferably a geodetic point Assubstitute for this reference point R by night or day when fog or
obstacles hide it it is indispensable to have an auxiliary referencepoint R near enough to be seen in almost any weather by day andcapable of being illuminated at night by a little electric lamp turnedtoward the station The reading L E ofthe goniometer correspondingto R generally (see Sec 4 2deg) varies frominstrument to instrumentand if it is desired to use R for orienting a limb of the goniometeror verifyingits location it is necessary that the instrument shouldoccupy exactly the position that it had at the moment that the reading L E was made on the oriented limbThe observer at a station has thus the means of reading almost toa mil the relative direction of an object which he has sighted
The special telegraphic material called Military Telegraph (for adescription see the notice published by the Geographical Service)with which the sections are provided enable the observer
1 To light a lamp at the central for signaling the exact instantof the sighting of a target or of a burst
5
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 635
6 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
2 To announce or cause to be announced to the central thedivision of the goniometer corresponding to the sighting as well asall the indications likely to facilitate the utilization of the observation (see Sec 10)
The central knows exactly therefore at what instant an observation is made at any of the stations of the section and receives thecorresponding goniometrical reading without any delay By thesimultaneity of the observations he can easily recognizemdashhose of thereadings which can be referred to a single objective flash of anenemy gun or flash or smoke ball of a friendly shell
The problem for the central consists therefore in making the mostof the elements thus obtained singly or together It is a well-knownproblem of topography which is generally solved by the processknown as intersection But this purely graphic process especiallyadapted to the plane-table can not be used here it must be replacedby the general method of the geometrical loci which must first beexplained so that its principles can be evolved
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 735
CHAPTER I
DETERMINATION OP AN UNKNOWN POINT X BY BEARINGSmdash
2 Definition The horizontal angle a at the known point O(observation station) fig 1 made by the direction of an unknownpoint X (target) with that of I^ie known point R (reference point)gives a geometrical locus of X which is the bearing 1 starting from 0and forming with OR the angle a
In whatfollows the angle a is considered as measured in mils andreckoned from 0 to 6400 starting from OR in the clockwise direction
Two bearings suffice in a geometrical sense to determine X butgenerally three are necessary for a verification I f there were noerrors of
measurementand
if thepositions of the observation stations 0 and of their referencepoints R wereknown exactly allthese bearings would intersect atthe same point But in consequence of the errors by whichthe angles a and the positions ofthe points 0 and R are affected
their meeting point is only ap- p j j
proximate To choose rationallythe point to be adopted it is necessary to know the preci-sion of each locus which depends on the one hand on the pre-cision of this locus and that of the angle which supplied it and onthe other hand on the precision of the positions of the points whichdefine the direction from which the angle was measured
i This term bearing must not be confused with that used in topography In thisconnection it designates the geometrical locus given by sighting from a known pointon an unknown point referred to another known point in topography bearingmeans the process whichconsists in determining an unknown point by the stationby taking sights on at least three known points This is what is called in militarytopography the map problem The word intersection is frequently although in-accurately used to designate the geometrical locus here called bearing
7
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 835
8 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
There is reason therefore to study first the influence on theposition of the locus
1 Of an error in the angle a
2 Of errors in the positions of the points 0 and RBy reason of the smallness of these errors relatively to the distance
of the observation stations from the point to be determined they maybe considered as differentials and the influence of each may bedetermined separately
3 Influenceofan error in the angle on the position of the geometricalmdashlocus Let
abe the erroneous value of the
angle ROX anda--daits real value The error da of the angle has the effect of giving the
bearing OX in place of OX (fig 2) The displacement p=XX to
Fig 2O
be applied at X to the erroneous locus in order to obtain the reallocus has therefore as expression
iM gt l(logK-499200)
D designating the distance OX and p being reckoned positivelywith reference to the point 0 from left to right
Therefore the error of the geometric locus is proportional to theerror of the angle which results from the fact that we have assumedthat the error da could be considered as a differential I t is moreover proportionalto the distance of the point sighted
The inverse of p can be taken as measure of the precision of the
locus The factor characterizes therefore the real precision ofthe
locus and frj~ that of the angle Starting from these definitionswe
may formulate the followingrule which is applicable whatever thenature of the angle may be
The precision ofa locus is the product ofits real precision and of thatof the angle whichhas supplied it
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 935
9ECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The value of da in mils makes it possible to obtainp very simplyWhen da=l the value of p in meters is equal to the distance D expressed in kilometers with approximately the factor (1mdash00183)To have the value of p in meters corresponding to any value of dait is onlynecessary to multiply the distance D in kilometers by da
4 Influence of errors of position of the reference mdashoint and of theobservation station on the positionofgeometric locus 1 Influence ofan error in the reference point
Let (fig3) R be the assumed position of the reference point whichalone is supposed to be erroneous and W its exact position
p=RR and to=ORR
thepolar
coordinates of R referred to the
Fig 3
origin R and to the axis RO laquois reckoned positively from RO inthe clockwise direction
I t is apparent on the figure that the effect of the error of the posi-
tionRRis the same as that of an error of angle da== mdash Wr gt r beingV T
the projection of W on OR and DBDB the distance DR As
mdash mdashRr=p sin laquo da= TrfT~ bull The displacement qqR = XX to be sub-
stituted at X for the erroneous locus in order to have the exact locusis consequently according to (1)
D 2)
q^ being reckoned positivelyin the same direction as pmdashmdash16057 Bmdashl817 -2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1035
10 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The formula (2) shows first that the component of the error of theposition of R normal to the direction of the referencepoint intervenesalone
Second that its influence is proportional to the distance of the pointsighted and inversely proportional to that of the reference point
I t is therefore advantageous in so far as visibility permits to takeas reference point a point as far away as possible
The absolute value of gK is easily calculated when the normal com-ponent p sin w is known since it is only necessary to multiply it by
the ratio ytbull
mdash2 Influence of an error of position of the observation station Let
(fig 4) 0 be the given position of the observation station which isalone supposed to be erroneous and O be its exact position
Fig 4
p=OO and oj=ROO the polar coordinates of 0 referred to theoriginO and the axis OR
w is always reckoned positively from OR in the clockwise direc-
tionThe normal displacement qqo
= mdash XX to be substituted at X forthe geometrical locus in order to have the exact locus consists ofmdash mdashtwo parts XX X and XjX X x being the point of intersection ofXX with the parallel to OX drawn through o The first is equal
to the component 0 ofmdash00 normal to OX it has as its expression= mdash
XX X p sin (amdashlaquo)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 11mdashThe second XjX is equal to the error of the locus at the point Xfor an error of angle da= - X j O X ^ -ORO since RO X =ROX=
o Now O RO=-^iO o being the component normal to OR of the
error of position of Omdash
that is p sin a
Consequently da=-pJtll^
w and according to the formula (1)
-XIX=--5-psincoX1X =--5-psincoTherefore finally
(3) o=-P0=-P sin (a-w)+-g-sin a gt
q0 being reckoned positivelyin the same direction as p and qR
The second term of the expression of q 0 is the same as gE as mightbe foreseen geometrically a variation of orientation of the referencedirection producing the same effect on the geometrical locus thatarises from the displacement of one or the other of its extremitiesThe conclusionsobtained above from the formula (2) are therefore
applicable As for the first term it is always inferior to pin absolutevalue and it is proportionately less as the error of position of 0 isnearer the direction of the point sighted X
When D=D B the factor in brackets of the second term of (3)
tends toward zero at the same time as a Therefore the influenceofthe error of position of the observation station on the position of thegeometric locus is perceptibly nil when a well-determinedpoint near thepoint sighted is taken as referencepoint This remark is of great importance from the practical point of viewit willbe put to advantagelater mdash mdash
5 Mean errors of the geometric loci Choiceof a solution I f thereal errors da p sin laquo and p sin (amdash laquo) are replaced in the formulae(1) (2) and (3) respectively by the mean error of angle 5a and themean errors u R and u 0 of the position of R and O the second termsrepresent the mean errors of the geometric locus at the point X resulting from 5a t of unun and uOu0 Assuming that the points R and 0 havethe same mean error v we have for the mean total error of the locus
at the point X ^V2 f 2 1 2 cos a A n
5a being expressed in milsKnowing the mean errors of each of the loci traced on the construc
tion sheet and consequently their values which are inverselyproportionalto the squares of the mean errors we choose the point X on
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1235
12 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
condition that 2pd be the minimum d designating the distance ofX to the locus of the value p and the sign 2 extending to all thegeometrical loci
The application of this rule in practice would require too muchtime and time spent on a rather illusoryincrease in precision sincethe mean errors of the loci are not generally well known We con-tent ourselves in being guided by it in choosing at sight on the con-struction sheet the most probable point I t should be remarkedthat in case it may be assumed that the angles have the same pre
cision and that the positions of the observation stations and of theirmdashreference points are equally well determined the precision
of each locus if the ever feeble influence of the mean error of thenormal 0 of the sight is overlooked is inversely proportional to D
Its value is accordingly proportional to j^ or to the square of its
real precision6 Use ofcalculation and ofa graphic construction on a large scalemdash
It may be important in certain cases which will be indicated later(sec 10) to have recourse to calculation to obtain the position Pwith all the precision that the data of the problem permits
The method to be employed consists in taking the position X obtained graphically on the construction sheet on the ordinary Bcaleas the approximate position and in looking for the displacement tobe applied to each of the geometric loci beginning with X so thatat the corresponding observation station the angle of the bearingwith the direction of the reference point may be equal to the meas-ured angle a
The corrected loci are transferred to a graphic sketch on a largescale with reference to two rectangular axes representing the parallelsto the axes of the coordinates of the projection whichpass throughthe point X The point to be adopted X is chosen according to theconsiderations discussed in the preceding section its coordinatesare the corrections to be applied to the coordinates of X
Let Ox0 yOy0
zE yn be the coordinates of the observation station 0
and of its reference point R and x and y the coordinates of Xrepresented graphically on the construction sheet on a small scaleBy means of the formulae
-p o _ ymdash yltraquon
TT = xmdash x0 XmdashX o brvbar (5) tanU 0 deg Dc=-
mdashymdashy
0 smU c cosUc
- x- x - x X- xraquo-yK-yo(6) q d gtbellian v R^mdash J-R~~~~i Trf~laquoE-y 0 3inU
t
B cosXJr
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1335
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 13
we calculate for each observation station where the sighting of X hasbeen carried out the reference angles TJc and TJE of the vectors OXand OR that is the angles of these vectors with the semiaxis of thegt0 reckoned from 0 to 6400 mils in the clockwise direction startingfrom this semiaxis We also calculate the lengths of the vectorsThe calculated reference angle U c is compared with the referenceangle U R+a supplied by measure the difference
(7) dUdeg=U E +a-U c
introduced in the place of da in the equation (1) gives the displacement p to be applied to the locus starting from X
To trace the corrected locus on the large seale 1 graphical chartthe length p is laid off from the origin in a positive sense in thedirectionUdeg-f1600 milsand a perpendicular is drawn at its extremity it ia an element ofthe locus corrected in its determiningpart
In the same wayan element of each of the other loci is traced nearthe originand the point XX7 is selected as being the most probableas has been indicated in the preceding section Let dxand dy be itscoordinates on the chart The coordinates of X are x--dx andy+dy mdash
7 Precision of the determination I f the number of the loci isgreat enough and if the point X is equally well determined in
mdashevery sense the expression --mdashgt in which d represents the devia
tion with reference to the selected point X of the locus of the valuep and 2 extends to all the geometric loci may be taken as the value
of the mean error of position of P But these conditions are practically never realized in the actual practice of locating and adjustingGenerally the number ofloci does not exceed three and the extreme
loci intersect at an angle which rarely reaches 1600 mils and isoften inferior to 800 There is consequently a vast azimuthal region
around X not comprising any locus direction The idea of error ofposition loses therefore all significance The mean error of X
can no longer be defined by a unique quantity and it is necessaryto calculate the mean errors of the coordinates of this point Inorder that these mean errors may have a concrete sense it wouldbe necessary to start by taking as axes of the coordinates the balanced mean of the directions of the loci and its perpendicular so asto have the maximum and minimum mean errors I t is evident
i The scale is adopted with reference to the precision which the angles give reasonto expect for X It is useless in the actual case to go beyond j ^g -
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1435
14 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
that the determination of the precision of the solution by the methodof least squares would lead to quite protracted calculations for anillusory result in consequence of the impossibility of avoidingargtarbitrary proceeding in the attribution of the values to the different loci
We may content ourselves to avoid loss of time by taking themaximum deviations of the intersections in the sense of the meandirection of the loci and in the perpendicular direction as measureof the uncertainty of the position adopted in the two directions
Furthermorethe
number ofthe
Idti mustbe
at leastfour8 Special case of two bearingsmdashBefore passing to the applicationto the plotting of targets and to the adjustment of fire we shouldmdashexamine a special case frequently occurring in practice the case
Fig 5
in which the number of bearings is reduced to two The problemis then determinate and offers no occasion for a choice of a soultionBut it is important to study the influence of the angle at which the twoloci intersect on the precision of their intersection
Let (fig 5) Ox X and O2 X be the two erroneous loci starting fromthe points Ox and 02O2 the positions of the observation stations 1 and
2 and let p i and p2p2 be the displacements to be applied to them toobtain the correct loci IIXI1X
and I^X so that the correct point is Xand so that r=XX represents the vector of error of the position of XThe problem is to findthe value of r
In the triangle X I I X
r2=XP+XI-2Xr2=XP+XI -2XI I XX II Xcos X^X r 2=XP +XI 1 -2XIX
XlxXcobXljX
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 15
The angle XIX is evidently the one of which the bearing OjXmust be turned to a positionparallel with O2 X and in the same direcmdashtion I t is then equal to UU2 U the difference of the reference anglesof the two bearings
On the other hand we have
Xll= sin (Uj-tJ) and Xll= sin (U-Ux)
Consequently
r8gt Sitf(u-p)[l
+^-fro3
ltp - u raquo]-The following table gives the values of mdash for 5 and 10
Pimdash Pwhich correspond to different values of (U 2 Ux) in the case wheremdash mdash
and cos (U2 Ui) are of contrary signs and where consequentlyPir is the longer diagonal of the parellelogram X I I X I
-bullTable of the values of p
mdashAnini les(U 2 U i) in milsles(U 2 U i) in mils
P iidii
1600600 2400400 280008000 3000000 3100100 3200200I
0 100 144 266 5 1 100 2 000
5 511 811 15555 30707 61212 000
100 10101 15252 28686 56363 1122122 000
It appest appes irs froirs froi i the mhe m imbers ofmbers thLf thL table how ratable how ra gtidly tlidly tl te errore ofrror oflosition rosition r augmiugmi snts whints whi3n the small) gtr angle atrn wlngle at wlhe small) ich thlt i twoch lociwo locihlt
alls bells be low 400ow 400 milsils
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1635
CHAPTER 11
PLOTTING THE TARGETS
Although the plotting of the targets and that of the bursts offriendly shells are simply the application of what precedes the twoproblems regarded fromthe practicalpoint of viewdiffersufficientlyto warrant a separate treatment
9 Construction of the bearingmdash
At the observation station 017Ol7 atarget
X has beensighted
under the divisionml
of the micrometer ofthe sight the goniometric reading corresponding to the position ofthis sight being l x The verificationof the orientation of the limbof the goniometer has been made immediately afterwards by layingthe reference point R t under the zero division of the micrometer and
it has been found that the reading which should have been zero ifthe instrument had been correctly oriented was r x The horizontalangle al=a
1= l 1+m 1 mdashr1 between the reference point and the target Xhas therefore been measured The problem is to construct thebearing of X from this measurementmdasha Direct methods According to their rectangular coordinates inconnection with a kilometric cross-sectioning in the system of coordinates used by the Army to which the section belongs transfer thepoints Oj and R x to the construction sheet on the scale of 2 0000-
The bearing Ox X x may then be traced directly if we have an alidadeprotractor withlimb graduated in mils and a vernier for reading themils
In the absence of this instrument which is not generally possessed by the sections a graphic sketch of angles in mils on tracingpaper may be used The center is placed at Ox and the originradius on OAO
AR1(R1( so that a second point for Oj X t can be pricked by
interpolation for a x The Geographic Service has had a graphicsketch of this sort prepared giving all the angles from0 to 1600 milsI t is printed on tracing paper and delivered to the sections Byreason of the inaccuracies in printing this process is less exact thanthat of the protractor
That the bearing thus obtained may have the exactitude requiredin the vicinity of the point X i t is requisite that the distance Ox X
reduced to the scale of the construction sheet should not exceed bytoo much the length of the branches of the protractor when thisinstrument is used I t is above all important whatever method isused that the direction O x R1(R
1( the origin of the angle a should begraphically defined without appreciable error at the distance O^K
16
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1735
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 17
from Oj This is the condition when OXX is at most equal to OjszligjIt is no longer true if O XX is notably superior to o^ and it is thennecessary to prolong this line beyond Ri with the aid of the calculation This is done by determining the intersection of the prolongation with one of the lines of the cross-sectioning which are mostnormally cut by it The formulae to be employed are the following
To obtain the x of the intersection of OJampi with the parallel tothe axis of the asy=h
(9) x=^i+^~(h-y o l )=x i+(k-x o l ) tan Ur i o
to obtain the y of the intersection of (^Rj with the parallel to theaxis of the ya x=k
lt10) y=y oi-^~ i(k-xoi)=yoi+(k-x 01 ) cot r
01 y o l
xr v jRi designating the coordinates of C^ and R x and Vr vthe reference angle of o^ The logarithm tables with four decimals are sufficient for this calculationmdash6 Use ofa graduation The above-mentioned methods are appropriate for tracing bearings taken from a mobile observation stationIn installations remaining stationary for a long time the labor ofgraphical construction can be much reduced and an equal if notsuperior precision can be obtained by using a graduation in milstraced once for all for each station on the construction sheet Eachgraduation starts from the direction of the reference point of the corresponding station and covers its entire sector of visibility Thedivisions are numbered from 0 to 6400 in the clockwise direction soas to correspond to the angles a defined above To trace a bearingtaken from Olt for example it is only necessary to join the point O tto the real or interpolated division whichhas the angle a x as numberI f a precise determination is not required one need only stretch a wireattached to a knob fastened on a special point at Ou making it passthrough the division a u to have the bearing Thus many erasures ofpencil marks on the construction sheet can be avoided and the lattercan be rendered serviceable for a long time
oareshould be exercised in inserting the point not to make the hole at Ot too large if
this point is to be used in tracing very precise bearings But sinceit is difficult not to enlarge the hole if the point is removed too oftenit is expedient to have for the use of the wire a special constructionsheet fastened to a board and to reserve the main construction sheetwhichhad better be fastened to a surface of zinc for tracing bearingswith pencil
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1835
18 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The graduations corresponding to the different observation stations Oj 2O2 03O3 O4O4 are arranged in arcs of circles or better to avoidoverlapping the construction sheet is removed and the desirableprecision is had on its entire extent on the margins by means ofparallel bands about 10 millimeters in width These are distinguished by different colors
The quickest way to trace them is to use the graphic sketch of theGeographic Service on tracing paper pricking a point or two of eachdivision near the margin of the sheet The angular spacing of the
radii of this graphic sketch at the different distances from the centerhas been chosen in such a way that the interpolationat sight is everywhere possible without appreciable error and that their linearspacing never descends below 15 millimeters it is only necessarythen whatever part of the graphical sketch is used to prick one ortwo points of each of the radii successively without adding or cutting off
Nevertheless by reason of the inaccuracies of the graphical sketchdue to printing it may happen that a graduation obtained by thismeans wouldpresent inadmissible errors This difficulty is avoidedby determining some divisions by calculation for instance those of800 1600 4800 5400 mils besides that of the referencepoint Once these principal divisionshave been traced on the construction sheet the graphical sketch makes it possible to obtain theintermediary divisions without appreciable error For this purposeit is placed over the construction sheet with the center at On
n beingthe number of the station corresponding -to the graduation and aprincipalradius on one of the extreme divisions calculated
that onthe left forinstance of the sector of 800 mils that is to be graduatedI f the radius laid off at 800 mils from the first does not fall on thelimiting division on the right the graphical sketch is shifted gentlywith respect to the point On followingthe bisector of the angle ofthe sector the first radius beingkept on its divisionuntil this resultis obtained
The formula to be used for determining by calculation the intersection with one of the linesof the cross-sectioning of the division d
reckoned from the aiming line are the followingTo obtain the xof the intersection of Ond with the parallel to the
axis of the x of the cross-sectioning farthest from On ymdashh
(11) j c = s raquo n +(l-y 11 )taii(ITR n +d)
to obtain the yof the intersection of Oud with the parallel at theaxis of the y of the cross-sectioning farthest from Ou x=k
(12) y=yo n +(h-xo ) cot (Un n+d)n
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1935
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 19
IJRn is given by the first of the formulae (6) That one of theformulae (11) and (12) which corresponds to the most normal inter-section is of course employed
A type of the calculation by the formula (12) will be found inExample I t the end of the pamphlet
In the absence of the graphical sketch of the angles in mils it isnecessary to graduate entirely by calculation The same formulaeare used it is only necessary to make din them equal successivelyto 5 10 15 mils or to 10 20 30 mils etc according
to the distanceof
the intersection from the point On The calcu-lations in this case should be made in series so as not to require toomuch time and should be verified by the differences
Tables of logarithms of four decimals are sufficient for all thesecalculations mdash
10 Utilizationof the observations A single observation supplyingonly one geometric locus of the position of the target is not enoughto determine i t but it furnishes an indication capable of beingusedin many cases
To turn it to account an investigation is first made to see whetherit corresponds to a known target The bearing is applied to theconstruction sheet on which the positions of all the previouslydetermined targets has been marked The use of the sheet pastedto the board and provided with wires is particularly adaptable forthis use Several cases may occur
(a) The bearing passes through a target at the usual degree ofapproxi-mdashmation Let A be this known target O2O2 being the station whichhas
given the observation The centralpricks
on the constructionsheet the directions ayav a 3 a4a4 in which the observers of Qu 3O3 04O
4should sight to see A and he has them watch in these directionsrespectively until OlOl signals a new observation in the same directionas the first If one or more of them get an observation at the sametime as Oj the operation is conducted as described later (case of twoor more simultaneous observations) In the contrary case it isdecided either that the target seen from O2O2 is not A or that if it isA the circumstancesdo not permit sighting it from O1(O1( 03O3 04O4
I f the bearing from Ox encounters two or more targets they aretried successively in the order of probability until at least twosimultaneous observations are obtained mdash(b) The bearing does not pass through any known target It happensquite often at least by day that the observer who has made an ob-servation of a flash or smoke ball is able to locate approximately
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2035
20 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
this flash or smoke ball The Central adopts provisionally a location of the target on the bearing in the region indicated by theobserver and proceeds with reference to this supposed location aswith reference to a known target through which the bearing mightpass to try to obtain at least two simultaneous bearings
In the absence of supplementary information supplied by theobserver who has made the observation application is made to theneighboring terrestrial observation sections or sound locating sections or balloons or first-line trench stations of the Artillery Intelli-
gence Service etc and the Central in this way may often obtaindata which will enable him to determine somewhat more accuratelythe position of the target on the single bearing sufficiently at leastto try to obtain simultaneous observations
Two simultaneous observations are theoretically sufficient for thedetermination of a target but generally every determination whichis not verified should be regarded as doubtful The best verificationis a third concurrent observation supplying a bearing which passesvery close to the point of intersection of the two others For theprobability that three flashes for instance should be produced atthe same instance and should give concurrent directions with threestations from which they have been observed is very slight and theprobability that the three stations have sighted the same flash ispractically equivalent under these conditions to a certainty I t isthis verification which we must try to get especially for newtargets But since it is quite often impossible for reasons of visi-bility or clearness that three stations should sight the same flash
or smoke ball we must often be satisfied with other verificationsThe fact that the two observations are simultaneous especially
when it is a case of an instantaneous phenomenon like a flash is in it-self a partial proof that they relate to the same target I f the samefact is repeated a certain number of times while the directions oftheobservations remain apparently constant the presumption is strengthened without absolute certainty being produced since in the caseof firing for instance the enemy might discharge two guns at a timeormake false flashes
A much more weighty confirmationresults from the coincidenceof the intersection with a known target The concurrence of theresult with the approximate position given by one of the observerson a bearing may also be regarded as a satisfactory verificationFinally the intelligence obtained outside the section in case thatof the section is insufficient sometimes reveals the degree of confidence that can be placed in the result
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 21
The use of wiresrepresenting the bearings is very convenient whenthere are only two bearings to be applied on condition that the angleat which they intersect is large enough The tracing of the loci on
the construction sheet becomes necessary as soon as the angle is lessthan 400 mils especially if the point of intersection is very distant(Sec 8) It is even necessary to resort to calculation when the angleis less than 300 mils
The determination by two bearings only should be turned over tothe Artillery with all the necessary reserve according to the con-
firmations obtained In no case should i t be regarded as definiteWith three or more simultaneous observations the problem is more
than determined and as the geometric loci generally do not intersectat the same point the position to be adopted is open to a choiceI f the observations are equally good the rule given in section 5leads tochoosing a point nearest the loci whose value is greatest Further-more as is known the value of a locus may be regarded as inverselyproportional to the square of the distance from the point sought to
thecorresponding station or in other words to the square of
thedisplacement of the locus for the same error of observation 10 milsfor instance I t is sufficient then to trace near the cap (the figurehaving the intersections of the loci as summits) bearings correspond-ing to the same angular deflection of the first in order to have a veryclear conception of the values which are inversely proportional tothe squares of the linear spacings
But the problem is rarelypresented with this degree of simplicityGenerally the observations are of unequal precision and the difficulty
consists in observing the inequalities of precision in the attributionof value to the bearings Thus in the case where two observers havebeen able to observe the flash of the discharge of a gun and thethird the dust or the smoke only the observation of the third is allother things being equal less precise than that of the first two butthe central has not the data by which he may determine in whatmeasure Only the observers if they are conscientious and welltrained can indicate to him the degree of uncertainty of their ob-servations and enable him to reduce to a minimum the arbitrarypart in the attribution of the values The chiefs of sections can notuse too much care therefore in the selection development andsupervision of the observers
The use of wires is not recommended for very precise determina-tions especially if the loci intersect at rather acute angles for if
the wires rub on one another i t is to be feared that they will not be
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2235
22 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
perfectly Btraight Moreover not being on the same plane theyproduce the effect of a parallax For tracing the bearings on theconstruction sheet fastened on zinc a hard pencil sharpened to avery fine point must be used Finally if the loci intersect at veryacute angles it is necessary to resort to a calculation and to a graphicconstruction on a large scale (Sec 6)
When the dimensions of the cap exceed notably those whichcorrespond to the mean errors of the observations the determinationshould be regarded as nul Every correction of observation tendingto reduce the cap which has not been signalled at once by the ob-server himself must be rigidly avoided
Unless there is absolute certainty that the sightings of the differentstations relate to a single and identical target i t is never permissibleto proceed by mean observations especially if the flashes or smoke ballshave not all been sighted by the same observation stations Thevariations of the positions corresponding to the different series ofsimultaneous sightings show whether several targets are involved
and in thecontrary case they afford a
muchmore exact
idea of theapproximation really obtained than that which can be formed fromthe variation of the loci in respect to the point chosen in a singledetermination
11 Case in which the position of the observation stationsmdash can not bedetermined withprecision The preceding is based upon the implicitassumption that the positions of the observation stations are so wellknown that the influence oftheir errors on the determination can beregarded as negligible in regard to that of the errors of measure It
is not always so even in position warfare since some stations difficultto establish have to be used before the range triangulation group hashad the time or opportunity to determine their locations In openwarfare i t is often necessary to rely on positions taken at sight onthe battle map or even on the ordinary map
The remark at the end of section 4 shows that it is still possible inthis case to have exact geometric loci if a reference point sufficientlynear the target is available for each station But then since thereference points change with the targets there is no occasion to tracethe graduation on the construction sheet By wayof compensationthe graphical sketch on tracing paper of the angles in mils can beused with advantage to prick the bearings since the angles beingsmall its deviations are inconsequential
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2335
CHAPTER 111
ADJUSTMENT OP PERCUSSION FIREmdash
12 Problem of the adjustment by the observation of the bursts A
battery mayask
the terrestrial observation service located in thesame sector to determine for it either the absolute positions (the rectangular coordinates) of the bursts of its projectiles or the positionsof these bursts with reference to the target which should in this casebe a clearly denned point of the battle map
The first problem does not differ from the one considered in the preceding chapter it is in general even easier both for the observerswho can be informed in advance of the time and the direction inwhich they should watch and for the central who works on thebasis of observations unusually concordant
The second is distinguished by the fact that the position sought isa relative position which can be obtained by differentialcalculus^and consequently constructed on a geographical sketch on a large
scale with all the desirable precision and rapidity It constitutesthe real problem of fire adjustment which may be formulated thus
A friendly gun P fires a percussion shell at a target X the burst isheard by the terrestrial observation section Determine the errors in
range and in lateral deviationThere are two cases to be distinguished according as the target is
invisible and known only by its rectangular coordinates or as it canbe sighted by the stations during the adjustmentmdash
13 Adjustment on an invisible target Let (fig 6) 0 0202 080
8 0404
be the four observation stations of the section a u lt 3 a4a
4 hex3x
angles observed in each of them between the reference point and the-bursting point X of a projectileTo have the errors of X in respect to X inrange and direction
there are traced on a graphic sketch on the scale -s^^ two rectan-gular axes Xx and Xy (fig 7) representing the parallels to the axes ofthe rectangular coordinates passing through the target X and theposition of the burst X is determined with respect to these axes byconstructing its four geometric loci one of whichmay be lacking
23
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2435
24 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
If the point X is nearenough to thepoint X thedirectionsoftheloci are very noticeablyparallelto OjX O4X of whichthereferenceanglesUdeg x Udeg 4 (fig 6) arecalculatedby meansof the
y
i
Si y l r^ n N s^-
V t i )k j vv ft J -mdash
raquo Tic
Kg cfirst of theformulae(5)ormulae of5) ofsection6 their distancesat the their distancesat theoriginri haveBectionas expressionsions(formula (1) ofSecformula (1) ofSec 3))
Pi-sKDxrfU0 7)4 =KD 4rfUdeg4
with [formulaula (7)]7)]
tfU^UEi+ai-U0 rfU^TJju+^-UV
DvDv D 4 arethe distancesOiK O4X measuredon theconstructionsheeton the scale Towff) Uumlb4 designate thereferenceangles of thelinesO1O
1R 1 O4O
4R 4 runningfrom the
observationstations to theirreferencepointsthe referenceanglesbeingcalculatedonceforall by the first of theformulae(6)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 25
The direction in which these distances should be pricked is seenon the construction sheet as is shown in figure 6 Thus in figure 7the trace of the first locus corresponds to a difference ltfUcgto
All the loci should intersect at the same point if the sightings arefree of errors and if the positions of the stations and of the referencepoints are exactly known Generally they form a little cap inwhich the bursting point X is selected as shown in sections 5and 10
I t is then only necessary to project X in pound on the direction XPof the gun or of the battery P which forms with the axis Xy an angle
given by the construction sheet to have in Xpound the error of rangeand in poundX the error in direction
14 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting points onmdashthe scale of-g^-g The formulae (1) and (7) are independent of thegun or battery P The section may therefore have in advance foreach of the targets on which it willhave to make the adjustment aconstruction sheet on the scale of -sinnr like the one represented in
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2635
26 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
figure 7 on whichare pricked the directions of the loci starting fromX with respect to the axes Xx Xy and normally to these directionsof the scales of the corresponding ps for the successive values ofdUdeg in multiples of 5 mils or in multiples of 10 mils
The graphical sketch of the angles in mils may be used to graduatethese scales in pricking the divisions through the tracing paper
when the distance OX from the station to the target is less than 5kilometers For distances greater than 2 kilometers it is easier touse the graphic table of the errors of the bearings (PL I I I ) which
gives on the scale of -5-^trff the displacement of the bearing to thedifferent distances from 2to 18 kilometers In the absence of thisgraphic table the values of the ps for dU c=lo mils are calculatedby means of the formula
(p) p 1 10 mils=4o KD
whichgives pin millimeterson the scale of -g^Vo-i terms of D inmillimetersof the construction sheet on the scale of 2oooogt and inwhichthe coefficient X has as value (Sec 3)
31416 13200 =1000 ( l - deg - deg l B3 )gt
wherefore log K=4 99200 These lengths of p are then multiplied
for 10 mils by 1 2 3 to have the distances of the successivedivisionsin multiplesof 16 mils on the straight line XO whichgivesthe direction of the geometric locus The divisions on the left ofthis mdashine with respect to the observation station are indicated bythe sign those on the right by the + sign
I f the lack of parallelismof the bearings becomes noticeable at theextremities of the graduation it can be remedied easily by substituting for the single scale corresponding to the target two scalesplaced at a distance of 10 centimeters for instance from each sideof the origin
Instead of taking as originof the graduation of each scale its pointof intersection I with the corresponding straight line XO it is preferable in case the target is well determined and fixed to trace thedivisions which correspond to round numbers of mils of the anglea so as to avoid having to reckon the difference dJdeg for each geometric locus to be constructed The value of a for the point I eingUdegmdashU B the adjustment to be applied to the divisions toward theright is the product of the value of p for 10 mils multiplied by themdashfraction of 10 mils obtained by subtracting UUc UEUE from the value ofthe next highest multiple of 10 mils above the actual value of a Example I I at the end of the pamphlet gives the disposition toadopt for all these calculations
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2735
16057deg (To face page 2ti) No 1
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 435
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Technical instruction on plotting and bursting points for ad-justment of fire 5
1 Composition of a section and organization of the obser-mdashation stations 5
Chapter I Determination of an unknown point by bearings 72 Definition 7
3 Influence of an error in the angle on the position of thegeometrical locus 8
4 Influence of errors of position of the reference pointnd of the observation station on the positionofgeo-
metric locus mdash 95 Mean errors of the geometric loci Choice of a solu-
tion 116 Use of calculation and of a graphic construction on a
large scale 127 Precision of the determination 138 Special case of two bearings 14mdash
Chapte r brvbar Plotting the targets 169 Construction of the bearing 16
10 Utilization of the observations 1911 Case in which the position of the observation stations
can not be determined with precision 22hapter 111
mdashAdjustment of percussion fire 23
12 Problem of the adjustment by the observation of thebursts 23
13 Adjustment on an invisible target 2314 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting
points etc 25
15 Completion of the preparation etc 2716 Adjustment on a target etc 28
Example 1 30Example I I 31
Calculation of the adjustments etc 32
4
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 535
UNCLASSIFIED
TECHNICALINSTRUCTIONON PLOTTING TARGETSAND BURSTING POINTSFOR ADJUSTMENTOFFIRE
[Translation of a French official document of October 1916by the Army War Col
lege September 1917]
(SgretWlampeoftftderilictlnot to be taken intofront-line trenches)
TERRESTRIAL OBSERVATION SECTIONS
1 Composition of a section and organization of the observation stamdashtions A terrestrial observation section generally comprises fourobservationstations O1(O
1(02O
2 03O3 04O
4 and a central station C
Each observation station should be provided with observationinstruments (prismatic monocular telescope glasses for nocturnalobservations etc) mounted on goniometers which permit themeasurement of the horizontal angles in x
mils The limbs of thegoniometers are oriented in such a manner that their readings arezero when the optical axes of the corresponding glasses are directedon a very distinct distant point of known position included in themdashobservation sector of the station preferably a geodetic point Assubstitute for this reference point R by night or day when fog or
obstacles hide it it is indispensable to have an auxiliary referencepoint R near enough to be seen in almost any weather by day andcapable of being illuminated at night by a little electric lamp turnedtoward the station The reading L E ofthe goniometer correspondingto R generally (see Sec 4 2deg) varies frominstrument to instrumentand if it is desired to use R for orienting a limb of the goniometeror verifyingits location it is necessary that the instrument shouldoccupy exactly the position that it had at the moment that the reading L E was made on the oriented limbThe observer at a station has thus the means of reading almost toa mil the relative direction of an object which he has sighted
The special telegraphic material called Military Telegraph (for adescription see the notice published by the Geographical Service)with which the sections are provided enable the observer
1 To light a lamp at the central for signaling the exact instantof the sighting of a target or of a burst
5
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 635
6 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
2 To announce or cause to be announced to the central thedivision of the goniometer corresponding to the sighting as well asall the indications likely to facilitate the utilization of the observation (see Sec 10)
The central knows exactly therefore at what instant an observation is made at any of the stations of the section and receives thecorresponding goniometrical reading without any delay By thesimultaneity of the observations he can easily recognizemdashhose of thereadings which can be referred to a single objective flash of anenemy gun or flash or smoke ball of a friendly shell
The problem for the central consists therefore in making the mostof the elements thus obtained singly or together It is a well-knownproblem of topography which is generally solved by the processknown as intersection But this purely graphic process especiallyadapted to the plane-table can not be used here it must be replacedby the general method of the geometrical loci which must first beexplained so that its principles can be evolved
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 735
CHAPTER I
DETERMINATION OP AN UNKNOWN POINT X BY BEARINGSmdash
2 Definition The horizontal angle a at the known point O(observation station) fig 1 made by the direction of an unknownpoint X (target) with that of I^ie known point R (reference point)gives a geometrical locus of X which is the bearing 1 starting from 0and forming with OR the angle a
In whatfollows the angle a is considered as measured in mils andreckoned from 0 to 6400 starting from OR in the clockwise direction
Two bearings suffice in a geometrical sense to determine X butgenerally three are necessary for a verification I f there were noerrors of
measurementand
if thepositions of the observation stations 0 and of their referencepoints R wereknown exactly allthese bearings would intersect atthe same point But in consequence of the errors by whichthe angles a and the positions ofthe points 0 and R are affected
their meeting point is only ap- p j j
proximate To choose rationallythe point to be adopted it is necessary to know the preci-sion of each locus which depends on the one hand on the pre-cision of this locus and that of the angle which supplied it and onthe other hand on the precision of the positions of the points whichdefine the direction from which the angle was measured
i This term bearing must not be confused with that used in topography In thisconnection it designates the geometrical locus given by sighting from a known pointon an unknown point referred to another known point in topography bearingmeans the process whichconsists in determining an unknown point by the stationby taking sights on at least three known points This is what is called in militarytopography the map problem The word intersection is frequently although in-accurately used to designate the geometrical locus here called bearing
7
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 835
8 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
There is reason therefore to study first the influence on theposition of the locus
1 Of an error in the angle a
2 Of errors in the positions of the points 0 and RBy reason of the smallness of these errors relatively to the distance
of the observation stations from the point to be determined they maybe considered as differentials and the influence of each may bedetermined separately
3 Influenceofan error in the angle on the position of the geometricalmdashlocus Let
abe the erroneous value of the
angle ROX anda--daits real value The error da of the angle has the effect of giving the
bearing OX in place of OX (fig 2) The displacement p=XX to
Fig 2O
be applied at X to the erroneous locus in order to obtain the reallocus has therefore as expression
iM gt l(logK-499200)
D designating the distance OX and p being reckoned positivelywith reference to the point 0 from left to right
Therefore the error of the geometric locus is proportional to theerror of the angle which results from the fact that we have assumedthat the error da could be considered as a differential I t is moreover proportionalto the distance of the point sighted
The inverse of p can be taken as measure of the precision of the
locus The factor characterizes therefore the real precision ofthe
locus and frj~ that of the angle Starting from these definitionswe
may formulate the followingrule which is applicable whatever thenature of the angle may be
The precision ofa locus is the product ofits real precision and of thatof the angle whichhas supplied it
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 935
9ECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The value of da in mils makes it possible to obtainp very simplyWhen da=l the value of p in meters is equal to the distance D expressed in kilometers with approximately the factor (1mdash00183)To have the value of p in meters corresponding to any value of dait is onlynecessary to multiply the distance D in kilometers by da
4 Influence of errors of position of the reference mdashoint and of theobservation station on the positionofgeometric locus 1 Influence ofan error in the reference point
Let (fig3) R be the assumed position of the reference point whichalone is supposed to be erroneous and W its exact position
p=RR and to=ORR
thepolar
coordinates of R referred to the
Fig 3
origin R and to the axis RO laquois reckoned positively from RO inthe clockwise direction
I t is apparent on the figure that the effect of the error of the posi-
tionRRis the same as that of an error of angle da== mdash Wr gt r beingV T
the projection of W on OR and DBDB the distance DR As
mdash mdashRr=p sin laquo da= TrfT~ bull The displacement qqR = XX to be sub-
stituted at X for the erroneous locus in order to have the exact locusis consequently according to (1)
D 2)
q^ being reckoned positivelyin the same direction as pmdashmdash16057 Bmdashl817 -2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1035
10 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The formula (2) shows first that the component of the error of theposition of R normal to the direction of the referencepoint intervenesalone
Second that its influence is proportional to the distance of the pointsighted and inversely proportional to that of the reference point
I t is therefore advantageous in so far as visibility permits to takeas reference point a point as far away as possible
The absolute value of gK is easily calculated when the normal com-ponent p sin w is known since it is only necessary to multiply it by
the ratio ytbull
mdash2 Influence of an error of position of the observation station Let
(fig 4) 0 be the given position of the observation station which isalone supposed to be erroneous and O be its exact position
Fig 4
p=OO and oj=ROO the polar coordinates of 0 referred to theoriginO and the axis OR
w is always reckoned positively from OR in the clockwise direc-
tionThe normal displacement qqo
= mdash XX to be substituted at X forthe geometrical locus in order to have the exact locus consists ofmdash mdashtwo parts XX X and XjX X x being the point of intersection ofXX with the parallel to OX drawn through o The first is equal
to the component 0 ofmdash00 normal to OX it has as its expression= mdash
XX X p sin (amdashlaquo)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 11mdashThe second XjX is equal to the error of the locus at the point Xfor an error of angle da= - X j O X ^ -ORO since RO X =ROX=
o Now O RO=-^iO o being the component normal to OR of the
error of position of Omdash
that is p sin a
Consequently da=-pJtll^
w and according to the formula (1)
-XIX=--5-psincoX1X =--5-psincoTherefore finally
(3) o=-P0=-P sin (a-w)+-g-sin a gt
q0 being reckoned positivelyin the same direction as p and qR
The second term of the expression of q 0 is the same as gE as mightbe foreseen geometrically a variation of orientation of the referencedirection producing the same effect on the geometrical locus thatarises from the displacement of one or the other of its extremitiesThe conclusionsobtained above from the formula (2) are therefore
applicable As for the first term it is always inferior to pin absolutevalue and it is proportionately less as the error of position of 0 isnearer the direction of the point sighted X
When D=D B the factor in brackets of the second term of (3)
tends toward zero at the same time as a Therefore the influenceofthe error of position of the observation station on the position of thegeometric locus is perceptibly nil when a well-determinedpoint near thepoint sighted is taken as referencepoint This remark is of great importance from the practical point of viewit willbe put to advantagelater mdash mdash
5 Mean errors of the geometric loci Choiceof a solution I f thereal errors da p sin laquo and p sin (amdash laquo) are replaced in the formulae(1) (2) and (3) respectively by the mean error of angle 5a and themean errors u R and u 0 of the position of R and O the second termsrepresent the mean errors of the geometric locus at the point X resulting from 5a t of unun and uOu0 Assuming that the points R and 0 havethe same mean error v we have for the mean total error of the locus
at the point X ^V2 f 2 1 2 cos a A n
5a being expressed in milsKnowing the mean errors of each of the loci traced on the construc
tion sheet and consequently their values which are inverselyproportionalto the squares of the mean errors we choose the point X on
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1235
12 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
condition that 2pd be the minimum d designating the distance ofX to the locus of the value p and the sign 2 extending to all thegeometrical loci
The application of this rule in practice would require too muchtime and time spent on a rather illusoryincrease in precision sincethe mean errors of the loci are not generally well known We con-tent ourselves in being guided by it in choosing at sight on the con-struction sheet the most probable point I t should be remarkedthat in case it may be assumed that the angles have the same pre
cision and that the positions of the observation stations and of theirmdashreference points are equally well determined the precision
of each locus if the ever feeble influence of the mean error of thenormal 0 of the sight is overlooked is inversely proportional to D
Its value is accordingly proportional to j^ or to the square of its
real precision6 Use ofcalculation and ofa graphic construction on a large scalemdash
It may be important in certain cases which will be indicated later(sec 10) to have recourse to calculation to obtain the position Pwith all the precision that the data of the problem permits
The method to be employed consists in taking the position X obtained graphically on the construction sheet on the ordinary Bcaleas the approximate position and in looking for the displacement tobe applied to each of the geometric loci beginning with X so thatat the corresponding observation station the angle of the bearingwith the direction of the reference point may be equal to the meas-ured angle a
The corrected loci are transferred to a graphic sketch on a largescale with reference to two rectangular axes representing the parallelsto the axes of the coordinates of the projection whichpass throughthe point X The point to be adopted X is chosen according to theconsiderations discussed in the preceding section its coordinatesare the corrections to be applied to the coordinates of X
Let Ox0 yOy0
zE yn be the coordinates of the observation station 0
and of its reference point R and x and y the coordinates of Xrepresented graphically on the construction sheet on a small scaleBy means of the formulae
-p o _ ymdash yltraquon
TT = xmdash x0 XmdashX o brvbar (5) tanU 0 deg Dc=-
mdashymdashy
0 smU c cosUc
- x- x - x X- xraquo-yK-yo(6) q d gtbellian v R^mdash J-R~~~~i Trf~laquoE-y 0 3inU
t
B cosXJr
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1335
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 13
we calculate for each observation station where the sighting of X hasbeen carried out the reference angles TJc and TJE of the vectors OXand OR that is the angles of these vectors with the semiaxis of thegt0 reckoned from 0 to 6400 mils in the clockwise direction startingfrom this semiaxis We also calculate the lengths of the vectorsThe calculated reference angle U c is compared with the referenceangle U R+a supplied by measure the difference
(7) dUdeg=U E +a-U c
introduced in the place of da in the equation (1) gives the displacement p to be applied to the locus starting from X
To trace the corrected locus on the large seale 1 graphical chartthe length p is laid off from the origin in a positive sense in thedirectionUdeg-f1600 milsand a perpendicular is drawn at its extremity it ia an element ofthe locus corrected in its determiningpart
In the same wayan element of each of the other loci is traced nearthe originand the point XX7 is selected as being the most probableas has been indicated in the preceding section Let dxand dy be itscoordinates on the chart The coordinates of X are x--dx andy+dy mdash
7 Precision of the determination I f the number of the loci isgreat enough and if the point X is equally well determined in
mdashevery sense the expression --mdashgt in which d represents the devia
tion with reference to the selected point X of the locus of the valuep and 2 extends to all the geometric loci may be taken as the value
of the mean error of position of P But these conditions are practically never realized in the actual practice of locating and adjustingGenerally the number ofloci does not exceed three and the extreme
loci intersect at an angle which rarely reaches 1600 mils and isoften inferior to 800 There is consequently a vast azimuthal region
around X not comprising any locus direction The idea of error ofposition loses therefore all significance The mean error of X
can no longer be defined by a unique quantity and it is necessaryto calculate the mean errors of the coordinates of this point Inorder that these mean errors may have a concrete sense it wouldbe necessary to start by taking as axes of the coordinates the balanced mean of the directions of the loci and its perpendicular so asto have the maximum and minimum mean errors I t is evident
i The scale is adopted with reference to the precision which the angles give reasonto expect for X It is useless in the actual case to go beyond j ^g -
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1435
14 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
that the determination of the precision of the solution by the methodof least squares would lead to quite protracted calculations for anillusory result in consequence of the impossibility of avoidingargtarbitrary proceeding in the attribution of the values to the different loci
We may content ourselves to avoid loss of time by taking themaximum deviations of the intersections in the sense of the meandirection of the loci and in the perpendicular direction as measureof the uncertainty of the position adopted in the two directions
Furthermorethe
number ofthe
Idti mustbe
at leastfour8 Special case of two bearingsmdashBefore passing to the applicationto the plotting of targets and to the adjustment of fire we shouldmdashexamine a special case frequently occurring in practice the case
Fig 5
in which the number of bearings is reduced to two The problemis then determinate and offers no occasion for a choice of a soultionBut it is important to study the influence of the angle at which the twoloci intersect on the precision of their intersection
Let (fig 5) Ox X and O2 X be the two erroneous loci starting fromthe points Ox and 02O2 the positions of the observation stations 1 and
2 and let p i and p2p2 be the displacements to be applied to them toobtain the correct loci IIXI1X
and I^X so that the correct point is Xand so that r=XX represents the vector of error of the position of XThe problem is to findthe value of r
In the triangle X I I X
r2=XP+XI-2Xr2=XP+XI -2XI I XX II Xcos X^X r 2=XP +XI 1 -2XIX
XlxXcobXljX
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 15
The angle XIX is evidently the one of which the bearing OjXmust be turned to a positionparallel with O2 X and in the same direcmdashtion I t is then equal to UU2 U the difference of the reference anglesof the two bearings
On the other hand we have
Xll= sin (Uj-tJ) and Xll= sin (U-Ux)
Consequently
r8gt Sitf(u-p)[l
+^-fro3
ltp - u raquo]-The following table gives the values of mdash for 5 and 10
Pimdash Pwhich correspond to different values of (U 2 Ux) in the case wheremdash mdash
and cos (U2 Ui) are of contrary signs and where consequentlyPir is the longer diagonal of the parellelogram X I I X I
-bullTable of the values of p
mdashAnini les(U 2 U i) in milsles(U 2 U i) in mils
P iidii
1600600 2400400 280008000 3000000 3100100 3200200I
0 100 144 266 5 1 100 2 000
5 511 811 15555 30707 61212 000
100 10101 15252 28686 56363 1122122 000
It appest appes irs froirs froi i the mhe m imbers ofmbers thLf thL table how ratable how ra gtidly tlidly tl te errore ofrror oflosition rosition r augmiugmi snts whints whi3n the small) gtr angle atrn wlngle at wlhe small) ich thlt i twoch lociwo locihlt
alls bells be low 400ow 400 milsils
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1635
CHAPTER 11
PLOTTING THE TARGETS
Although the plotting of the targets and that of the bursts offriendly shells are simply the application of what precedes the twoproblems regarded fromthe practicalpoint of viewdiffersufficientlyto warrant a separate treatment
9 Construction of the bearingmdash
At the observation station 017Ol7 atarget
X has beensighted
under the divisionml
of the micrometer ofthe sight the goniometric reading corresponding to the position ofthis sight being l x The verificationof the orientation of the limbof the goniometer has been made immediately afterwards by layingthe reference point R t under the zero division of the micrometer and
it has been found that the reading which should have been zero ifthe instrument had been correctly oriented was r x The horizontalangle al=a
1= l 1+m 1 mdashr1 between the reference point and the target Xhas therefore been measured The problem is to construct thebearing of X from this measurementmdasha Direct methods According to their rectangular coordinates inconnection with a kilometric cross-sectioning in the system of coordinates used by the Army to which the section belongs transfer thepoints Oj and R x to the construction sheet on the scale of 2 0000-
The bearing Ox X x may then be traced directly if we have an alidadeprotractor withlimb graduated in mils and a vernier for reading themils
In the absence of this instrument which is not generally possessed by the sections a graphic sketch of angles in mils on tracingpaper may be used The center is placed at Ox and the originradius on OAO
AR1(R1( so that a second point for Oj X t can be pricked by
interpolation for a x The Geographic Service has had a graphicsketch of this sort prepared giving all the angles from0 to 1600 milsI t is printed on tracing paper and delivered to the sections Byreason of the inaccuracies in printing this process is less exact thanthat of the protractor
That the bearing thus obtained may have the exactitude requiredin the vicinity of the point X i t is requisite that the distance Ox X
reduced to the scale of the construction sheet should not exceed bytoo much the length of the branches of the protractor when thisinstrument is used I t is above all important whatever method isused that the direction O x R1(R
1( the origin of the angle a should begraphically defined without appreciable error at the distance O^K
16
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1735
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 17
from Oj This is the condition when OXX is at most equal to OjszligjIt is no longer true if O XX is notably superior to o^ and it is thennecessary to prolong this line beyond Ri with the aid of the calculation This is done by determining the intersection of the prolongation with one of the lines of the cross-sectioning which are mostnormally cut by it The formulae to be employed are the following
To obtain the x of the intersection of OJampi with the parallel tothe axis of the asy=h
(9) x=^i+^~(h-y o l )=x i+(k-x o l ) tan Ur i o
to obtain the y of the intersection of (^Rj with the parallel to theaxis of the ya x=k
lt10) y=y oi-^~ i(k-xoi)=yoi+(k-x 01 ) cot r
01 y o l
xr v jRi designating the coordinates of C^ and R x and Vr vthe reference angle of o^ The logarithm tables with four decimals are sufficient for this calculationmdash6 Use ofa graduation The above-mentioned methods are appropriate for tracing bearings taken from a mobile observation stationIn installations remaining stationary for a long time the labor ofgraphical construction can be much reduced and an equal if notsuperior precision can be obtained by using a graduation in milstraced once for all for each station on the construction sheet Eachgraduation starts from the direction of the reference point of the corresponding station and covers its entire sector of visibility Thedivisions are numbered from 0 to 6400 in the clockwise direction soas to correspond to the angles a defined above To trace a bearingtaken from Olt for example it is only necessary to join the point O tto the real or interpolated division whichhas the angle a x as numberI f a precise determination is not required one need only stretch a wireattached to a knob fastened on a special point at Ou making it passthrough the division a u to have the bearing Thus many erasures ofpencil marks on the construction sheet can be avoided and the lattercan be rendered serviceable for a long time
oareshould be exercised in inserting the point not to make the hole at Ot too large if
this point is to be used in tracing very precise bearings But sinceit is difficult not to enlarge the hole if the point is removed too oftenit is expedient to have for the use of the wire a special constructionsheet fastened to a board and to reserve the main construction sheetwhichhad better be fastened to a surface of zinc for tracing bearingswith pencil
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1835
18 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The graduations corresponding to the different observation stations Oj 2O2 03O3 O4O4 are arranged in arcs of circles or better to avoidoverlapping the construction sheet is removed and the desirableprecision is had on its entire extent on the margins by means ofparallel bands about 10 millimeters in width These are distinguished by different colors
The quickest way to trace them is to use the graphic sketch of theGeographic Service on tracing paper pricking a point or two of eachdivision near the margin of the sheet The angular spacing of the
radii of this graphic sketch at the different distances from the centerhas been chosen in such a way that the interpolationat sight is everywhere possible without appreciable error and that their linearspacing never descends below 15 millimeters it is only necessarythen whatever part of the graphical sketch is used to prick one ortwo points of each of the radii successively without adding or cutting off
Nevertheless by reason of the inaccuracies of the graphical sketchdue to printing it may happen that a graduation obtained by thismeans wouldpresent inadmissible errors This difficulty is avoidedby determining some divisions by calculation for instance those of800 1600 4800 5400 mils besides that of the referencepoint Once these principal divisionshave been traced on the construction sheet the graphical sketch makes it possible to obtain theintermediary divisions without appreciable error For this purposeit is placed over the construction sheet with the center at On
n beingthe number of the station corresponding -to the graduation and aprincipalradius on one of the extreme divisions calculated
that onthe left forinstance of the sector of 800 mils that is to be graduatedI f the radius laid off at 800 mils from the first does not fall on thelimiting division on the right the graphical sketch is shifted gentlywith respect to the point On followingthe bisector of the angle ofthe sector the first radius beingkept on its divisionuntil this resultis obtained
The formula to be used for determining by calculation the intersection with one of the linesof the cross-sectioning of the division d
reckoned from the aiming line are the followingTo obtain the xof the intersection of Ond with the parallel to the
axis of the x of the cross-sectioning farthest from On ymdashh
(11) j c = s raquo n +(l-y 11 )taii(ITR n +d)
to obtain the yof the intersection of Oud with the parallel at theaxis of the y of the cross-sectioning farthest from Ou x=k
(12) y=yo n +(h-xo ) cot (Un n+d)n
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1935
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 19
IJRn is given by the first of the formulae (6) That one of theformulae (11) and (12) which corresponds to the most normal inter-section is of course employed
A type of the calculation by the formula (12) will be found inExample I t the end of the pamphlet
In the absence of the graphical sketch of the angles in mils it isnecessary to graduate entirely by calculation The same formulaeare used it is only necessary to make din them equal successivelyto 5 10 15 mils or to 10 20 30 mils etc according
to the distanceof
the intersection from the point On The calcu-lations in this case should be made in series so as not to require toomuch time and should be verified by the differences
Tables of logarithms of four decimals are sufficient for all thesecalculations mdash
10 Utilizationof the observations A single observation supplyingonly one geometric locus of the position of the target is not enoughto determine i t but it furnishes an indication capable of beingusedin many cases
To turn it to account an investigation is first made to see whetherit corresponds to a known target The bearing is applied to theconstruction sheet on which the positions of all the previouslydetermined targets has been marked The use of the sheet pastedto the board and provided with wires is particularly adaptable forthis use Several cases may occur
(a) The bearing passes through a target at the usual degree ofapproxi-mdashmation Let A be this known target O2O2 being the station whichhas
given the observation The centralpricks
on the constructionsheet the directions ayav a 3 a4a4 in which the observers of Qu 3O3 04O
4should sight to see A and he has them watch in these directionsrespectively until OlOl signals a new observation in the same directionas the first If one or more of them get an observation at the sametime as Oj the operation is conducted as described later (case of twoor more simultaneous observations) In the contrary case it isdecided either that the target seen from O2O2 is not A or that if it isA the circumstancesdo not permit sighting it from O1(O1( 03O3 04O4
I f the bearing from Ox encounters two or more targets they aretried successively in the order of probability until at least twosimultaneous observations are obtained mdash(b) The bearing does not pass through any known target It happensquite often at least by day that the observer who has made an ob-servation of a flash or smoke ball is able to locate approximately
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2035
20 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
this flash or smoke ball The Central adopts provisionally a location of the target on the bearing in the region indicated by theobserver and proceeds with reference to this supposed location aswith reference to a known target through which the bearing mightpass to try to obtain at least two simultaneous bearings
In the absence of supplementary information supplied by theobserver who has made the observation application is made to theneighboring terrestrial observation sections or sound locating sections or balloons or first-line trench stations of the Artillery Intelli-
gence Service etc and the Central in this way may often obtaindata which will enable him to determine somewhat more accuratelythe position of the target on the single bearing sufficiently at leastto try to obtain simultaneous observations
Two simultaneous observations are theoretically sufficient for thedetermination of a target but generally every determination whichis not verified should be regarded as doubtful The best verificationis a third concurrent observation supplying a bearing which passesvery close to the point of intersection of the two others For theprobability that three flashes for instance should be produced atthe same instance and should give concurrent directions with threestations from which they have been observed is very slight and theprobability that the three stations have sighted the same flash ispractically equivalent under these conditions to a certainty I t isthis verification which we must try to get especially for newtargets But since it is quite often impossible for reasons of visi-bility or clearness that three stations should sight the same flash
or smoke ball we must often be satisfied with other verificationsThe fact that the two observations are simultaneous especially
when it is a case of an instantaneous phenomenon like a flash is in it-self a partial proof that they relate to the same target I f the samefact is repeated a certain number of times while the directions oftheobservations remain apparently constant the presumption is strengthened without absolute certainty being produced since in the caseof firing for instance the enemy might discharge two guns at a timeormake false flashes
A much more weighty confirmationresults from the coincidenceof the intersection with a known target The concurrence of theresult with the approximate position given by one of the observerson a bearing may also be regarded as a satisfactory verificationFinally the intelligence obtained outside the section in case thatof the section is insufficient sometimes reveals the degree of confidence that can be placed in the result
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 21
The use of wiresrepresenting the bearings is very convenient whenthere are only two bearings to be applied on condition that the angleat which they intersect is large enough The tracing of the loci on
the construction sheet becomes necessary as soon as the angle is lessthan 400 mils especially if the point of intersection is very distant(Sec 8) It is even necessary to resort to calculation when the angleis less than 300 mils
The determination by two bearings only should be turned over tothe Artillery with all the necessary reserve according to the con-
firmations obtained In no case should i t be regarded as definiteWith three or more simultaneous observations the problem is more
than determined and as the geometric loci generally do not intersectat the same point the position to be adopted is open to a choiceI f the observations are equally good the rule given in section 5leads tochoosing a point nearest the loci whose value is greatest Further-more as is known the value of a locus may be regarded as inverselyproportional to the square of the distance from the point sought to
thecorresponding station or in other words to the square of
thedisplacement of the locus for the same error of observation 10 milsfor instance I t is sufficient then to trace near the cap (the figurehaving the intersections of the loci as summits) bearings correspond-ing to the same angular deflection of the first in order to have a veryclear conception of the values which are inversely proportional tothe squares of the linear spacings
But the problem is rarelypresented with this degree of simplicityGenerally the observations are of unequal precision and the difficulty
consists in observing the inequalities of precision in the attributionof value to the bearings Thus in the case where two observers havebeen able to observe the flash of the discharge of a gun and thethird the dust or the smoke only the observation of the third is allother things being equal less precise than that of the first two butthe central has not the data by which he may determine in whatmeasure Only the observers if they are conscientious and welltrained can indicate to him the degree of uncertainty of their ob-servations and enable him to reduce to a minimum the arbitrarypart in the attribution of the values The chiefs of sections can notuse too much care therefore in the selection development andsupervision of the observers
The use of wires is not recommended for very precise determina-tions especially if the loci intersect at rather acute angles for if
the wires rub on one another i t is to be feared that they will not be
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2235
22 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
perfectly Btraight Moreover not being on the same plane theyproduce the effect of a parallax For tracing the bearings on theconstruction sheet fastened on zinc a hard pencil sharpened to avery fine point must be used Finally if the loci intersect at veryacute angles it is necessary to resort to a calculation and to a graphicconstruction on a large scale (Sec 6)
When the dimensions of the cap exceed notably those whichcorrespond to the mean errors of the observations the determinationshould be regarded as nul Every correction of observation tendingto reduce the cap which has not been signalled at once by the ob-server himself must be rigidly avoided
Unless there is absolute certainty that the sightings of the differentstations relate to a single and identical target i t is never permissibleto proceed by mean observations especially if the flashes or smoke ballshave not all been sighted by the same observation stations Thevariations of the positions corresponding to the different series ofsimultaneous sightings show whether several targets are involved
and in thecontrary case they afford a
muchmore exact
idea of theapproximation really obtained than that which can be formed fromthe variation of the loci in respect to the point chosen in a singledetermination
11 Case in which the position of the observation stationsmdash can not bedetermined withprecision The preceding is based upon the implicitassumption that the positions of the observation stations are so wellknown that the influence oftheir errors on the determination can beregarded as negligible in regard to that of the errors of measure It
is not always so even in position warfare since some stations difficultto establish have to be used before the range triangulation group hashad the time or opportunity to determine their locations In openwarfare i t is often necessary to rely on positions taken at sight onthe battle map or even on the ordinary map
The remark at the end of section 4 shows that it is still possible inthis case to have exact geometric loci if a reference point sufficientlynear the target is available for each station But then since thereference points change with the targets there is no occasion to tracethe graduation on the construction sheet By wayof compensationthe graphical sketch on tracing paper of the angles in mils can beused with advantage to prick the bearings since the angles beingsmall its deviations are inconsequential
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2335
CHAPTER 111
ADJUSTMENT OP PERCUSSION FIREmdash
12 Problem of the adjustment by the observation of the bursts A
battery mayask
the terrestrial observation service located in thesame sector to determine for it either the absolute positions (the rectangular coordinates) of the bursts of its projectiles or the positionsof these bursts with reference to the target which should in this casebe a clearly denned point of the battle map
The first problem does not differ from the one considered in the preceding chapter it is in general even easier both for the observerswho can be informed in advance of the time and the direction inwhich they should watch and for the central who works on thebasis of observations unusually concordant
The second is distinguished by the fact that the position sought isa relative position which can be obtained by differentialcalculus^and consequently constructed on a geographical sketch on a large
scale with all the desirable precision and rapidity It constitutesthe real problem of fire adjustment which may be formulated thus
A friendly gun P fires a percussion shell at a target X the burst isheard by the terrestrial observation section Determine the errors in
range and in lateral deviationThere are two cases to be distinguished according as the target is
invisible and known only by its rectangular coordinates or as it canbe sighted by the stations during the adjustmentmdash
13 Adjustment on an invisible target Let (fig 6) 0 0202 080
8 0404
be the four observation stations of the section a u lt 3 a4a
4 hex3x
angles observed in each of them between the reference point and the-bursting point X of a projectileTo have the errors of X in respect to X inrange and direction
there are traced on a graphic sketch on the scale -s^^ two rectan-gular axes Xx and Xy (fig 7) representing the parallels to the axes ofthe rectangular coordinates passing through the target X and theposition of the burst X is determined with respect to these axes byconstructing its four geometric loci one of whichmay be lacking
23
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2435
24 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
If the point X is nearenough to thepoint X thedirectionsoftheloci are very noticeablyparallelto OjX O4X of whichthereferenceanglesUdeg x Udeg 4 (fig 6) arecalculatedby meansof the
y
i
Si y l r^ n N s^-
V t i )k j vv ft J -mdash
raquo Tic
Kg cfirst of theformulae(5)ormulae of5) ofsection6 their distancesat the their distancesat theoriginri haveBectionas expressionsions(formula (1) ofSecformula (1) ofSec 3))
Pi-sKDxrfU0 7)4 =KD 4rfUdeg4
with [formulaula (7)]7)]
tfU^UEi+ai-U0 rfU^TJju+^-UV
DvDv D 4 arethe distancesOiK O4X measuredon theconstructionsheeton the scale Towff) Uumlb4 designate thereferenceangles of thelinesO1O
1R 1 O4O
4R 4 runningfrom the
observationstations to theirreferencepointsthe referenceanglesbeingcalculatedonceforall by the first of theformulae(6)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 25
The direction in which these distances should be pricked is seenon the construction sheet as is shown in figure 6 Thus in figure 7the trace of the first locus corresponds to a difference ltfUcgto
All the loci should intersect at the same point if the sightings arefree of errors and if the positions of the stations and of the referencepoints are exactly known Generally they form a little cap inwhich the bursting point X is selected as shown in sections 5and 10
I t is then only necessary to project X in pound on the direction XPof the gun or of the battery P which forms with the axis Xy an angle
given by the construction sheet to have in Xpound the error of rangeand in poundX the error in direction
14 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting points onmdashthe scale of-g^-g The formulae (1) and (7) are independent of thegun or battery P The section may therefore have in advance foreach of the targets on which it willhave to make the adjustment aconstruction sheet on the scale of -sinnr like the one represented in
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2635
26 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
figure 7 on whichare pricked the directions of the loci starting fromX with respect to the axes Xx Xy and normally to these directionsof the scales of the corresponding ps for the successive values ofdUdeg in multiples of 5 mils or in multiples of 10 mils
The graphical sketch of the angles in mils may be used to graduatethese scales in pricking the divisions through the tracing paper
when the distance OX from the station to the target is less than 5kilometers For distances greater than 2 kilometers it is easier touse the graphic table of the errors of the bearings (PL I I I ) which
gives on the scale of -5-^trff the displacement of the bearing to thedifferent distances from 2to 18 kilometers In the absence of thisgraphic table the values of the ps for dU c=lo mils are calculatedby means of the formula
(p) p 1 10 mils=4o KD
whichgives pin millimeterson the scale of -g^Vo-i terms of D inmillimetersof the construction sheet on the scale of 2oooogt and inwhichthe coefficient X has as value (Sec 3)
31416 13200 =1000 ( l - deg - deg l B3 )gt
wherefore log K=4 99200 These lengths of p are then multiplied
for 10 mils by 1 2 3 to have the distances of the successivedivisionsin multiplesof 16 mils on the straight line XO whichgivesthe direction of the geometric locus The divisions on the left ofthis mdashine with respect to the observation station are indicated bythe sign those on the right by the + sign
I f the lack of parallelismof the bearings becomes noticeable at theextremities of the graduation it can be remedied easily by substituting for the single scale corresponding to the target two scalesplaced at a distance of 10 centimeters for instance from each sideof the origin
Instead of taking as originof the graduation of each scale its pointof intersection I with the corresponding straight line XO it is preferable in case the target is well determined and fixed to trace thedivisions which correspond to round numbers of mils of the anglea so as to avoid having to reckon the difference dJdeg for each geometric locus to be constructed The value of a for the point I eingUdegmdashU B the adjustment to be applied to the divisions toward theright is the product of the value of p for 10 mils multiplied by themdashfraction of 10 mils obtained by subtracting UUc UEUE from the value ofthe next highest multiple of 10 mils above the actual value of a Example I I at the end of the pamphlet gives the disposition toadopt for all these calculations
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2735
16057deg (To face page 2ti) No 1
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 535
UNCLASSIFIED
TECHNICALINSTRUCTIONON PLOTTING TARGETSAND BURSTING POINTSFOR ADJUSTMENTOFFIRE
[Translation of a French official document of October 1916by the Army War Col
lege September 1917]
(SgretWlampeoftftderilictlnot to be taken intofront-line trenches)
TERRESTRIAL OBSERVATION SECTIONS
1 Composition of a section and organization of the observation stamdashtions A terrestrial observation section generally comprises fourobservationstations O1(O
1(02O
2 03O3 04O
4 and a central station C
Each observation station should be provided with observationinstruments (prismatic monocular telescope glasses for nocturnalobservations etc) mounted on goniometers which permit themeasurement of the horizontal angles in x
mils The limbs of thegoniometers are oriented in such a manner that their readings arezero when the optical axes of the corresponding glasses are directedon a very distinct distant point of known position included in themdashobservation sector of the station preferably a geodetic point Assubstitute for this reference point R by night or day when fog or
obstacles hide it it is indispensable to have an auxiliary referencepoint R near enough to be seen in almost any weather by day andcapable of being illuminated at night by a little electric lamp turnedtoward the station The reading L E ofthe goniometer correspondingto R generally (see Sec 4 2deg) varies frominstrument to instrumentand if it is desired to use R for orienting a limb of the goniometeror verifyingits location it is necessary that the instrument shouldoccupy exactly the position that it had at the moment that the reading L E was made on the oriented limbThe observer at a station has thus the means of reading almost toa mil the relative direction of an object which he has sighted
The special telegraphic material called Military Telegraph (for adescription see the notice published by the Geographical Service)with which the sections are provided enable the observer
1 To light a lamp at the central for signaling the exact instantof the sighting of a target or of a burst
5
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 635
6 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
2 To announce or cause to be announced to the central thedivision of the goniometer corresponding to the sighting as well asall the indications likely to facilitate the utilization of the observation (see Sec 10)
The central knows exactly therefore at what instant an observation is made at any of the stations of the section and receives thecorresponding goniometrical reading without any delay By thesimultaneity of the observations he can easily recognizemdashhose of thereadings which can be referred to a single objective flash of anenemy gun or flash or smoke ball of a friendly shell
The problem for the central consists therefore in making the mostof the elements thus obtained singly or together It is a well-knownproblem of topography which is generally solved by the processknown as intersection But this purely graphic process especiallyadapted to the plane-table can not be used here it must be replacedby the general method of the geometrical loci which must first beexplained so that its principles can be evolved
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 735
CHAPTER I
DETERMINATION OP AN UNKNOWN POINT X BY BEARINGSmdash
2 Definition The horizontal angle a at the known point O(observation station) fig 1 made by the direction of an unknownpoint X (target) with that of I^ie known point R (reference point)gives a geometrical locus of X which is the bearing 1 starting from 0and forming with OR the angle a
In whatfollows the angle a is considered as measured in mils andreckoned from 0 to 6400 starting from OR in the clockwise direction
Two bearings suffice in a geometrical sense to determine X butgenerally three are necessary for a verification I f there were noerrors of
measurementand
if thepositions of the observation stations 0 and of their referencepoints R wereknown exactly allthese bearings would intersect atthe same point But in consequence of the errors by whichthe angles a and the positions ofthe points 0 and R are affected
their meeting point is only ap- p j j
proximate To choose rationallythe point to be adopted it is necessary to know the preci-sion of each locus which depends on the one hand on the pre-cision of this locus and that of the angle which supplied it and onthe other hand on the precision of the positions of the points whichdefine the direction from which the angle was measured
i This term bearing must not be confused with that used in topography In thisconnection it designates the geometrical locus given by sighting from a known pointon an unknown point referred to another known point in topography bearingmeans the process whichconsists in determining an unknown point by the stationby taking sights on at least three known points This is what is called in militarytopography the map problem The word intersection is frequently although in-accurately used to designate the geometrical locus here called bearing
7
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 835
8 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
There is reason therefore to study first the influence on theposition of the locus
1 Of an error in the angle a
2 Of errors in the positions of the points 0 and RBy reason of the smallness of these errors relatively to the distance
of the observation stations from the point to be determined they maybe considered as differentials and the influence of each may bedetermined separately
3 Influenceofan error in the angle on the position of the geometricalmdashlocus Let
abe the erroneous value of the
angle ROX anda--daits real value The error da of the angle has the effect of giving the
bearing OX in place of OX (fig 2) The displacement p=XX to
Fig 2O
be applied at X to the erroneous locus in order to obtain the reallocus has therefore as expression
iM gt l(logK-499200)
D designating the distance OX and p being reckoned positivelywith reference to the point 0 from left to right
Therefore the error of the geometric locus is proportional to theerror of the angle which results from the fact that we have assumedthat the error da could be considered as a differential I t is moreover proportionalto the distance of the point sighted
The inverse of p can be taken as measure of the precision of the
locus The factor characterizes therefore the real precision ofthe
locus and frj~ that of the angle Starting from these definitionswe
may formulate the followingrule which is applicable whatever thenature of the angle may be
The precision ofa locus is the product ofits real precision and of thatof the angle whichhas supplied it
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 935
9ECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The value of da in mils makes it possible to obtainp very simplyWhen da=l the value of p in meters is equal to the distance D expressed in kilometers with approximately the factor (1mdash00183)To have the value of p in meters corresponding to any value of dait is onlynecessary to multiply the distance D in kilometers by da
4 Influence of errors of position of the reference mdashoint and of theobservation station on the positionofgeometric locus 1 Influence ofan error in the reference point
Let (fig3) R be the assumed position of the reference point whichalone is supposed to be erroneous and W its exact position
p=RR and to=ORR
thepolar
coordinates of R referred to the
Fig 3
origin R and to the axis RO laquois reckoned positively from RO inthe clockwise direction
I t is apparent on the figure that the effect of the error of the posi-
tionRRis the same as that of an error of angle da== mdash Wr gt r beingV T
the projection of W on OR and DBDB the distance DR As
mdash mdashRr=p sin laquo da= TrfT~ bull The displacement qqR = XX to be sub-
stituted at X for the erroneous locus in order to have the exact locusis consequently according to (1)
D 2)
q^ being reckoned positivelyin the same direction as pmdashmdash16057 Bmdashl817 -2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1035
10 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The formula (2) shows first that the component of the error of theposition of R normal to the direction of the referencepoint intervenesalone
Second that its influence is proportional to the distance of the pointsighted and inversely proportional to that of the reference point
I t is therefore advantageous in so far as visibility permits to takeas reference point a point as far away as possible
The absolute value of gK is easily calculated when the normal com-ponent p sin w is known since it is only necessary to multiply it by
the ratio ytbull
mdash2 Influence of an error of position of the observation station Let
(fig 4) 0 be the given position of the observation station which isalone supposed to be erroneous and O be its exact position
Fig 4
p=OO and oj=ROO the polar coordinates of 0 referred to theoriginO and the axis OR
w is always reckoned positively from OR in the clockwise direc-
tionThe normal displacement qqo
= mdash XX to be substituted at X forthe geometrical locus in order to have the exact locus consists ofmdash mdashtwo parts XX X and XjX X x being the point of intersection ofXX with the parallel to OX drawn through o The first is equal
to the component 0 ofmdash00 normal to OX it has as its expression= mdash
XX X p sin (amdashlaquo)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 11mdashThe second XjX is equal to the error of the locus at the point Xfor an error of angle da= - X j O X ^ -ORO since RO X =ROX=
o Now O RO=-^iO o being the component normal to OR of the
error of position of Omdash
that is p sin a
Consequently da=-pJtll^
w and according to the formula (1)
-XIX=--5-psincoX1X =--5-psincoTherefore finally
(3) o=-P0=-P sin (a-w)+-g-sin a gt
q0 being reckoned positivelyin the same direction as p and qR
The second term of the expression of q 0 is the same as gE as mightbe foreseen geometrically a variation of orientation of the referencedirection producing the same effect on the geometrical locus thatarises from the displacement of one or the other of its extremitiesThe conclusionsobtained above from the formula (2) are therefore
applicable As for the first term it is always inferior to pin absolutevalue and it is proportionately less as the error of position of 0 isnearer the direction of the point sighted X
When D=D B the factor in brackets of the second term of (3)
tends toward zero at the same time as a Therefore the influenceofthe error of position of the observation station on the position of thegeometric locus is perceptibly nil when a well-determinedpoint near thepoint sighted is taken as referencepoint This remark is of great importance from the practical point of viewit willbe put to advantagelater mdash mdash
5 Mean errors of the geometric loci Choiceof a solution I f thereal errors da p sin laquo and p sin (amdash laquo) are replaced in the formulae(1) (2) and (3) respectively by the mean error of angle 5a and themean errors u R and u 0 of the position of R and O the second termsrepresent the mean errors of the geometric locus at the point X resulting from 5a t of unun and uOu0 Assuming that the points R and 0 havethe same mean error v we have for the mean total error of the locus
at the point X ^V2 f 2 1 2 cos a A n
5a being expressed in milsKnowing the mean errors of each of the loci traced on the construc
tion sheet and consequently their values which are inverselyproportionalto the squares of the mean errors we choose the point X on
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1235
12 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
condition that 2pd be the minimum d designating the distance ofX to the locus of the value p and the sign 2 extending to all thegeometrical loci
The application of this rule in practice would require too muchtime and time spent on a rather illusoryincrease in precision sincethe mean errors of the loci are not generally well known We con-tent ourselves in being guided by it in choosing at sight on the con-struction sheet the most probable point I t should be remarkedthat in case it may be assumed that the angles have the same pre
cision and that the positions of the observation stations and of theirmdashreference points are equally well determined the precision
of each locus if the ever feeble influence of the mean error of thenormal 0 of the sight is overlooked is inversely proportional to D
Its value is accordingly proportional to j^ or to the square of its
real precision6 Use ofcalculation and ofa graphic construction on a large scalemdash
It may be important in certain cases which will be indicated later(sec 10) to have recourse to calculation to obtain the position Pwith all the precision that the data of the problem permits
The method to be employed consists in taking the position X obtained graphically on the construction sheet on the ordinary Bcaleas the approximate position and in looking for the displacement tobe applied to each of the geometric loci beginning with X so thatat the corresponding observation station the angle of the bearingwith the direction of the reference point may be equal to the meas-ured angle a
The corrected loci are transferred to a graphic sketch on a largescale with reference to two rectangular axes representing the parallelsto the axes of the coordinates of the projection whichpass throughthe point X The point to be adopted X is chosen according to theconsiderations discussed in the preceding section its coordinatesare the corrections to be applied to the coordinates of X
Let Ox0 yOy0
zE yn be the coordinates of the observation station 0
and of its reference point R and x and y the coordinates of Xrepresented graphically on the construction sheet on a small scaleBy means of the formulae
-p o _ ymdash yltraquon
TT = xmdash x0 XmdashX o brvbar (5) tanU 0 deg Dc=-
mdashymdashy
0 smU c cosUc
- x- x - x X- xraquo-yK-yo(6) q d gtbellian v R^mdash J-R~~~~i Trf~laquoE-y 0 3inU
t
B cosXJr
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1335
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 13
we calculate for each observation station where the sighting of X hasbeen carried out the reference angles TJc and TJE of the vectors OXand OR that is the angles of these vectors with the semiaxis of thegt0 reckoned from 0 to 6400 mils in the clockwise direction startingfrom this semiaxis We also calculate the lengths of the vectorsThe calculated reference angle U c is compared with the referenceangle U R+a supplied by measure the difference
(7) dUdeg=U E +a-U c
introduced in the place of da in the equation (1) gives the displacement p to be applied to the locus starting from X
To trace the corrected locus on the large seale 1 graphical chartthe length p is laid off from the origin in a positive sense in thedirectionUdeg-f1600 milsand a perpendicular is drawn at its extremity it ia an element ofthe locus corrected in its determiningpart
In the same wayan element of each of the other loci is traced nearthe originand the point XX7 is selected as being the most probableas has been indicated in the preceding section Let dxand dy be itscoordinates on the chart The coordinates of X are x--dx andy+dy mdash
7 Precision of the determination I f the number of the loci isgreat enough and if the point X is equally well determined in
mdashevery sense the expression --mdashgt in which d represents the devia
tion with reference to the selected point X of the locus of the valuep and 2 extends to all the geometric loci may be taken as the value
of the mean error of position of P But these conditions are practically never realized in the actual practice of locating and adjustingGenerally the number ofloci does not exceed three and the extreme
loci intersect at an angle which rarely reaches 1600 mils and isoften inferior to 800 There is consequently a vast azimuthal region
around X not comprising any locus direction The idea of error ofposition loses therefore all significance The mean error of X
can no longer be defined by a unique quantity and it is necessaryto calculate the mean errors of the coordinates of this point Inorder that these mean errors may have a concrete sense it wouldbe necessary to start by taking as axes of the coordinates the balanced mean of the directions of the loci and its perpendicular so asto have the maximum and minimum mean errors I t is evident
i The scale is adopted with reference to the precision which the angles give reasonto expect for X It is useless in the actual case to go beyond j ^g -
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1435
14 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
that the determination of the precision of the solution by the methodof least squares would lead to quite protracted calculations for anillusory result in consequence of the impossibility of avoidingargtarbitrary proceeding in the attribution of the values to the different loci
We may content ourselves to avoid loss of time by taking themaximum deviations of the intersections in the sense of the meandirection of the loci and in the perpendicular direction as measureof the uncertainty of the position adopted in the two directions
Furthermorethe
number ofthe
Idti mustbe
at leastfour8 Special case of two bearingsmdashBefore passing to the applicationto the plotting of targets and to the adjustment of fire we shouldmdashexamine a special case frequently occurring in practice the case
Fig 5
in which the number of bearings is reduced to two The problemis then determinate and offers no occasion for a choice of a soultionBut it is important to study the influence of the angle at which the twoloci intersect on the precision of their intersection
Let (fig 5) Ox X and O2 X be the two erroneous loci starting fromthe points Ox and 02O2 the positions of the observation stations 1 and
2 and let p i and p2p2 be the displacements to be applied to them toobtain the correct loci IIXI1X
and I^X so that the correct point is Xand so that r=XX represents the vector of error of the position of XThe problem is to findthe value of r
In the triangle X I I X
r2=XP+XI-2Xr2=XP+XI -2XI I XX II Xcos X^X r 2=XP +XI 1 -2XIX
XlxXcobXljX
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 15
The angle XIX is evidently the one of which the bearing OjXmust be turned to a positionparallel with O2 X and in the same direcmdashtion I t is then equal to UU2 U the difference of the reference anglesof the two bearings
On the other hand we have
Xll= sin (Uj-tJ) and Xll= sin (U-Ux)
Consequently
r8gt Sitf(u-p)[l
+^-fro3
ltp - u raquo]-The following table gives the values of mdash for 5 and 10
Pimdash Pwhich correspond to different values of (U 2 Ux) in the case wheremdash mdash
and cos (U2 Ui) are of contrary signs and where consequentlyPir is the longer diagonal of the parellelogram X I I X I
-bullTable of the values of p
mdashAnini les(U 2 U i) in milsles(U 2 U i) in mils
P iidii
1600600 2400400 280008000 3000000 3100100 3200200I
0 100 144 266 5 1 100 2 000
5 511 811 15555 30707 61212 000
100 10101 15252 28686 56363 1122122 000
It appest appes irs froirs froi i the mhe m imbers ofmbers thLf thL table how ratable how ra gtidly tlidly tl te errore ofrror oflosition rosition r augmiugmi snts whints whi3n the small) gtr angle atrn wlngle at wlhe small) ich thlt i twoch lociwo locihlt
alls bells be low 400ow 400 milsils
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1635
CHAPTER 11
PLOTTING THE TARGETS
Although the plotting of the targets and that of the bursts offriendly shells are simply the application of what precedes the twoproblems regarded fromthe practicalpoint of viewdiffersufficientlyto warrant a separate treatment
9 Construction of the bearingmdash
At the observation station 017Ol7 atarget
X has beensighted
under the divisionml
of the micrometer ofthe sight the goniometric reading corresponding to the position ofthis sight being l x The verificationof the orientation of the limbof the goniometer has been made immediately afterwards by layingthe reference point R t under the zero division of the micrometer and
it has been found that the reading which should have been zero ifthe instrument had been correctly oriented was r x The horizontalangle al=a
1= l 1+m 1 mdashr1 between the reference point and the target Xhas therefore been measured The problem is to construct thebearing of X from this measurementmdasha Direct methods According to their rectangular coordinates inconnection with a kilometric cross-sectioning in the system of coordinates used by the Army to which the section belongs transfer thepoints Oj and R x to the construction sheet on the scale of 2 0000-
The bearing Ox X x may then be traced directly if we have an alidadeprotractor withlimb graduated in mils and a vernier for reading themils
In the absence of this instrument which is not generally possessed by the sections a graphic sketch of angles in mils on tracingpaper may be used The center is placed at Ox and the originradius on OAO
AR1(R1( so that a second point for Oj X t can be pricked by
interpolation for a x The Geographic Service has had a graphicsketch of this sort prepared giving all the angles from0 to 1600 milsI t is printed on tracing paper and delivered to the sections Byreason of the inaccuracies in printing this process is less exact thanthat of the protractor
That the bearing thus obtained may have the exactitude requiredin the vicinity of the point X i t is requisite that the distance Ox X
reduced to the scale of the construction sheet should not exceed bytoo much the length of the branches of the protractor when thisinstrument is used I t is above all important whatever method isused that the direction O x R1(R
1( the origin of the angle a should begraphically defined without appreciable error at the distance O^K
16
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1735
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 17
from Oj This is the condition when OXX is at most equal to OjszligjIt is no longer true if O XX is notably superior to o^ and it is thennecessary to prolong this line beyond Ri with the aid of the calculation This is done by determining the intersection of the prolongation with one of the lines of the cross-sectioning which are mostnormally cut by it The formulae to be employed are the following
To obtain the x of the intersection of OJampi with the parallel tothe axis of the asy=h
(9) x=^i+^~(h-y o l )=x i+(k-x o l ) tan Ur i o
to obtain the y of the intersection of (^Rj with the parallel to theaxis of the ya x=k
lt10) y=y oi-^~ i(k-xoi)=yoi+(k-x 01 ) cot r
01 y o l
xr v jRi designating the coordinates of C^ and R x and Vr vthe reference angle of o^ The logarithm tables with four decimals are sufficient for this calculationmdash6 Use ofa graduation The above-mentioned methods are appropriate for tracing bearings taken from a mobile observation stationIn installations remaining stationary for a long time the labor ofgraphical construction can be much reduced and an equal if notsuperior precision can be obtained by using a graduation in milstraced once for all for each station on the construction sheet Eachgraduation starts from the direction of the reference point of the corresponding station and covers its entire sector of visibility Thedivisions are numbered from 0 to 6400 in the clockwise direction soas to correspond to the angles a defined above To trace a bearingtaken from Olt for example it is only necessary to join the point O tto the real or interpolated division whichhas the angle a x as numberI f a precise determination is not required one need only stretch a wireattached to a knob fastened on a special point at Ou making it passthrough the division a u to have the bearing Thus many erasures ofpencil marks on the construction sheet can be avoided and the lattercan be rendered serviceable for a long time
oareshould be exercised in inserting the point not to make the hole at Ot too large if
this point is to be used in tracing very precise bearings But sinceit is difficult not to enlarge the hole if the point is removed too oftenit is expedient to have for the use of the wire a special constructionsheet fastened to a board and to reserve the main construction sheetwhichhad better be fastened to a surface of zinc for tracing bearingswith pencil
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1835
18 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The graduations corresponding to the different observation stations Oj 2O2 03O3 O4O4 are arranged in arcs of circles or better to avoidoverlapping the construction sheet is removed and the desirableprecision is had on its entire extent on the margins by means ofparallel bands about 10 millimeters in width These are distinguished by different colors
The quickest way to trace them is to use the graphic sketch of theGeographic Service on tracing paper pricking a point or two of eachdivision near the margin of the sheet The angular spacing of the
radii of this graphic sketch at the different distances from the centerhas been chosen in such a way that the interpolationat sight is everywhere possible without appreciable error and that their linearspacing never descends below 15 millimeters it is only necessarythen whatever part of the graphical sketch is used to prick one ortwo points of each of the radii successively without adding or cutting off
Nevertheless by reason of the inaccuracies of the graphical sketchdue to printing it may happen that a graduation obtained by thismeans wouldpresent inadmissible errors This difficulty is avoidedby determining some divisions by calculation for instance those of800 1600 4800 5400 mils besides that of the referencepoint Once these principal divisionshave been traced on the construction sheet the graphical sketch makes it possible to obtain theintermediary divisions without appreciable error For this purposeit is placed over the construction sheet with the center at On
n beingthe number of the station corresponding -to the graduation and aprincipalradius on one of the extreme divisions calculated
that onthe left forinstance of the sector of 800 mils that is to be graduatedI f the radius laid off at 800 mils from the first does not fall on thelimiting division on the right the graphical sketch is shifted gentlywith respect to the point On followingthe bisector of the angle ofthe sector the first radius beingkept on its divisionuntil this resultis obtained
The formula to be used for determining by calculation the intersection with one of the linesof the cross-sectioning of the division d
reckoned from the aiming line are the followingTo obtain the xof the intersection of Ond with the parallel to the
axis of the x of the cross-sectioning farthest from On ymdashh
(11) j c = s raquo n +(l-y 11 )taii(ITR n +d)
to obtain the yof the intersection of Oud with the parallel at theaxis of the y of the cross-sectioning farthest from Ou x=k
(12) y=yo n +(h-xo ) cot (Un n+d)n
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1935
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 19
IJRn is given by the first of the formulae (6) That one of theformulae (11) and (12) which corresponds to the most normal inter-section is of course employed
A type of the calculation by the formula (12) will be found inExample I t the end of the pamphlet
In the absence of the graphical sketch of the angles in mils it isnecessary to graduate entirely by calculation The same formulaeare used it is only necessary to make din them equal successivelyto 5 10 15 mils or to 10 20 30 mils etc according
to the distanceof
the intersection from the point On The calcu-lations in this case should be made in series so as not to require toomuch time and should be verified by the differences
Tables of logarithms of four decimals are sufficient for all thesecalculations mdash
10 Utilizationof the observations A single observation supplyingonly one geometric locus of the position of the target is not enoughto determine i t but it furnishes an indication capable of beingusedin many cases
To turn it to account an investigation is first made to see whetherit corresponds to a known target The bearing is applied to theconstruction sheet on which the positions of all the previouslydetermined targets has been marked The use of the sheet pastedto the board and provided with wires is particularly adaptable forthis use Several cases may occur
(a) The bearing passes through a target at the usual degree ofapproxi-mdashmation Let A be this known target O2O2 being the station whichhas
given the observation The centralpricks
on the constructionsheet the directions ayav a 3 a4a4 in which the observers of Qu 3O3 04O
4should sight to see A and he has them watch in these directionsrespectively until OlOl signals a new observation in the same directionas the first If one or more of them get an observation at the sametime as Oj the operation is conducted as described later (case of twoor more simultaneous observations) In the contrary case it isdecided either that the target seen from O2O2 is not A or that if it isA the circumstancesdo not permit sighting it from O1(O1( 03O3 04O4
I f the bearing from Ox encounters two or more targets they aretried successively in the order of probability until at least twosimultaneous observations are obtained mdash(b) The bearing does not pass through any known target It happensquite often at least by day that the observer who has made an ob-servation of a flash or smoke ball is able to locate approximately
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2035
20 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
this flash or smoke ball The Central adopts provisionally a location of the target on the bearing in the region indicated by theobserver and proceeds with reference to this supposed location aswith reference to a known target through which the bearing mightpass to try to obtain at least two simultaneous bearings
In the absence of supplementary information supplied by theobserver who has made the observation application is made to theneighboring terrestrial observation sections or sound locating sections or balloons or first-line trench stations of the Artillery Intelli-
gence Service etc and the Central in this way may often obtaindata which will enable him to determine somewhat more accuratelythe position of the target on the single bearing sufficiently at leastto try to obtain simultaneous observations
Two simultaneous observations are theoretically sufficient for thedetermination of a target but generally every determination whichis not verified should be regarded as doubtful The best verificationis a third concurrent observation supplying a bearing which passesvery close to the point of intersection of the two others For theprobability that three flashes for instance should be produced atthe same instance and should give concurrent directions with threestations from which they have been observed is very slight and theprobability that the three stations have sighted the same flash ispractically equivalent under these conditions to a certainty I t isthis verification which we must try to get especially for newtargets But since it is quite often impossible for reasons of visi-bility or clearness that three stations should sight the same flash
or smoke ball we must often be satisfied with other verificationsThe fact that the two observations are simultaneous especially
when it is a case of an instantaneous phenomenon like a flash is in it-self a partial proof that they relate to the same target I f the samefact is repeated a certain number of times while the directions oftheobservations remain apparently constant the presumption is strengthened without absolute certainty being produced since in the caseof firing for instance the enemy might discharge two guns at a timeormake false flashes
A much more weighty confirmationresults from the coincidenceof the intersection with a known target The concurrence of theresult with the approximate position given by one of the observerson a bearing may also be regarded as a satisfactory verificationFinally the intelligence obtained outside the section in case thatof the section is insufficient sometimes reveals the degree of confidence that can be placed in the result
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 21
The use of wiresrepresenting the bearings is very convenient whenthere are only two bearings to be applied on condition that the angleat which they intersect is large enough The tracing of the loci on
the construction sheet becomes necessary as soon as the angle is lessthan 400 mils especially if the point of intersection is very distant(Sec 8) It is even necessary to resort to calculation when the angleis less than 300 mils
The determination by two bearings only should be turned over tothe Artillery with all the necessary reserve according to the con-
firmations obtained In no case should i t be regarded as definiteWith three or more simultaneous observations the problem is more
than determined and as the geometric loci generally do not intersectat the same point the position to be adopted is open to a choiceI f the observations are equally good the rule given in section 5leads tochoosing a point nearest the loci whose value is greatest Further-more as is known the value of a locus may be regarded as inverselyproportional to the square of the distance from the point sought to
thecorresponding station or in other words to the square of
thedisplacement of the locus for the same error of observation 10 milsfor instance I t is sufficient then to trace near the cap (the figurehaving the intersections of the loci as summits) bearings correspond-ing to the same angular deflection of the first in order to have a veryclear conception of the values which are inversely proportional tothe squares of the linear spacings
But the problem is rarelypresented with this degree of simplicityGenerally the observations are of unequal precision and the difficulty
consists in observing the inequalities of precision in the attributionof value to the bearings Thus in the case where two observers havebeen able to observe the flash of the discharge of a gun and thethird the dust or the smoke only the observation of the third is allother things being equal less precise than that of the first two butthe central has not the data by which he may determine in whatmeasure Only the observers if they are conscientious and welltrained can indicate to him the degree of uncertainty of their ob-servations and enable him to reduce to a minimum the arbitrarypart in the attribution of the values The chiefs of sections can notuse too much care therefore in the selection development andsupervision of the observers
The use of wires is not recommended for very precise determina-tions especially if the loci intersect at rather acute angles for if
the wires rub on one another i t is to be feared that they will not be
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2235
22 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
perfectly Btraight Moreover not being on the same plane theyproduce the effect of a parallax For tracing the bearings on theconstruction sheet fastened on zinc a hard pencil sharpened to avery fine point must be used Finally if the loci intersect at veryacute angles it is necessary to resort to a calculation and to a graphicconstruction on a large scale (Sec 6)
When the dimensions of the cap exceed notably those whichcorrespond to the mean errors of the observations the determinationshould be regarded as nul Every correction of observation tendingto reduce the cap which has not been signalled at once by the ob-server himself must be rigidly avoided
Unless there is absolute certainty that the sightings of the differentstations relate to a single and identical target i t is never permissibleto proceed by mean observations especially if the flashes or smoke ballshave not all been sighted by the same observation stations Thevariations of the positions corresponding to the different series ofsimultaneous sightings show whether several targets are involved
and in thecontrary case they afford a
muchmore exact
idea of theapproximation really obtained than that which can be formed fromthe variation of the loci in respect to the point chosen in a singledetermination
11 Case in which the position of the observation stationsmdash can not bedetermined withprecision The preceding is based upon the implicitassumption that the positions of the observation stations are so wellknown that the influence oftheir errors on the determination can beregarded as negligible in regard to that of the errors of measure It
is not always so even in position warfare since some stations difficultto establish have to be used before the range triangulation group hashad the time or opportunity to determine their locations In openwarfare i t is often necessary to rely on positions taken at sight onthe battle map or even on the ordinary map
The remark at the end of section 4 shows that it is still possible inthis case to have exact geometric loci if a reference point sufficientlynear the target is available for each station But then since thereference points change with the targets there is no occasion to tracethe graduation on the construction sheet By wayof compensationthe graphical sketch on tracing paper of the angles in mils can beused with advantage to prick the bearings since the angles beingsmall its deviations are inconsequential
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2335
CHAPTER 111
ADJUSTMENT OP PERCUSSION FIREmdash
12 Problem of the adjustment by the observation of the bursts A
battery mayask
the terrestrial observation service located in thesame sector to determine for it either the absolute positions (the rectangular coordinates) of the bursts of its projectiles or the positionsof these bursts with reference to the target which should in this casebe a clearly denned point of the battle map
The first problem does not differ from the one considered in the preceding chapter it is in general even easier both for the observerswho can be informed in advance of the time and the direction inwhich they should watch and for the central who works on thebasis of observations unusually concordant
The second is distinguished by the fact that the position sought isa relative position which can be obtained by differentialcalculus^and consequently constructed on a geographical sketch on a large
scale with all the desirable precision and rapidity It constitutesthe real problem of fire adjustment which may be formulated thus
A friendly gun P fires a percussion shell at a target X the burst isheard by the terrestrial observation section Determine the errors in
range and in lateral deviationThere are two cases to be distinguished according as the target is
invisible and known only by its rectangular coordinates or as it canbe sighted by the stations during the adjustmentmdash
13 Adjustment on an invisible target Let (fig 6) 0 0202 080
8 0404
be the four observation stations of the section a u lt 3 a4a
4 hex3x
angles observed in each of them between the reference point and the-bursting point X of a projectileTo have the errors of X in respect to X inrange and direction
there are traced on a graphic sketch on the scale -s^^ two rectan-gular axes Xx and Xy (fig 7) representing the parallels to the axes ofthe rectangular coordinates passing through the target X and theposition of the burst X is determined with respect to these axes byconstructing its four geometric loci one of whichmay be lacking
23
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2435
24 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
If the point X is nearenough to thepoint X thedirectionsoftheloci are very noticeablyparallelto OjX O4X of whichthereferenceanglesUdeg x Udeg 4 (fig 6) arecalculatedby meansof the
y
i
Si y l r^ n N s^-
V t i )k j vv ft J -mdash
raquo Tic
Kg cfirst of theformulae(5)ormulae of5) ofsection6 their distancesat the their distancesat theoriginri haveBectionas expressionsions(formula (1) ofSecformula (1) ofSec 3))
Pi-sKDxrfU0 7)4 =KD 4rfUdeg4
with [formulaula (7)]7)]
tfU^UEi+ai-U0 rfU^TJju+^-UV
DvDv D 4 arethe distancesOiK O4X measuredon theconstructionsheeton the scale Towff) Uumlb4 designate thereferenceangles of thelinesO1O
1R 1 O4O
4R 4 runningfrom the
observationstations to theirreferencepointsthe referenceanglesbeingcalculatedonceforall by the first of theformulae(6)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 25
The direction in which these distances should be pricked is seenon the construction sheet as is shown in figure 6 Thus in figure 7the trace of the first locus corresponds to a difference ltfUcgto
All the loci should intersect at the same point if the sightings arefree of errors and if the positions of the stations and of the referencepoints are exactly known Generally they form a little cap inwhich the bursting point X is selected as shown in sections 5and 10
I t is then only necessary to project X in pound on the direction XPof the gun or of the battery P which forms with the axis Xy an angle
given by the construction sheet to have in Xpound the error of rangeand in poundX the error in direction
14 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting points onmdashthe scale of-g^-g The formulae (1) and (7) are independent of thegun or battery P The section may therefore have in advance foreach of the targets on which it willhave to make the adjustment aconstruction sheet on the scale of -sinnr like the one represented in
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2635
26 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
figure 7 on whichare pricked the directions of the loci starting fromX with respect to the axes Xx Xy and normally to these directionsof the scales of the corresponding ps for the successive values ofdUdeg in multiples of 5 mils or in multiples of 10 mils
The graphical sketch of the angles in mils may be used to graduatethese scales in pricking the divisions through the tracing paper
when the distance OX from the station to the target is less than 5kilometers For distances greater than 2 kilometers it is easier touse the graphic table of the errors of the bearings (PL I I I ) which
gives on the scale of -5-^trff the displacement of the bearing to thedifferent distances from 2to 18 kilometers In the absence of thisgraphic table the values of the ps for dU c=lo mils are calculatedby means of the formula
(p) p 1 10 mils=4o KD
whichgives pin millimeterson the scale of -g^Vo-i terms of D inmillimetersof the construction sheet on the scale of 2oooogt and inwhichthe coefficient X has as value (Sec 3)
31416 13200 =1000 ( l - deg - deg l B3 )gt
wherefore log K=4 99200 These lengths of p are then multiplied
for 10 mils by 1 2 3 to have the distances of the successivedivisionsin multiplesof 16 mils on the straight line XO whichgivesthe direction of the geometric locus The divisions on the left ofthis mdashine with respect to the observation station are indicated bythe sign those on the right by the + sign
I f the lack of parallelismof the bearings becomes noticeable at theextremities of the graduation it can be remedied easily by substituting for the single scale corresponding to the target two scalesplaced at a distance of 10 centimeters for instance from each sideof the origin
Instead of taking as originof the graduation of each scale its pointof intersection I with the corresponding straight line XO it is preferable in case the target is well determined and fixed to trace thedivisions which correspond to round numbers of mils of the anglea so as to avoid having to reckon the difference dJdeg for each geometric locus to be constructed The value of a for the point I eingUdegmdashU B the adjustment to be applied to the divisions toward theright is the product of the value of p for 10 mils multiplied by themdashfraction of 10 mils obtained by subtracting UUc UEUE from the value ofthe next highest multiple of 10 mils above the actual value of a Example I I at the end of the pamphlet gives the disposition toadopt for all these calculations
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2735
16057deg (To face page 2ti) No 1
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 635
6 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
2 To announce or cause to be announced to the central thedivision of the goniometer corresponding to the sighting as well asall the indications likely to facilitate the utilization of the observation (see Sec 10)
The central knows exactly therefore at what instant an observation is made at any of the stations of the section and receives thecorresponding goniometrical reading without any delay By thesimultaneity of the observations he can easily recognizemdashhose of thereadings which can be referred to a single objective flash of anenemy gun or flash or smoke ball of a friendly shell
The problem for the central consists therefore in making the mostof the elements thus obtained singly or together It is a well-knownproblem of topography which is generally solved by the processknown as intersection But this purely graphic process especiallyadapted to the plane-table can not be used here it must be replacedby the general method of the geometrical loci which must first beexplained so that its principles can be evolved
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 735
CHAPTER I
DETERMINATION OP AN UNKNOWN POINT X BY BEARINGSmdash
2 Definition The horizontal angle a at the known point O(observation station) fig 1 made by the direction of an unknownpoint X (target) with that of I^ie known point R (reference point)gives a geometrical locus of X which is the bearing 1 starting from 0and forming with OR the angle a
In whatfollows the angle a is considered as measured in mils andreckoned from 0 to 6400 starting from OR in the clockwise direction
Two bearings suffice in a geometrical sense to determine X butgenerally three are necessary for a verification I f there were noerrors of
measurementand
if thepositions of the observation stations 0 and of their referencepoints R wereknown exactly allthese bearings would intersect atthe same point But in consequence of the errors by whichthe angles a and the positions ofthe points 0 and R are affected
their meeting point is only ap- p j j
proximate To choose rationallythe point to be adopted it is necessary to know the preci-sion of each locus which depends on the one hand on the pre-cision of this locus and that of the angle which supplied it and onthe other hand on the precision of the positions of the points whichdefine the direction from which the angle was measured
i This term bearing must not be confused with that used in topography In thisconnection it designates the geometrical locus given by sighting from a known pointon an unknown point referred to another known point in topography bearingmeans the process whichconsists in determining an unknown point by the stationby taking sights on at least three known points This is what is called in militarytopography the map problem The word intersection is frequently although in-accurately used to designate the geometrical locus here called bearing
7
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 835
8 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
There is reason therefore to study first the influence on theposition of the locus
1 Of an error in the angle a
2 Of errors in the positions of the points 0 and RBy reason of the smallness of these errors relatively to the distance
of the observation stations from the point to be determined they maybe considered as differentials and the influence of each may bedetermined separately
3 Influenceofan error in the angle on the position of the geometricalmdashlocus Let
abe the erroneous value of the
angle ROX anda--daits real value The error da of the angle has the effect of giving the
bearing OX in place of OX (fig 2) The displacement p=XX to
Fig 2O
be applied at X to the erroneous locus in order to obtain the reallocus has therefore as expression
iM gt l(logK-499200)
D designating the distance OX and p being reckoned positivelywith reference to the point 0 from left to right
Therefore the error of the geometric locus is proportional to theerror of the angle which results from the fact that we have assumedthat the error da could be considered as a differential I t is moreover proportionalto the distance of the point sighted
The inverse of p can be taken as measure of the precision of the
locus The factor characterizes therefore the real precision ofthe
locus and frj~ that of the angle Starting from these definitionswe
may formulate the followingrule which is applicable whatever thenature of the angle may be
The precision ofa locus is the product ofits real precision and of thatof the angle whichhas supplied it
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 935
9ECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The value of da in mils makes it possible to obtainp very simplyWhen da=l the value of p in meters is equal to the distance D expressed in kilometers with approximately the factor (1mdash00183)To have the value of p in meters corresponding to any value of dait is onlynecessary to multiply the distance D in kilometers by da
4 Influence of errors of position of the reference mdashoint and of theobservation station on the positionofgeometric locus 1 Influence ofan error in the reference point
Let (fig3) R be the assumed position of the reference point whichalone is supposed to be erroneous and W its exact position
p=RR and to=ORR
thepolar
coordinates of R referred to the
Fig 3
origin R and to the axis RO laquois reckoned positively from RO inthe clockwise direction
I t is apparent on the figure that the effect of the error of the posi-
tionRRis the same as that of an error of angle da== mdash Wr gt r beingV T
the projection of W on OR and DBDB the distance DR As
mdash mdashRr=p sin laquo da= TrfT~ bull The displacement qqR = XX to be sub-
stituted at X for the erroneous locus in order to have the exact locusis consequently according to (1)
D 2)
q^ being reckoned positivelyin the same direction as pmdashmdash16057 Bmdashl817 -2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1035
10 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The formula (2) shows first that the component of the error of theposition of R normal to the direction of the referencepoint intervenesalone
Second that its influence is proportional to the distance of the pointsighted and inversely proportional to that of the reference point
I t is therefore advantageous in so far as visibility permits to takeas reference point a point as far away as possible
The absolute value of gK is easily calculated when the normal com-ponent p sin w is known since it is only necessary to multiply it by
the ratio ytbull
mdash2 Influence of an error of position of the observation station Let
(fig 4) 0 be the given position of the observation station which isalone supposed to be erroneous and O be its exact position
Fig 4
p=OO and oj=ROO the polar coordinates of 0 referred to theoriginO and the axis OR
w is always reckoned positively from OR in the clockwise direc-
tionThe normal displacement qqo
= mdash XX to be substituted at X forthe geometrical locus in order to have the exact locus consists ofmdash mdashtwo parts XX X and XjX X x being the point of intersection ofXX with the parallel to OX drawn through o The first is equal
to the component 0 ofmdash00 normal to OX it has as its expression= mdash
XX X p sin (amdashlaquo)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 11mdashThe second XjX is equal to the error of the locus at the point Xfor an error of angle da= - X j O X ^ -ORO since RO X =ROX=
o Now O RO=-^iO o being the component normal to OR of the
error of position of Omdash
that is p sin a
Consequently da=-pJtll^
w and according to the formula (1)
-XIX=--5-psincoX1X =--5-psincoTherefore finally
(3) o=-P0=-P sin (a-w)+-g-sin a gt
q0 being reckoned positivelyin the same direction as p and qR
The second term of the expression of q 0 is the same as gE as mightbe foreseen geometrically a variation of orientation of the referencedirection producing the same effect on the geometrical locus thatarises from the displacement of one or the other of its extremitiesThe conclusionsobtained above from the formula (2) are therefore
applicable As for the first term it is always inferior to pin absolutevalue and it is proportionately less as the error of position of 0 isnearer the direction of the point sighted X
When D=D B the factor in brackets of the second term of (3)
tends toward zero at the same time as a Therefore the influenceofthe error of position of the observation station on the position of thegeometric locus is perceptibly nil when a well-determinedpoint near thepoint sighted is taken as referencepoint This remark is of great importance from the practical point of viewit willbe put to advantagelater mdash mdash
5 Mean errors of the geometric loci Choiceof a solution I f thereal errors da p sin laquo and p sin (amdash laquo) are replaced in the formulae(1) (2) and (3) respectively by the mean error of angle 5a and themean errors u R and u 0 of the position of R and O the second termsrepresent the mean errors of the geometric locus at the point X resulting from 5a t of unun and uOu0 Assuming that the points R and 0 havethe same mean error v we have for the mean total error of the locus
at the point X ^V2 f 2 1 2 cos a A n
5a being expressed in milsKnowing the mean errors of each of the loci traced on the construc
tion sheet and consequently their values which are inverselyproportionalto the squares of the mean errors we choose the point X on
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1235
12 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
condition that 2pd be the minimum d designating the distance ofX to the locus of the value p and the sign 2 extending to all thegeometrical loci
The application of this rule in practice would require too muchtime and time spent on a rather illusoryincrease in precision sincethe mean errors of the loci are not generally well known We con-tent ourselves in being guided by it in choosing at sight on the con-struction sheet the most probable point I t should be remarkedthat in case it may be assumed that the angles have the same pre
cision and that the positions of the observation stations and of theirmdashreference points are equally well determined the precision
of each locus if the ever feeble influence of the mean error of thenormal 0 of the sight is overlooked is inversely proportional to D
Its value is accordingly proportional to j^ or to the square of its
real precision6 Use ofcalculation and ofa graphic construction on a large scalemdash
It may be important in certain cases which will be indicated later(sec 10) to have recourse to calculation to obtain the position Pwith all the precision that the data of the problem permits
The method to be employed consists in taking the position X obtained graphically on the construction sheet on the ordinary Bcaleas the approximate position and in looking for the displacement tobe applied to each of the geometric loci beginning with X so thatat the corresponding observation station the angle of the bearingwith the direction of the reference point may be equal to the meas-ured angle a
The corrected loci are transferred to a graphic sketch on a largescale with reference to two rectangular axes representing the parallelsto the axes of the coordinates of the projection whichpass throughthe point X The point to be adopted X is chosen according to theconsiderations discussed in the preceding section its coordinatesare the corrections to be applied to the coordinates of X
Let Ox0 yOy0
zE yn be the coordinates of the observation station 0
and of its reference point R and x and y the coordinates of Xrepresented graphically on the construction sheet on a small scaleBy means of the formulae
-p o _ ymdash yltraquon
TT = xmdash x0 XmdashX o brvbar (5) tanU 0 deg Dc=-
mdashymdashy
0 smU c cosUc
- x- x - x X- xraquo-yK-yo(6) q d gtbellian v R^mdash J-R~~~~i Trf~laquoE-y 0 3inU
t
B cosXJr
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1335
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 13
we calculate for each observation station where the sighting of X hasbeen carried out the reference angles TJc and TJE of the vectors OXand OR that is the angles of these vectors with the semiaxis of thegt0 reckoned from 0 to 6400 mils in the clockwise direction startingfrom this semiaxis We also calculate the lengths of the vectorsThe calculated reference angle U c is compared with the referenceangle U R+a supplied by measure the difference
(7) dUdeg=U E +a-U c
introduced in the place of da in the equation (1) gives the displacement p to be applied to the locus starting from X
To trace the corrected locus on the large seale 1 graphical chartthe length p is laid off from the origin in a positive sense in thedirectionUdeg-f1600 milsand a perpendicular is drawn at its extremity it ia an element ofthe locus corrected in its determiningpart
In the same wayan element of each of the other loci is traced nearthe originand the point XX7 is selected as being the most probableas has been indicated in the preceding section Let dxand dy be itscoordinates on the chart The coordinates of X are x--dx andy+dy mdash
7 Precision of the determination I f the number of the loci isgreat enough and if the point X is equally well determined in
mdashevery sense the expression --mdashgt in which d represents the devia
tion with reference to the selected point X of the locus of the valuep and 2 extends to all the geometric loci may be taken as the value
of the mean error of position of P But these conditions are practically never realized in the actual practice of locating and adjustingGenerally the number ofloci does not exceed three and the extreme
loci intersect at an angle which rarely reaches 1600 mils and isoften inferior to 800 There is consequently a vast azimuthal region
around X not comprising any locus direction The idea of error ofposition loses therefore all significance The mean error of X
can no longer be defined by a unique quantity and it is necessaryto calculate the mean errors of the coordinates of this point Inorder that these mean errors may have a concrete sense it wouldbe necessary to start by taking as axes of the coordinates the balanced mean of the directions of the loci and its perpendicular so asto have the maximum and minimum mean errors I t is evident
i The scale is adopted with reference to the precision which the angles give reasonto expect for X It is useless in the actual case to go beyond j ^g -
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1435
14 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
that the determination of the precision of the solution by the methodof least squares would lead to quite protracted calculations for anillusory result in consequence of the impossibility of avoidingargtarbitrary proceeding in the attribution of the values to the different loci
We may content ourselves to avoid loss of time by taking themaximum deviations of the intersections in the sense of the meandirection of the loci and in the perpendicular direction as measureof the uncertainty of the position adopted in the two directions
Furthermorethe
number ofthe
Idti mustbe
at leastfour8 Special case of two bearingsmdashBefore passing to the applicationto the plotting of targets and to the adjustment of fire we shouldmdashexamine a special case frequently occurring in practice the case
Fig 5
in which the number of bearings is reduced to two The problemis then determinate and offers no occasion for a choice of a soultionBut it is important to study the influence of the angle at which the twoloci intersect on the precision of their intersection
Let (fig 5) Ox X and O2 X be the two erroneous loci starting fromthe points Ox and 02O2 the positions of the observation stations 1 and
2 and let p i and p2p2 be the displacements to be applied to them toobtain the correct loci IIXI1X
and I^X so that the correct point is Xand so that r=XX represents the vector of error of the position of XThe problem is to findthe value of r
In the triangle X I I X
r2=XP+XI-2Xr2=XP+XI -2XI I XX II Xcos X^X r 2=XP +XI 1 -2XIX
XlxXcobXljX
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 15
The angle XIX is evidently the one of which the bearing OjXmust be turned to a positionparallel with O2 X and in the same direcmdashtion I t is then equal to UU2 U the difference of the reference anglesof the two bearings
On the other hand we have
Xll= sin (Uj-tJ) and Xll= sin (U-Ux)
Consequently
r8gt Sitf(u-p)[l
+^-fro3
ltp - u raquo]-The following table gives the values of mdash for 5 and 10
Pimdash Pwhich correspond to different values of (U 2 Ux) in the case wheremdash mdash
and cos (U2 Ui) are of contrary signs and where consequentlyPir is the longer diagonal of the parellelogram X I I X I
-bullTable of the values of p
mdashAnini les(U 2 U i) in milsles(U 2 U i) in mils
P iidii
1600600 2400400 280008000 3000000 3100100 3200200I
0 100 144 266 5 1 100 2 000
5 511 811 15555 30707 61212 000
100 10101 15252 28686 56363 1122122 000
It appest appes irs froirs froi i the mhe m imbers ofmbers thLf thL table how ratable how ra gtidly tlidly tl te errore ofrror oflosition rosition r augmiugmi snts whints whi3n the small) gtr angle atrn wlngle at wlhe small) ich thlt i twoch lociwo locihlt
alls bells be low 400ow 400 milsils
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1635
CHAPTER 11
PLOTTING THE TARGETS
Although the plotting of the targets and that of the bursts offriendly shells are simply the application of what precedes the twoproblems regarded fromthe practicalpoint of viewdiffersufficientlyto warrant a separate treatment
9 Construction of the bearingmdash
At the observation station 017Ol7 atarget
X has beensighted
under the divisionml
of the micrometer ofthe sight the goniometric reading corresponding to the position ofthis sight being l x The verificationof the orientation of the limbof the goniometer has been made immediately afterwards by layingthe reference point R t under the zero division of the micrometer and
it has been found that the reading which should have been zero ifthe instrument had been correctly oriented was r x The horizontalangle al=a
1= l 1+m 1 mdashr1 between the reference point and the target Xhas therefore been measured The problem is to construct thebearing of X from this measurementmdasha Direct methods According to their rectangular coordinates inconnection with a kilometric cross-sectioning in the system of coordinates used by the Army to which the section belongs transfer thepoints Oj and R x to the construction sheet on the scale of 2 0000-
The bearing Ox X x may then be traced directly if we have an alidadeprotractor withlimb graduated in mils and a vernier for reading themils
In the absence of this instrument which is not generally possessed by the sections a graphic sketch of angles in mils on tracingpaper may be used The center is placed at Ox and the originradius on OAO
AR1(R1( so that a second point for Oj X t can be pricked by
interpolation for a x The Geographic Service has had a graphicsketch of this sort prepared giving all the angles from0 to 1600 milsI t is printed on tracing paper and delivered to the sections Byreason of the inaccuracies in printing this process is less exact thanthat of the protractor
That the bearing thus obtained may have the exactitude requiredin the vicinity of the point X i t is requisite that the distance Ox X
reduced to the scale of the construction sheet should not exceed bytoo much the length of the branches of the protractor when thisinstrument is used I t is above all important whatever method isused that the direction O x R1(R
1( the origin of the angle a should begraphically defined without appreciable error at the distance O^K
16
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1735
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 17
from Oj This is the condition when OXX is at most equal to OjszligjIt is no longer true if O XX is notably superior to o^ and it is thennecessary to prolong this line beyond Ri with the aid of the calculation This is done by determining the intersection of the prolongation with one of the lines of the cross-sectioning which are mostnormally cut by it The formulae to be employed are the following
To obtain the x of the intersection of OJampi with the parallel tothe axis of the asy=h
(9) x=^i+^~(h-y o l )=x i+(k-x o l ) tan Ur i o
to obtain the y of the intersection of (^Rj with the parallel to theaxis of the ya x=k
lt10) y=y oi-^~ i(k-xoi)=yoi+(k-x 01 ) cot r
01 y o l
xr v jRi designating the coordinates of C^ and R x and Vr vthe reference angle of o^ The logarithm tables with four decimals are sufficient for this calculationmdash6 Use ofa graduation The above-mentioned methods are appropriate for tracing bearings taken from a mobile observation stationIn installations remaining stationary for a long time the labor ofgraphical construction can be much reduced and an equal if notsuperior precision can be obtained by using a graduation in milstraced once for all for each station on the construction sheet Eachgraduation starts from the direction of the reference point of the corresponding station and covers its entire sector of visibility Thedivisions are numbered from 0 to 6400 in the clockwise direction soas to correspond to the angles a defined above To trace a bearingtaken from Olt for example it is only necessary to join the point O tto the real or interpolated division whichhas the angle a x as numberI f a precise determination is not required one need only stretch a wireattached to a knob fastened on a special point at Ou making it passthrough the division a u to have the bearing Thus many erasures ofpencil marks on the construction sheet can be avoided and the lattercan be rendered serviceable for a long time
oareshould be exercised in inserting the point not to make the hole at Ot too large if
this point is to be used in tracing very precise bearings But sinceit is difficult not to enlarge the hole if the point is removed too oftenit is expedient to have for the use of the wire a special constructionsheet fastened to a board and to reserve the main construction sheetwhichhad better be fastened to a surface of zinc for tracing bearingswith pencil
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1835
18 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The graduations corresponding to the different observation stations Oj 2O2 03O3 O4O4 are arranged in arcs of circles or better to avoidoverlapping the construction sheet is removed and the desirableprecision is had on its entire extent on the margins by means ofparallel bands about 10 millimeters in width These are distinguished by different colors
The quickest way to trace them is to use the graphic sketch of theGeographic Service on tracing paper pricking a point or two of eachdivision near the margin of the sheet The angular spacing of the
radii of this graphic sketch at the different distances from the centerhas been chosen in such a way that the interpolationat sight is everywhere possible without appreciable error and that their linearspacing never descends below 15 millimeters it is only necessarythen whatever part of the graphical sketch is used to prick one ortwo points of each of the radii successively without adding or cutting off
Nevertheless by reason of the inaccuracies of the graphical sketchdue to printing it may happen that a graduation obtained by thismeans wouldpresent inadmissible errors This difficulty is avoidedby determining some divisions by calculation for instance those of800 1600 4800 5400 mils besides that of the referencepoint Once these principal divisionshave been traced on the construction sheet the graphical sketch makes it possible to obtain theintermediary divisions without appreciable error For this purposeit is placed over the construction sheet with the center at On
n beingthe number of the station corresponding -to the graduation and aprincipalradius on one of the extreme divisions calculated
that onthe left forinstance of the sector of 800 mils that is to be graduatedI f the radius laid off at 800 mils from the first does not fall on thelimiting division on the right the graphical sketch is shifted gentlywith respect to the point On followingthe bisector of the angle ofthe sector the first radius beingkept on its divisionuntil this resultis obtained
The formula to be used for determining by calculation the intersection with one of the linesof the cross-sectioning of the division d
reckoned from the aiming line are the followingTo obtain the xof the intersection of Ond with the parallel to the
axis of the x of the cross-sectioning farthest from On ymdashh
(11) j c = s raquo n +(l-y 11 )taii(ITR n +d)
to obtain the yof the intersection of Oud with the parallel at theaxis of the y of the cross-sectioning farthest from Ou x=k
(12) y=yo n +(h-xo ) cot (Un n+d)n
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1935
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 19
IJRn is given by the first of the formulae (6) That one of theformulae (11) and (12) which corresponds to the most normal inter-section is of course employed
A type of the calculation by the formula (12) will be found inExample I t the end of the pamphlet
In the absence of the graphical sketch of the angles in mils it isnecessary to graduate entirely by calculation The same formulaeare used it is only necessary to make din them equal successivelyto 5 10 15 mils or to 10 20 30 mils etc according
to the distanceof
the intersection from the point On The calcu-lations in this case should be made in series so as not to require toomuch time and should be verified by the differences
Tables of logarithms of four decimals are sufficient for all thesecalculations mdash
10 Utilizationof the observations A single observation supplyingonly one geometric locus of the position of the target is not enoughto determine i t but it furnishes an indication capable of beingusedin many cases
To turn it to account an investigation is first made to see whetherit corresponds to a known target The bearing is applied to theconstruction sheet on which the positions of all the previouslydetermined targets has been marked The use of the sheet pastedto the board and provided with wires is particularly adaptable forthis use Several cases may occur
(a) The bearing passes through a target at the usual degree ofapproxi-mdashmation Let A be this known target O2O2 being the station whichhas
given the observation The centralpricks
on the constructionsheet the directions ayav a 3 a4a4 in which the observers of Qu 3O3 04O
4should sight to see A and he has them watch in these directionsrespectively until OlOl signals a new observation in the same directionas the first If one or more of them get an observation at the sametime as Oj the operation is conducted as described later (case of twoor more simultaneous observations) In the contrary case it isdecided either that the target seen from O2O2 is not A or that if it isA the circumstancesdo not permit sighting it from O1(O1( 03O3 04O4
I f the bearing from Ox encounters two or more targets they aretried successively in the order of probability until at least twosimultaneous observations are obtained mdash(b) The bearing does not pass through any known target It happensquite often at least by day that the observer who has made an ob-servation of a flash or smoke ball is able to locate approximately
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2035
20 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
this flash or smoke ball The Central adopts provisionally a location of the target on the bearing in the region indicated by theobserver and proceeds with reference to this supposed location aswith reference to a known target through which the bearing mightpass to try to obtain at least two simultaneous bearings
In the absence of supplementary information supplied by theobserver who has made the observation application is made to theneighboring terrestrial observation sections or sound locating sections or balloons or first-line trench stations of the Artillery Intelli-
gence Service etc and the Central in this way may often obtaindata which will enable him to determine somewhat more accuratelythe position of the target on the single bearing sufficiently at leastto try to obtain simultaneous observations
Two simultaneous observations are theoretically sufficient for thedetermination of a target but generally every determination whichis not verified should be regarded as doubtful The best verificationis a third concurrent observation supplying a bearing which passesvery close to the point of intersection of the two others For theprobability that three flashes for instance should be produced atthe same instance and should give concurrent directions with threestations from which they have been observed is very slight and theprobability that the three stations have sighted the same flash ispractically equivalent under these conditions to a certainty I t isthis verification which we must try to get especially for newtargets But since it is quite often impossible for reasons of visi-bility or clearness that three stations should sight the same flash
or smoke ball we must often be satisfied with other verificationsThe fact that the two observations are simultaneous especially
when it is a case of an instantaneous phenomenon like a flash is in it-self a partial proof that they relate to the same target I f the samefact is repeated a certain number of times while the directions oftheobservations remain apparently constant the presumption is strengthened without absolute certainty being produced since in the caseof firing for instance the enemy might discharge two guns at a timeormake false flashes
A much more weighty confirmationresults from the coincidenceof the intersection with a known target The concurrence of theresult with the approximate position given by one of the observerson a bearing may also be regarded as a satisfactory verificationFinally the intelligence obtained outside the section in case thatof the section is insufficient sometimes reveals the degree of confidence that can be placed in the result
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 21
The use of wiresrepresenting the bearings is very convenient whenthere are only two bearings to be applied on condition that the angleat which they intersect is large enough The tracing of the loci on
the construction sheet becomes necessary as soon as the angle is lessthan 400 mils especially if the point of intersection is very distant(Sec 8) It is even necessary to resort to calculation when the angleis less than 300 mils
The determination by two bearings only should be turned over tothe Artillery with all the necessary reserve according to the con-
firmations obtained In no case should i t be regarded as definiteWith three or more simultaneous observations the problem is more
than determined and as the geometric loci generally do not intersectat the same point the position to be adopted is open to a choiceI f the observations are equally good the rule given in section 5leads tochoosing a point nearest the loci whose value is greatest Further-more as is known the value of a locus may be regarded as inverselyproportional to the square of the distance from the point sought to
thecorresponding station or in other words to the square of
thedisplacement of the locus for the same error of observation 10 milsfor instance I t is sufficient then to trace near the cap (the figurehaving the intersections of the loci as summits) bearings correspond-ing to the same angular deflection of the first in order to have a veryclear conception of the values which are inversely proportional tothe squares of the linear spacings
But the problem is rarelypresented with this degree of simplicityGenerally the observations are of unequal precision and the difficulty
consists in observing the inequalities of precision in the attributionof value to the bearings Thus in the case where two observers havebeen able to observe the flash of the discharge of a gun and thethird the dust or the smoke only the observation of the third is allother things being equal less precise than that of the first two butthe central has not the data by which he may determine in whatmeasure Only the observers if they are conscientious and welltrained can indicate to him the degree of uncertainty of their ob-servations and enable him to reduce to a minimum the arbitrarypart in the attribution of the values The chiefs of sections can notuse too much care therefore in the selection development andsupervision of the observers
The use of wires is not recommended for very precise determina-tions especially if the loci intersect at rather acute angles for if
the wires rub on one another i t is to be feared that they will not be
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2235
22 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
perfectly Btraight Moreover not being on the same plane theyproduce the effect of a parallax For tracing the bearings on theconstruction sheet fastened on zinc a hard pencil sharpened to avery fine point must be used Finally if the loci intersect at veryacute angles it is necessary to resort to a calculation and to a graphicconstruction on a large scale (Sec 6)
When the dimensions of the cap exceed notably those whichcorrespond to the mean errors of the observations the determinationshould be regarded as nul Every correction of observation tendingto reduce the cap which has not been signalled at once by the ob-server himself must be rigidly avoided
Unless there is absolute certainty that the sightings of the differentstations relate to a single and identical target i t is never permissibleto proceed by mean observations especially if the flashes or smoke ballshave not all been sighted by the same observation stations Thevariations of the positions corresponding to the different series ofsimultaneous sightings show whether several targets are involved
and in thecontrary case they afford a
muchmore exact
idea of theapproximation really obtained than that which can be formed fromthe variation of the loci in respect to the point chosen in a singledetermination
11 Case in which the position of the observation stationsmdash can not bedetermined withprecision The preceding is based upon the implicitassumption that the positions of the observation stations are so wellknown that the influence oftheir errors on the determination can beregarded as negligible in regard to that of the errors of measure It
is not always so even in position warfare since some stations difficultto establish have to be used before the range triangulation group hashad the time or opportunity to determine their locations In openwarfare i t is often necessary to rely on positions taken at sight onthe battle map or even on the ordinary map
The remark at the end of section 4 shows that it is still possible inthis case to have exact geometric loci if a reference point sufficientlynear the target is available for each station But then since thereference points change with the targets there is no occasion to tracethe graduation on the construction sheet By wayof compensationthe graphical sketch on tracing paper of the angles in mils can beused with advantage to prick the bearings since the angles beingsmall its deviations are inconsequential
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2335
CHAPTER 111
ADJUSTMENT OP PERCUSSION FIREmdash
12 Problem of the adjustment by the observation of the bursts A
battery mayask
the terrestrial observation service located in thesame sector to determine for it either the absolute positions (the rectangular coordinates) of the bursts of its projectiles or the positionsof these bursts with reference to the target which should in this casebe a clearly denned point of the battle map
The first problem does not differ from the one considered in the preceding chapter it is in general even easier both for the observerswho can be informed in advance of the time and the direction inwhich they should watch and for the central who works on thebasis of observations unusually concordant
The second is distinguished by the fact that the position sought isa relative position which can be obtained by differentialcalculus^and consequently constructed on a geographical sketch on a large
scale with all the desirable precision and rapidity It constitutesthe real problem of fire adjustment which may be formulated thus
A friendly gun P fires a percussion shell at a target X the burst isheard by the terrestrial observation section Determine the errors in
range and in lateral deviationThere are two cases to be distinguished according as the target is
invisible and known only by its rectangular coordinates or as it canbe sighted by the stations during the adjustmentmdash
13 Adjustment on an invisible target Let (fig 6) 0 0202 080
8 0404
be the four observation stations of the section a u lt 3 a4a
4 hex3x
angles observed in each of them between the reference point and the-bursting point X of a projectileTo have the errors of X in respect to X inrange and direction
there are traced on a graphic sketch on the scale -s^^ two rectan-gular axes Xx and Xy (fig 7) representing the parallels to the axes ofthe rectangular coordinates passing through the target X and theposition of the burst X is determined with respect to these axes byconstructing its four geometric loci one of whichmay be lacking
23
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2435
24 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
If the point X is nearenough to thepoint X thedirectionsoftheloci are very noticeablyparallelto OjX O4X of whichthereferenceanglesUdeg x Udeg 4 (fig 6) arecalculatedby meansof the
y
i
Si y l r^ n N s^-
V t i )k j vv ft J -mdash
raquo Tic
Kg cfirst of theformulae(5)ormulae of5) ofsection6 their distancesat the their distancesat theoriginri haveBectionas expressionsions(formula (1) ofSecformula (1) ofSec 3))
Pi-sKDxrfU0 7)4 =KD 4rfUdeg4
with [formulaula (7)]7)]
tfU^UEi+ai-U0 rfU^TJju+^-UV
DvDv D 4 arethe distancesOiK O4X measuredon theconstructionsheeton the scale Towff) Uumlb4 designate thereferenceangles of thelinesO1O
1R 1 O4O
4R 4 runningfrom the
observationstations to theirreferencepointsthe referenceanglesbeingcalculatedonceforall by the first of theformulae(6)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 25
The direction in which these distances should be pricked is seenon the construction sheet as is shown in figure 6 Thus in figure 7the trace of the first locus corresponds to a difference ltfUcgto
All the loci should intersect at the same point if the sightings arefree of errors and if the positions of the stations and of the referencepoints are exactly known Generally they form a little cap inwhich the bursting point X is selected as shown in sections 5and 10
I t is then only necessary to project X in pound on the direction XPof the gun or of the battery P which forms with the axis Xy an angle
given by the construction sheet to have in Xpound the error of rangeand in poundX the error in direction
14 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting points onmdashthe scale of-g^-g The formulae (1) and (7) are independent of thegun or battery P The section may therefore have in advance foreach of the targets on which it willhave to make the adjustment aconstruction sheet on the scale of -sinnr like the one represented in
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2635
26 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
figure 7 on whichare pricked the directions of the loci starting fromX with respect to the axes Xx Xy and normally to these directionsof the scales of the corresponding ps for the successive values ofdUdeg in multiples of 5 mils or in multiples of 10 mils
The graphical sketch of the angles in mils may be used to graduatethese scales in pricking the divisions through the tracing paper
when the distance OX from the station to the target is less than 5kilometers For distances greater than 2 kilometers it is easier touse the graphic table of the errors of the bearings (PL I I I ) which
gives on the scale of -5-^trff the displacement of the bearing to thedifferent distances from 2to 18 kilometers In the absence of thisgraphic table the values of the ps for dU c=lo mils are calculatedby means of the formula
(p) p 1 10 mils=4o KD
whichgives pin millimeterson the scale of -g^Vo-i terms of D inmillimetersof the construction sheet on the scale of 2oooogt and inwhichthe coefficient X has as value (Sec 3)
31416 13200 =1000 ( l - deg - deg l B3 )gt
wherefore log K=4 99200 These lengths of p are then multiplied
for 10 mils by 1 2 3 to have the distances of the successivedivisionsin multiplesof 16 mils on the straight line XO whichgivesthe direction of the geometric locus The divisions on the left ofthis mdashine with respect to the observation station are indicated bythe sign those on the right by the + sign
I f the lack of parallelismof the bearings becomes noticeable at theextremities of the graduation it can be remedied easily by substituting for the single scale corresponding to the target two scalesplaced at a distance of 10 centimeters for instance from each sideof the origin
Instead of taking as originof the graduation of each scale its pointof intersection I with the corresponding straight line XO it is preferable in case the target is well determined and fixed to trace thedivisions which correspond to round numbers of mils of the anglea so as to avoid having to reckon the difference dJdeg for each geometric locus to be constructed The value of a for the point I eingUdegmdashU B the adjustment to be applied to the divisions toward theright is the product of the value of p for 10 mils multiplied by themdashfraction of 10 mils obtained by subtracting UUc UEUE from the value ofthe next highest multiple of 10 mils above the actual value of a Example I I at the end of the pamphlet gives the disposition toadopt for all these calculations
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2735
16057deg (To face page 2ti) No 1
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 735
CHAPTER I
DETERMINATION OP AN UNKNOWN POINT X BY BEARINGSmdash
2 Definition The horizontal angle a at the known point O(observation station) fig 1 made by the direction of an unknownpoint X (target) with that of I^ie known point R (reference point)gives a geometrical locus of X which is the bearing 1 starting from 0and forming with OR the angle a
In whatfollows the angle a is considered as measured in mils andreckoned from 0 to 6400 starting from OR in the clockwise direction
Two bearings suffice in a geometrical sense to determine X butgenerally three are necessary for a verification I f there were noerrors of
measurementand
if thepositions of the observation stations 0 and of their referencepoints R wereknown exactly allthese bearings would intersect atthe same point But in consequence of the errors by whichthe angles a and the positions ofthe points 0 and R are affected
their meeting point is only ap- p j j
proximate To choose rationallythe point to be adopted it is necessary to know the preci-sion of each locus which depends on the one hand on the pre-cision of this locus and that of the angle which supplied it and onthe other hand on the precision of the positions of the points whichdefine the direction from which the angle was measured
i This term bearing must not be confused with that used in topography In thisconnection it designates the geometrical locus given by sighting from a known pointon an unknown point referred to another known point in topography bearingmeans the process whichconsists in determining an unknown point by the stationby taking sights on at least three known points This is what is called in militarytopography the map problem The word intersection is frequently although in-accurately used to designate the geometrical locus here called bearing
7
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 835
8 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
There is reason therefore to study first the influence on theposition of the locus
1 Of an error in the angle a
2 Of errors in the positions of the points 0 and RBy reason of the smallness of these errors relatively to the distance
of the observation stations from the point to be determined they maybe considered as differentials and the influence of each may bedetermined separately
3 Influenceofan error in the angle on the position of the geometricalmdashlocus Let
abe the erroneous value of the
angle ROX anda--daits real value The error da of the angle has the effect of giving the
bearing OX in place of OX (fig 2) The displacement p=XX to
Fig 2O
be applied at X to the erroneous locus in order to obtain the reallocus has therefore as expression
iM gt l(logK-499200)
D designating the distance OX and p being reckoned positivelywith reference to the point 0 from left to right
Therefore the error of the geometric locus is proportional to theerror of the angle which results from the fact that we have assumedthat the error da could be considered as a differential I t is moreover proportionalto the distance of the point sighted
The inverse of p can be taken as measure of the precision of the
locus The factor characterizes therefore the real precision ofthe
locus and frj~ that of the angle Starting from these definitionswe
may formulate the followingrule which is applicable whatever thenature of the angle may be
The precision ofa locus is the product ofits real precision and of thatof the angle whichhas supplied it
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 935
9ECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The value of da in mils makes it possible to obtainp very simplyWhen da=l the value of p in meters is equal to the distance D expressed in kilometers with approximately the factor (1mdash00183)To have the value of p in meters corresponding to any value of dait is onlynecessary to multiply the distance D in kilometers by da
4 Influence of errors of position of the reference mdashoint and of theobservation station on the positionofgeometric locus 1 Influence ofan error in the reference point
Let (fig3) R be the assumed position of the reference point whichalone is supposed to be erroneous and W its exact position
p=RR and to=ORR
thepolar
coordinates of R referred to the
Fig 3
origin R and to the axis RO laquois reckoned positively from RO inthe clockwise direction
I t is apparent on the figure that the effect of the error of the posi-
tionRRis the same as that of an error of angle da== mdash Wr gt r beingV T
the projection of W on OR and DBDB the distance DR As
mdash mdashRr=p sin laquo da= TrfT~ bull The displacement qqR = XX to be sub-
stituted at X for the erroneous locus in order to have the exact locusis consequently according to (1)
D 2)
q^ being reckoned positivelyin the same direction as pmdashmdash16057 Bmdashl817 -2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1035
10 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The formula (2) shows first that the component of the error of theposition of R normal to the direction of the referencepoint intervenesalone
Second that its influence is proportional to the distance of the pointsighted and inversely proportional to that of the reference point
I t is therefore advantageous in so far as visibility permits to takeas reference point a point as far away as possible
The absolute value of gK is easily calculated when the normal com-ponent p sin w is known since it is only necessary to multiply it by
the ratio ytbull
mdash2 Influence of an error of position of the observation station Let
(fig 4) 0 be the given position of the observation station which isalone supposed to be erroneous and O be its exact position
Fig 4
p=OO and oj=ROO the polar coordinates of 0 referred to theoriginO and the axis OR
w is always reckoned positively from OR in the clockwise direc-
tionThe normal displacement qqo
= mdash XX to be substituted at X forthe geometrical locus in order to have the exact locus consists ofmdash mdashtwo parts XX X and XjX X x being the point of intersection ofXX with the parallel to OX drawn through o The first is equal
to the component 0 ofmdash00 normal to OX it has as its expression= mdash
XX X p sin (amdashlaquo)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 11mdashThe second XjX is equal to the error of the locus at the point Xfor an error of angle da= - X j O X ^ -ORO since RO X =ROX=
o Now O RO=-^iO o being the component normal to OR of the
error of position of Omdash
that is p sin a
Consequently da=-pJtll^
w and according to the formula (1)
-XIX=--5-psincoX1X =--5-psincoTherefore finally
(3) o=-P0=-P sin (a-w)+-g-sin a gt
q0 being reckoned positivelyin the same direction as p and qR
The second term of the expression of q 0 is the same as gE as mightbe foreseen geometrically a variation of orientation of the referencedirection producing the same effect on the geometrical locus thatarises from the displacement of one or the other of its extremitiesThe conclusionsobtained above from the formula (2) are therefore
applicable As for the first term it is always inferior to pin absolutevalue and it is proportionately less as the error of position of 0 isnearer the direction of the point sighted X
When D=D B the factor in brackets of the second term of (3)
tends toward zero at the same time as a Therefore the influenceofthe error of position of the observation station on the position of thegeometric locus is perceptibly nil when a well-determinedpoint near thepoint sighted is taken as referencepoint This remark is of great importance from the practical point of viewit willbe put to advantagelater mdash mdash
5 Mean errors of the geometric loci Choiceof a solution I f thereal errors da p sin laquo and p sin (amdash laquo) are replaced in the formulae(1) (2) and (3) respectively by the mean error of angle 5a and themean errors u R and u 0 of the position of R and O the second termsrepresent the mean errors of the geometric locus at the point X resulting from 5a t of unun and uOu0 Assuming that the points R and 0 havethe same mean error v we have for the mean total error of the locus
at the point X ^V2 f 2 1 2 cos a A n
5a being expressed in milsKnowing the mean errors of each of the loci traced on the construc
tion sheet and consequently their values which are inverselyproportionalto the squares of the mean errors we choose the point X on
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1235
12 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
condition that 2pd be the minimum d designating the distance ofX to the locus of the value p and the sign 2 extending to all thegeometrical loci
The application of this rule in practice would require too muchtime and time spent on a rather illusoryincrease in precision sincethe mean errors of the loci are not generally well known We con-tent ourselves in being guided by it in choosing at sight on the con-struction sheet the most probable point I t should be remarkedthat in case it may be assumed that the angles have the same pre
cision and that the positions of the observation stations and of theirmdashreference points are equally well determined the precision
of each locus if the ever feeble influence of the mean error of thenormal 0 of the sight is overlooked is inversely proportional to D
Its value is accordingly proportional to j^ or to the square of its
real precision6 Use ofcalculation and ofa graphic construction on a large scalemdash
It may be important in certain cases which will be indicated later(sec 10) to have recourse to calculation to obtain the position Pwith all the precision that the data of the problem permits
The method to be employed consists in taking the position X obtained graphically on the construction sheet on the ordinary Bcaleas the approximate position and in looking for the displacement tobe applied to each of the geometric loci beginning with X so thatat the corresponding observation station the angle of the bearingwith the direction of the reference point may be equal to the meas-ured angle a
The corrected loci are transferred to a graphic sketch on a largescale with reference to two rectangular axes representing the parallelsto the axes of the coordinates of the projection whichpass throughthe point X The point to be adopted X is chosen according to theconsiderations discussed in the preceding section its coordinatesare the corrections to be applied to the coordinates of X
Let Ox0 yOy0
zE yn be the coordinates of the observation station 0
and of its reference point R and x and y the coordinates of Xrepresented graphically on the construction sheet on a small scaleBy means of the formulae
-p o _ ymdash yltraquon
TT = xmdash x0 XmdashX o brvbar (5) tanU 0 deg Dc=-
mdashymdashy
0 smU c cosUc
- x- x - x X- xraquo-yK-yo(6) q d gtbellian v R^mdash J-R~~~~i Trf~laquoE-y 0 3inU
t
B cosXJr
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1335
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 13
we calculate for each observation station where the sighting of X hasbeen carried out the reference angles TJc and TJE of the vectors OXand OR that is the angles of these vectors with the semiaxis of thegt0 reckoned from 0 to 6400 mils in the clockwise direction startingfrom this semiaxis We also calculate the lengths of the vectorsThe calculated reference angle U c is compared with the referenceangle U R+a supplied by measure the difference
(7) dUdeg=U E +a-U c
introduced in the place of da in the equation (1) gives the displacement p to be applied to the locus starting from X
To trace the corrected locus on the large seale 1 graphical chartthe length p is laid off from the origin in a positive sense in thedirectionUdeg-f1600 milsand a perpendicular is drawn at its extremity it ia an element ofthe locus corrected in its determiningpart
In the same wayan element of each of the other loci is traced nearthe originand the point XX7 is selected as being the most probableas has been indicated in the preceding section Let dxand dy be itscoordinates on the chart The coordinates of X are x--dx andy+dy mdash
7 Precision of the determination I f the number of the loci isgreat enough and if the point X is equally well determined in
mdashevery sense the expression --mdashgt in which d represents the devia
tion with reference to the selected point X of the locus of the valuep and 2 extends to all the geometric loci may be taken as the value
of the mean error of position of P But these conditions are practically never realized in the actual practice of locating and adjustingGenerally the number ofloci does not exceed three and the extreme
loci intersect at an angle which rarely reaches 1600 mils and isoften inferior to 800 There is consequently a vast azimuthal region
around X not comprising any locus direction The idea of error ofposition loses therefore all significance The mean error of X
can no longer be defined by a unique quantity and it is necessaryto calculate the mean errors of the coordinates of this point Inorder that these mean errors may have a concrete sense it wouldbe necessary to start by taking as axes of the coordinates the balanced mean of the directions of the loci and its perpendicular so asto have the maximum and minimum mean errors I t is evident
i The scale is adopted with reference to the precision which the angles give reasonto expect for X It is useless in the actual case to go beyond j ^g -
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1435
14 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
that the determination of the precision of the solution by the methodof least squares would lead to quite protracted calculations for anillusory result in consequence of the impossibility of avoidingargtarbitrary proceeding in the attribution of the values to the different loci
We may content ourselves to avoid loss of time by taking themaximum deviations of the intersections in the sense of the meandirection of the loci and in the perpendicular direction as measureof the uncertainty of the position adopted in the two directions
Furthermorethe
number ofthe
Idti mustbe
at leastfour8 Special case of two bearingsmdashBefore passing to the applicationto the plotting of targets and to the adjustment of fire we shouldmdashexamine a special case frequently occurring in practice the case
Fig 5
in which the number of bearings is reduced to two The problemis then determinate and offers no occasion for a choice of a soultionBut it is important to study the influence of the angle at which the twoloci intersect on the precision of their intersection
Let (fig 5) Ox X and O2 X be the two erroneous loci starting fromthe points Ox and 02O2 the positions of the observation stations 1 and
2 and let p i and p2p2 be the displacements to be applied to them toobtain the correct loci IIXI1X
and I^X so that the correct point is Xand so that r=XX represents the vector of error of the position of XThe problem is to findthe value of r
In the triangle X I I X
r2=XP+XI-2Xr2=XP+XI -2XI I XX II Xcos X^X r 2=XP +XI 1 -2XIX
XlxXcobXljX
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 15
The angle XIX is evidently the one of which the bearing OjXmust be turned to a positionparallel with O2 X and in the same direcmdashtion I t is then equal to UU2 U the difference of the reference anglesof the two bearings
On the other hand we have
Xll= sin (Uj-tJ) and Xll= sin (U-Ux)
Consequently
r8gt Sitf(u-p)[l
+^-fro3
ltp - u raquo]-The following table gives the values of mdash for 5 and 10
Pimdash Pwhich correspond to different values of (U 2 Ux) in the case wheremdash mdash
and cos (U2 Ui) are of contrary signs and where consequentlyPir is the longer diagonal of the parellelogram X I I X I
-bullTable of the values of p
mdashAnini les(U 2 U i) in milsles(U 2 U i) in mils
P iidii
1600600 2400400 280008000 3000000 3100100 3200200I
0 100 144 266 5 1 100 2 000
5 511 811 15555 30707 61212 000
100 10101 15252 28686 56363 1122122 000
It appest appes irs froirs froi i the mhe m imbers ofmbers thLf thL table how ratable how ra gtidly tlidly tl te errore ofrror oflosition rosition r augmiugmi snts whints whi3n the small) gtr angle atrn wlngle at wlhe small) ich thlt i twoch lociwo locihlt
alls bells be low 400ow 400 milsils
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1635
CHAPTER 11
PLOTTING THE TARGETS
Although the plotting of the targets and that of the bursts offriendly shells are simply the application of what precedes the twoproblems regarded fromthe practicalpoint of viewdiffersufficientlyto warrant a separate treatment
9 Construction of the bearingmdash
At the observation station 017Ol7 atarget
X has beensighted
under the divisionml
of the micrometer ofthe sight the goniometric reading corresponding to the position ofthis sight being l x The verificationof the orientation of the limbof the goniometer has been made immediately afterwards by layingthe reference point R t under the zero division of the micrometer and
it has been found that the reading which should have been zero ifthe instrument had been correctly oriented was r x The horizontalangle al=a
1= l 1+m 1 mdashr1 between the reference point and the target Xhas therefore been measured The problem is to construct thebearing of X from this measurementmdasha Direct methods According to their rectangular coordinates inconnection with a kilometric cross-sectioning in the system of coordinates used by the Army to which the section belongs transfer thepoints Oj and R x to the construction sheet on the scale of 2 0000-
The bearing Ox X x may then be traced directly if we have an alidadeprotractor withlimb graduated in mils and a vernier for reading themils
In the absence of this instrument which is not generally possessed by the sections a graphic sketch of angles in mils on tracingpaper may be used The center is placed at Ox and the originradius on OAO
AR1(R1( so that a second point for Oj X t can be pricked by
interpolation for a x The Geographic Service has had a graphicsketch of this sort prepared giving all the angles from0 to 1600 milsI t is printed on tracing paper and delivered to the sections Byreason of the inaccuracies in printing this process is less exact thanthat of the protractor
That the bearing thus obtained may have the exactitude requiredin the vicinity of the point X i t is requisite that the distance Ox X
reduced to the scale of the construction sheet should not exceed bytoo much the length of the branches of the protractor when thisinstrument is used I t is above all important whatever method isused that the direction O x R1(R
1( the origin of the angle a should begraphically defined without appreciable error at the distance O^K
16
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1735
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 17
from Oj This is the condition when OXX is at most equal to OjszligjIt is no longer true if O XX is notably superior to o^ and it is thennecessary to prolong this line beyond Ri with the aid of the calculation This is done by determining the intersection of the prolongation with one of the lines of the cross-sectioning which are mostnormally cut by it The formulae to be employed are the following
To obtain the x of the intersection of OJampi with the parallel tothe axis of the asy=h
(9) x=^i+^~(h-y o l )=x i+(k-x o l ) tan Ur i o
to obtain the y of the intersection of (^Rj with the parallel to theaxis of the ya x=k
lt10) y=y oi-^~ i(k-xoi)=yoi+(k-x 01 ) cot r
01 y o l
xr v jRi designating the coordinates of C^ and R x and Vr vthe reference angle of o^ The logarithm tables with four decimals are sufficient for this calculationmdash6 Use ofa graduation The above-mentioned methods are appropriate for tracing bearings taken from a mobile observation stationIn installations remaining stationary for a long time the labor ofgraphical construction can be much reduced and an equal if notsuperior precision can be obtained by using a graduation in milstraced once for all for each station on the construction sheet Eachgraduation starts from the direction of the reference point of the corresponding station and covers its entire sector of visibility Thedivisions are numbered from 0 to 6400 in the clockwise direction soas to correspond to the angles a defined above To trace a bearingtaken from Olt for example it is only necessary to join the point O tto the real or interpolated division whichhas the angle a x as numberI f a precise determination is not required one need only stretch a wireattached to a knob fastened on a special point at Ou making it passthrough the division a u to have the bearing Thus many erasures ofpencil marks on the construction sheet can be avoided and the lattercan be rendered serviceable for a long time
oareshould be exercised in inserting the point not to make the hole at Ot too large if
this point is to be used in tracing very precise bearings But sinceit is difficult not to enlarge the hole if the point is removed too oftenit is expedient to have for the use of the wire a special constructionsheet fastened to a board and to reserve the main construction sheetwhichhad better be fastened to a surface of zinc for tracing bearingswith pencil
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1835
18 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The graduations corresponding to the different observation stations Oj 2O2 03O3 O4O4 are arranged in arcs of circles or better to avoidoverlapping the construction sheet is removed and the desirableprecision is had on its entire extent on the margins by means ofparallel bands about 10 millimeters in width These are distinguished by different colors
The quickest way to trace them is to use the graphic sketch of theGeographic Service on tracing paper pricking a point or two of eachdivision near the margin of the sheet The angular spacing of the
radii of this graphic sketch at the different distances from the centerhas been chosen in such a way that the interpolationat sight is everywhere possible without appreciable error and that their linearspacing never descends below 15 millimeters it is only necessarythen whatever part of the graphical sketch is used to prick one ortwo points of each of the radii successively without adding or cutting off
Nevertheless by reason of the inaccuracies of the graphical sketchdue to printing it may happen that a graduation obtained by thismeans wouldpresent inadmissible errors This difficulty is avoidedby determining some divisions by calculation for instance those of800 1600 4800 5400 mils besides that of the referencepoint Once these principal divisionshave been traced on the construction sheet the graphical sketch makes it possible to obtain theintermediary divisions without appreciable error For this purposeit is placed over the construction sheet with the center at On
n beingthe number of the station corresponding -to the graduation and aprincipalradius on one of the extreme divisions calculated
that onthe left forinstance of the sector of 800 mils that is to be graduatedI f the radius laid off at 800 mils from the first does not fall on thelimiting division on the right the graphical sketch is shifted gentlywith respect to the point On followingthe bisector of the angle ofthe sector the first radius beingkept on its divisionuntil this resultis obtained
The formula to be used for determining by calculation the intersection with one of the linesof the cross-sectioning of the division d
reckoned from the aiming line are the followingTo obtain the xof the intersection of Ond with the parallel to the
axis of the x of the cross-sectioning farthest from On ymdashh
(11) j c = s raquo n +(l-y 11 )taii(ITR n +d)
to obtain the yof the intersection of Oud with the parallel at theaxis of the y of the cross-sectioning farthest from Ou x=k
(12) y=yo n +(h-xo ) cot (Un n+d)n
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1935
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 19
IJRn is given by the first of the formulae (6) That one of theformulae (11) and (12) which corresponds to the most normal inter-section is of course employed
A type of the calculation by the formula (12) will be found inExample I t the end of the pamphlet
In the absence of the graphical sketch of the angles in mils it isnecessary to graduate entirely by calculation The same formulaeare used it is only necessary to make din them equal successivelyto 5 10 15 mils or to 10 20 30 mils etc according
to the distanceof
the intersection from the point On The calcu-lations in this case should be made in series so as not to require toomuch time and should be verified by the differences
Tables of logarithms of four decimals are sufficient for all thesecalculations mdash
10 Utilizationof the observations A single observation supplyingonly one geometric locus of the position of the target is not enoughto determine i t but it furnishes an indication capable of beingusedin many cases
To turn it to account an investigation is first made to see whetherit corresponds to a known target The bearing is applied to theconstruction sheet on which the positions of all the previouslydetermined targets has been marked The use of the sheet pastedto the board and provided with wires is particularly adaptable forthis use Several cases may occur
(a) The bearing passes through a target at the usual degree ofapproxi-mdashmation Let A be this known target O2O2 being the station whichhas
given the observation The centralpricks
on the constructionsheet the directions ayav a 3 a4a4 in which the observers of Qu 3O3 04O
4should sight to see A and he has them watch in these directionsrespectively until OlOl signals a new observation in the same directionas the first If one or more of them get an observation at the sametime as Oj the operation is conducted as described later (case of twoor more simultaneous observations) In the contrary case it isdecided either that the target seen from O2O2 is not A or that if it isA the circumstancesdo not permit sighting it from O1(O1( 03O3 04O4
I f the bearing from Ox encounters two or more targets they aretried successively in the order of probability until at least twosimultaneous observations are obtained mdash(b) The bearing does not pass through any known target It happensquite often at least by day that the observer who has made an ob-servation of a flash or smoke ball is able to locate approximately
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2035
20 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
this flash or smoke ball The Central adopts provisionally a location of the target on the bearing in the region indicated by theobserver and proceeds with reference to this supposed location aswith reference to a known target through which the bearing mightpass to try to obtain at least two simultaneous bearings
In the absence of supplementary information supplied by theobserver who has made the observation application is made to theneighboring terrestrial observation sections or sound locating sections or balloons or first-line trench stations of the Artillery Intelli-
gence Service etc and the Central in this way may often obtaindata which will enable him to determine somewhat more accuratelythe position of the target on the single bearing sufficiently at leastto try to obtain simultaneous observations
Two simultaneous observations are theoretically sufficient for thedetermination of a target but generally every determination whichis not verified should be regarded as doubtful The best verificationis a third concurrent observation supplying a bearing which passesvery close to the point of intersection of the two others For theprobability that three flashes for instance should be produced atthe same instance and should give concurrent directions with threestations from which they have been observed is very slight and theprobability that the three stations have sighted the same flash ispractically equivalent under these conditions to a certainty I t isthis verification which we must try to get especially for newtargets But since it is quite often impossible for reasons of visi-bility or clearness that three stations should sight the same flash
or smoke ball we must often be satisfied with other verificationsThe fact that the two observations are simultaneous especially
when it is a case of an instantaneous phenomenon like a flash is in it-self a partial proof that they relate to the same target I f the samefact is repeated a certain number of times while the directions oftheobservations remain apparently constant the presumption is strengthened without absolute certainty being produced since in the caseof firing for instance the enemy might discharge two guns at a timeormake false flashes
A much more weighty confirmationresults from the coincidenceof the intersection with a known target The concurrence of theresult with the approximate position given by one of the observerson a bearing may also be regarded as a satisfactory verificationFinally the intelligence obtained outside the section in case thatof the section is insufficient sometimes reveals the degree of confidence that can be placed in the result
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 21
The use of wiresrepresenting the bearings is very convenient whenthere are only two bearings to be applied on condition that the angleat which they intersect is large enough The tracing of the loci on
the construction sheet becomes necessary as soon as the angle is lessthan 400 mils especially if the point of intersection is very distant(Sec 8) It is even necessary to resort to calculation when the angleis less than 300 mils
The determination by two bearings only should be turned over tothe Artillery with all the necessary reserve according to the con-
firmations obtained In no case should i t be regarded as definiteWith three or more simultaneous observations the problem is more
than determined and as the geometric loci generally do not intersectat the same point the position to be adopted is open to a choiceI f the observations are equally good the rule given in section 5leads tochoosing a point nearest the loci whose value is greatest Further-more as is known the value of a locus may be regarded as inverselyproportional to the square of the distance from the point sought to
thecorresponding station or in other words to the square of
thedisplacement of the locus for the same error of observation 10 milsfor instance I t is sufficient then to trace near the cap (the figurehaving the intersections of the loci as summits) bearings correspond-ing to the same angular deflection of the first in order to have a veryclear conception of the values which are inversely proportional tothe squares of the linear spacings
But the problem is rarelypresented with this degree of simplicityGenerally the observations are of unequal precision and the difficulty
consists in observing the inequalities of precision in the attributionof value to the bearings Thus in the case where two observers havebeen able to observe the flash of the discharge of a gun and thethird the dust or the smoke only the observation of the third is allother things being equal less precise than that of the first two butthe central has not the data by which he may determine in whatmeasure Only the observers if they are conscientious and welltrained can indicate to him the degree of uncertainty of their ob-servations and enable him to reduce to a minimum the arbitrarypart in the attribution of the values The chiefs of sections can notuse too much care therefore in the selection development andsupervision of the observers
The use of wires is not recommended for very precise determina-tions especially if the loci intersect at rather acute angles for if
the wires rub on one another i t is to be feared that they will not be
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2235
22 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
perfectly Btraight Moreover not being on the same plane theyproduce the effect of a parallax For tracing the bearings on theconstruction sheet fastened on zinc a hard pencil sharpened to avery fine point must be used Finally if the loci intersect at veryacute angles it is necessary to resort to a calculation and to a graphicconstruction on a large scale (Sec 6)
When the dimensions of the cap exceed notably those whichcorrespond to the mean errors of the observations the determinationshould be regarded as nul Every correction of observation tendingto reduce the cap which has not been signalled at once by the ob-server himself must be rigidly avoided
Unless there is absolute certainty that the sightings of the differentstations relate to a single and identical target i t is never permissibleto proceed by mean observations especially if the flashes or smoke ballshave not all been sighted by the same observation stations Thevariations of the positions corresponding to the different series ofsimultaneous sightings show whether several targets are involved
and in thecontrary case they afford a
muchmore exact
idea of theapproximation really obtained than that which can be formed fromthe variation of the loci in respect to the point chosen in a singledetermination
11 Case in which the position of the observation stationsmdash can not bedetermined withprecision The preceding is based upon the implicitassumption that the positions of the observation stations are so wellknown that the influence oftheir errors on the determination can beregarded as negligible in regard to that of the errors of measure It
is not always so even in position warfare since some stations difficultto establish have to be used before the range triangulation group hashad the time or opportunity to determine their locations In openwarfare i t is often necessary to rely on positions taken at sight onthe battle map or even on the ordinary map
The remark at the end of section 4 shows that it is still possible inthis case to have exact geometric loci if a reference point sufficientlynear the target is available for each station But then since thereference points change with the targets there is no occasion to tracethe graduation on the construction sheet By wayof compensationthe graphical sketch on tracing paper of the angles in mils can beused with advantage to prick the bearings since the angles beingsmall its deviations are inconsequential
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2335
CHAPTER 111
ADJUSTMENT OP PERCUSSION FIREmdash
12 Problem of the adjustment by the observation of the bursts A
battery mayask
the terrestrial observation service located in thesame sector to determine for it either the absolute positions (the rectangular coordinates) of the bursts of its projectiles or the positionsof these bursts with reference to the target which should in this casebe a clearly denned point of the battle map
The first problem does not differ from the one considered in the preceding chapter it is in general even easier both for the observerswho can be informed in advance of the time and the direction inwhich they should watch and for the central who works on thebasis of observations unusually concordant
The second is distinguished by the fact that the position sought isa relative position which can be obtained by differentialcalculus^and consequently constructed on a geographical sketch on a large
scale with all the desirable precision and rapidity It constitutesthe real problem of fire adjustment which may be formulated thus
A friendly gun P fires a percussion shell at a target X the burst isheard by the terrestrial observation section Determine the errors in
range and in lateral deviationThere are two cases to be distinguished according as the target is
invisible and known only by its rectangular coordinates or as it canbe sighted by the stations during the adjustmentmdash
13 Adjustment on an invisible target Let (fig 6) 0 0202 080
8 0404
be the four observation stations of the section a u lt 3 a4a
4 hex3x
angles observed in each of them between the reference point and the-bursting point X of a projectileTo have the errors of X in respect to X inrange and direction
there are traced on a graphic sketch on the scale -s^^ two rectan-gular axes Xx and Xy (fig 7) representing the parallels to the axes ofthe rectangular coordinates passing through the target X and theposition of the burst X is determined with respect to these axes byconstructing its four geometric loci one of whichmay be lacking
23
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2435
24 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
If the point X is nearenough to thepoint X thedirectionsoftheloci are very noticeablyparallelto OjX O4X of whichthereferenceanglesUdeg x Udeg 4 (fig 6) arecalculatedby meansof the
y
i
Si y l r^ n N s^-
V t i )k j vv ft J -mdash
raquo Tic
Kg cfirst of theformulae(5)ormulae of5) ofsection6 their distancesat the their distancesat theoriginri haveBectionas expressionsions(formula (1) ofSecformula (1) ofSec 3))
Pi-sKDxrfU0 7)4 =KD 4rfUdeg4
with [formulaula (7)]7)]
tfU^UEi+ai-U0 rfU^TJju+^-UV
DvDv D 4 arethe distancesOiK O4X measuredon theconstructionsheeton the scale Towff) Uumlb4 designate thereferenceangles of thelinesO1O
1R 1 O4O
4R 4 runningfrom the
observationstations to theirreferencepointsthe referenceanglesbeingcalculatedonceforall by the first of theformulae(6)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 25
The direction in which these distances should be pricked is seenon the construction sheet as is shown in figure 6 Thus in figure 7the trace of the first locus corresponds to a difference ltfUcgto
All the loci should intersect at the same point if the sightings arefree of errors and if the positions of the stations and of the referencepoints are exactly known Generally they form a little cap inwhich the bursting point X is selected as shown in sections 5and 10
I t is then only necessary to project X in pound on the direction XPof the gun or of the battery P which forms with the axis Xy an angle
given by the construction sheet to have in Xpound the error of rangeand in poundX the error in direction
14 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting points onmdashthe scale of-g^-g The formulae (1) and (7) are independent of thegun or battery P The section may therefore have in advance foreach of the targets on which it willhave to make the adjustment aconstruction sheet on the scale of -sinnr like the one represented in
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2635
26 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
figure 7 on whichare pricked the directions of the loci starting fromX with respect to the axes Xx Xy and normally to these directionsof the scales of the corresponding ps for the successive values ofdUdeg in multiples of 5 mils or in multiples of 10 mils
The graphical sketch of the angles in mils may be used to graduatethese scales in pricking the divisions through the tracing paper
when the distance OX from the station to the target is less than 5kilometers For distances greater than 2 kilometers it is easier touse the graphic table of the errors of the bearings (PL I I I ) which
gives on the scale of -5-^trff the displacement of the bearing to thedifferent distances from 2to 18 kilometers In the absence of thisgraphic table the values of the ps for dU c=lo mils are calculatedby means of the formula
(p) p 1 10 mils=4o KD
whichgives pin millimeterson the scale of -g^Vo-i terms of D inmillimetersof the construction sheet on the scale of 2oooogt and inwhichthe coefficient X has as value (Sec 3)
31416 13200 =1000 ( l - deg - deg l B3 )gt
wherefore log K=4 99200 These lengths of p are then multiplied
for 10 mils by 1 2 3 to have the distances of the successivedivisionsin multiplesof 16 mils on the straight line XO whichgivesthe direction of the geometric locus The divisions on the left ofthis mdashine with respect to the observation station are indicated bythe sign those on the right by the + sign
I f the lack of parallelismof the bearings becomes noticeable at theextremities of the graduation it can be remedied easily by substituting for the single scale corresponding to the target two scalesplaced at a distance of 10 centimeters for instance from each sideof the origin
Instead of taking as originof the graduation of each scale its pointof intersection I with the corresponding straight line XO it is preferable in case the target is well determined and fixed to trace thedivisions which correspond to round numbers of mils of the anglea so as to avoid having to reckon the difference dJdeg for each geometric locus to be constructed The value of a for the point I eingUdegmdashU B the adjustment to be applied to the divisions toward theright is the product of the value of p for 10 mils multiplied by themdashfraction of 10 mils obtained by subtracting UUc UEUE from the value ofthe next highest multiple of 10 mils above the actual value of a Example I I at the end of the pamphlet gives the disposition toadopt for all these calculations
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2735
16057deg (To face page 2ti) No 1
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 835
8 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
There is reason therefore to study first the influence on theposition of the locus
1 Of an error in the angle a
2 Of errors in the positions of the points 0 and RBy reason of the smallness of these errors relatively to the distance
of the observation stations from the point to be determined they maybe considered as differentials and the influence of each may bedetermined separately
3 Influenceofan error in the angle on the position of the geometricalmdashlocus Let
abe the erroneous value of the
angle ROX anda--daits real value The error da of the angle has the effect of giving the
bearing OX in place of OX (fig 2) The displacement p=XX to
Fig 2O
be applied at X to the erroneous locus in order to obtain the reallocus has therefore as expression
iM gt l(logK-499200)
D designating the distance OX and p being reckoned positivelywith reference to the point 0 from left to right
Therefore the error of the geometric locus is proportional to theerror of the angle which results from the fact that we have assumedthat the error da could be considered as a differential I t is moreover proportionalto the distance of the point sighted
The inverse of p can be taken as measure of the precision of the
locus The factor characterizes therefore the real precision ofthe
locus and frj~ that of the angle Starting from these definitionswe
may formulate the followingrule which is applicable whatever thenature of the angle may be
The precision ofa locus is the product ofits real precision and of thatof the angle whichhas supplied it
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 935
9ECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The value of da in mils makes it possible to obtainp very simplyWhen da=l the value of p in meters is equal to the distance D expressed in kilometers with approximately the factor (1mdash00183)To have the value of p in meters corresponding to any value of dait is onlynecessary to multiply the distance D in kilometers by da
4 Influence of errors of position of the reference mdashoint and of theobservation station on the positionofgeometric locus 1 Influence ofan error in the reference point
Let (fig3) R be the assumed position of the reference point whichalone is supposed to be erroneous and W its exact position
p=RR and to=ORR
thepolar
coordinates of R referred to the
Fig 3
origin R and to the axis RO laquois reckoned positively from RO inthe clockwise direction
I t is apparent on the figure that the effect of the error of the posi-
tionRRis the same as that of an error of angle da== mdash Wr gt r beingV T
the projection of W on OR and DBDB the distance DR As
mdash mdashRr=p sin laquo da= TrfT~ bull The displacement qqR = XX to be sub-
stituted at X for the erroneous locus in order to have the exact locusis consequently according to (1)
D 2)
q^ being reckoned positivelyin the same direction as pmdashmdash16057 Bmdashl817 -2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1035
10 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The formula (2) shows first that the component of the error of theposition of R normal to the direction of the referencepoint intervenesalone
Second that its influence is proportional to the distance of the pointsighted and inversely proportional to that of the reference point
I t is therefore advantageous in so far as visibility permits to takeas reference point a point as far away as possible
The absolute value of gK is easily calculated when the normal com-ponent p sin w is known since it is only necessary to multiply it by
the ratio ytbull
mdash2 Influence of an error of position of the observation station Let
(fig 4) 0 be the given position of the observation station which isalone supposed to be erroneous and O be its exact position
Fig 4
p=OO and oj=ROO the polar coordinates of 0 referred to theoriginO and the axis OR
w is always reckoned positively from OR in the clockwise direc-
tionThe normal displacement qqo
= mdash XX to be substituted at X forthe geometrical locus in order to have the exact locus consists ofmdash mdashtwo parts XX X and XjX X x being the point of intersection ofXX with the parallel to OX drawn through o The first is equal
to the component 0 ofmdash00 normal to OX it has as its expression= mdash
XX X p sin (amdashlaquo)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 11mdashThe second XjX is equal to the error of the locus at the point Xfor an error of angle da= - X j O X ^ -ORO since RO X =ROX=
o Now O RO=-^iO o being the component normal to OR of the
error of position of Omdash
that is p sin a
Consequently da=-pJtll^
w and according to the formula (1)
-XIX=--5-psincoX1X =--5-psincoTherefore finally
(3) o=-P0=-P sin (a-w)+-g-sin a gt
q0 being reckoned positivelyin the same direction as p and qR
The second term of the expression of q 0 is the same as gE as mightbe foreseen geometrically a variation of orientation of the referencedirection producing the same effect on the geometrical locus thatarises from the displacement of one or the other of its extremitiesThe conclusionsobtained above from the formula (2) are therefore
applicable As for the first term it is always inferior to pin absolutevalue and it is proportionately less as the error of position of 0 isnearer the direction of the point sighted X
When D=D B the factor in brackets of the second term of (3)
tends toward zero at the same time as a Therefore the influenceofthe error of position of the observation station on the position of thegeometric locus is perceptibly nil when a well-determinedpoint near thepoint sighted is taken as referencepoint This remark is of great importance from the practical point of viewit willbe put to advantagelater mdash mdash
5 Mean errors of the geometric loci Choiceof a solution I f thereal errors da p sin laquo and p sin (amdash laquo) are replaced in the formulae(1) (2) and (3) respectively by the mean error of angle 5a and themean errors u R and u 0 of the position of R and O the second termsrepresent the mean errors of the geometric locus at the point X resulting from 5a t of unun and uOu0 Assuming that the points R and 0 havethe same mean error v we have for the mean total error of the locus
at the point X ^V2 f 2 1 2 cos a A n
5a being expressed in milsKnowing the mean errors of each of the loci traced on the construc
tion sheet and consequently their values which are inverselyproportionalto the squares of the mean errors we choose the point X on
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1235
12 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
condition that 2pd be the minimum d designating the distance ofX to the locus of the value p and the sign 2 extending to all thegeometrical loci
The application of this rule in practice would require too muchtime and time spent on a rather illusoryincrease in precision sincethe mean errors of the loci are not generally well known We con-tent ourselves in being guided by it in choosing at sight on the con-struction sheet the most probable point I t should be remarkedthat in case it may be assumed that the angles have the same pre
cision and that the positions of the observation stations and of theirmdashreference points are equally well determined the precision
of each locus if the ever feeble influence of the mean error of thenormal 0 of the sight is overlooked is inversely proportional to D
Its value is accordingly proportional to j^ or to the square of its
real precision6 Use ofcalculation and ofa graphic construction on a large scalemdash
It may be important in certain cases which will be indicated later(sec 10) to have recourse to calculation to obtain the position Pwith all the precision that the data of the problem permits
The method to be employed consists in taking the position X obtained graphically on the construction sheet on the ordinary Bcaleas the approximate position and in looking for the displacement tobe applied to each of the geometric loci beginning with X so thatat the corresponding observation station the angle of the bearingwith the direction of the reference point may be equal to the meas-ured angle a
The corrected loci are transferred to a graphic sketch on a largescale with reference to two rectangular axes representing the parallelsto the axes of the coordinates of the projection whichpass throughthe point X The point to be adopted X is chosen according to theconsiderations discussed in the preceding section its coordinatesare the corrections to be applied to the coordinates of X
Let Ox0 yOy0
zE yn be the coordinates of the observation station 0
and of its reference point R and x and y the coordinates of Xrepresented graphically on the construction sheet on a small scaleBy means of the formulae
-p o _ ymdash yltraquon
TT = xmdash x0 XmdashX o brvbar (5) tanU 0 deg Dc=-
mdashymdashy
0 smU c cosUc
- x- x - x X- xraquo-yK-yo(6) q d gtbellian v R^mdash J-R~~~~i Trf~laquoE-y 0 3inU
t
B cosXJr
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1335
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 13
we calculate for each observation station where the sighting of X hasbeen carried out the reference angles TJc and TJE of the vectors OXand OR that is the angles of these vectors with the semiaxis of thegt0 reckoned from 0 to 6400 mils in the clockwise direction startingfrom this semiaxis We also calculate the lengths of the vectorsThe calculated reference angle U c is compared with the referenceangle U R+a supplied by measure the difference
(7) dUdeg=U E +a-U c
introduced in the place of da in the equation (1) gives the displacement p to be applied to the locus starting from X
To trace the corrected locus on the large seale 1 graphical chartthe length p is laid off from the origin in a positive sense in thedirectionUdeg-f1600 milsand a perpendicular is drawn at its extremity it ia an element ofthe locus corrected in its determiningpart
In the same wayan element of each of the other loci is traced nearthe originand the point XX7 is selected as being the most probableas has been indicated in the preceding section Let dxand dy be itscoordinates on the chart The coordinates of X are x--dx andy+dy mdash
7 Precision of the determination I f the number of the loci isgreat enough and if the point X is equally well determined in
mdashevery sense the expression --mdashgt in which d represents the devia
tion with reference to the selected point X of the locus of the valuep and 2 extends to all the geometric loci may be taken as the value
of the mean error of position of P But these conditions are practically never realized in the actual practice of locating and adjustingGenerally the number ofloci does not exceed three and the extreme
loci intersect at an angle which rarely reaches 1600 mils and isoften inferior to 800 There is consequently a vast azimuthal region
around X not comprising any locus direction The idea of error ofposition loses therefore all significance The mean error of X
can no longer be defined by a unique quantity and it is necessaryto calculate the mean errors of the coordinates of this point Inorder that these mean errors may have a concrete sense it wouldbe necessary to start by taking as axes of the coordinates the balanced mean of the directions of the loci and its perpendicular so asto have the maximum and minimum mean errors I t is evident
i The scale is adopted with reference to the precision which the angles give reasonto expect for X It is useless in the actual case to go beyond j ^g -
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1435
14 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
that the determination of the precision of the solution by the methodof least squares would lead to quite protracted calculations for anillusory result in consequence of the impossibility of avoidingargtarbitrary proceeding in the attribution of the values to the different loci
We may content ourselves to avoid loss of time by taking themaximum deviations of the intersections in the sense of the meandirection of the loci and in the perpendicular direction as measureof the uncertainty of the position adopted in the two directions
Furthermorethe
number ofthe
Idti mustbe
at leastfour8 Special case of two bearingsmdashBefore passing to the applicationto the plotting of targets and to the adjustment of fire we shouldmdashexamine a special case frequently occurring in practice the case
Fig 5
in which the number of bearings is reduced to two The problemis then determinate and offers no occasion for a choice of a soultionBut it is important to study the influence of the angle at which the twoloci intersect on the precision of their intersection
Let (fig 5) Ox X and O2 X be the two erroneous loci starting fromthe points Ox and 02O2 the positions of the observation stations 1 and
2 and let p i and p2p2 be the displacements to be applied to them toobtain the correct loci IIXI1X
and I^X so that the correct point is Xand so that r=XX represents the vector of error of the position of XThe problem is to findthe value of r
In the triangle X I I X
r2=XP+XI-2Xr2=XP+XI -2XI I XX II Xcos X^X r 2=XP +XI 1 -2XIX
XlxXcobXljX
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 15
The angle XIX is evidently the one of which the bearing OjXmust be turned to a positionparallel with O2 X and in the same direcmdashtion I t is then equal to UU2 U the difference of the reference anglesof the two bearings
On the other hand we have
Xll= sin (Uj-tJ) and Xll= sin (U-Ux)
Consequently
r8gt Sitf(u-p)[l
+^-fro3
ltp - u raquo]-The following table gives the values of mdash for 5 and 10
Pimdash Pwhich correspond to different values of (U 2 Ux) in the case wheremdash mdash
and cos (U2 Ui) are of contrary signs and where consequentlyPir is the longer diagonal of the parellelogram X I I X I
-bullTable of the values of p
mdashAnini les(U 2 U i) in milsles(U 2 U i) in mils
P iidii
1600600 2400400 280008000 3000000 3100100 3200200I
0 100 144 266 5 1 100 2 000
5 511 811 15555 30707 61212 000
100 10101 15252 28686 56363 1122122 000
It appest appes irs froirs froi i the mhe m imbers ofmbers thLf thL table how ratable how ra gtidly tlidly tl te errore ofrror oflosition rosition r augmiugmi snts whints whi3n the small) gtr angle atrn wlngle at wlhe small) ich thlt i twoch lociwo locihlt
alls bells be low 400ow 400 milsils
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1635
CHAPTER 11
PLOTTING THE TARGETS
Although the plotting of the targets and that of the bursts offriendly shells are simply the application of what precedes the twoproblems regarded fromthe practicalpoint of viewdiffersufficientlyto warrant a separate treatment
9 Construction of the bearingmdash
At the observation station 017Ol7 atarget
X has beensighted
under the divisionml
of the micrometer ofthe sight the goniometric reading corresponding to the position ofthis sight being l x The verificationof the orientation of the limbof the goniometer has been made immediately afterwards by layingthe reference point R t under the zero division of the micrometer and
it has been found that the reading which should have been zero ifthe instrument had been correctly oriented was r x The horizontalangle al=a
1= l 1+m 1 mdashr1 between the reference point and the target Xhas therefore been measured The problem is to construct thebearing of X from this measurementmdasha Direct methods According to their rectangular coordinates inconnection with a kilometric cross-sectioning in the system of coordinates used by the Army to which the section belongs transfer thepoints Oj and R x to the construction sheet on the scale of 2 0000-
The bearing Ox X x may then be traced directly if we have an alidadeprotractor withlimb graduated in mils and a vernier for reading themils
In the absence of this instrument which is not generally possessed by the sections a graphic sketch of angles in mils on tracingpaper may be used The center is placed at Ox and the originradius on OAO
AR1(R1( so that a second point for Oj X t can be pricked by
interpolation for a x The Geographic Service has had a graphicsketch of this sort prepared giving all the angles from0 to 1600 milsI t is printed on tracing paper and delivered to the sections Byreason of the inaccuracies in printing this process is less exact thanthat of the protractor
That the bearing thus obtained may have the exactitude requiredin the vicinity of the point X i t is requisite that the distance Ox X
reduced to the scale of the construction sheet should not exceed bytoo much the length of the branches of the protractor when thisinstrument is used I t is above all important whatever method isused that the direction O x R1(R
1( the origin of the angle a should begraphically defined without appreciable error at the distance O^K
16
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1735
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 17
from Oj This is the condition when OXX is at most equal to OjszligjIt is no longer true if O XX is notably superior to o^ and it is thennecessary to prolong this line beyond Ri with the aid of the calculation This is done by determining the intersection of the prolongation with one of the lines of the cross-sectioning which are mostnormally cut by it The formulae to be employed are the following
To obtain the x of the intersection of OJampi with the parallel tothe axis of the asy=h
(9) x=^i+^~(h-y o l )=x i+(k-x o l ) tan Ur i o
to obtain the y of the intersection of (^Rj with the parallel to theaxis of the ya x=k
lt10) y=y oi-^~ i(k-xoi)=yoi+(k-x 01 ) cot r
01 y o l
xr v jRi designating the coordinates of C^ and R x and Vr vthe reference angle of o^ The logarithm tables with four decimals are sufficient for this calculationmdash6 Use ofa graduation The above-mentioned methods are appropriate for tracing bearings taken from a mobile observation stationIn installations remaining stationary for a long time the labor ofgraphical construction can be much reduced and an equal if notsuperior precision can be obtained by using a graduation in milstraced once for all for each station on the construction sheet Eachgraduation starts from the direction of the reference point of the corresponding station and covers its entire sector of visibility Thedivisions are numbered from 0 to 6400 in the clockwise direction soas to correspond to the angles a defined above To trace a bearingtaken from Olt for example it is only necessary to join the point O tto the real or interpolated division whichhas the angle a x as numberI f a precise determination is not required one need only stretch a wireattached to a knob fastened on a special point at Ou making it passthrough the division a u to have the bearing Thus many erasures ofpencil marks on the construction sheet can be avoided and the lattercan be rendered serviceable for a long time
oareshould be exercised in inserting the point not to make the hole at Ot too large if
this point is to be used in tracing very precise bearings But sinceit is difficult not to enlarge the hole if the point is removed too oftenit is expedient to have for the use of the wire a special constructionsheet fastened to a board and to reserve the main construction sheetwhichhad better be fastened to a surface of zinc for tracing bearingswith pencil
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1835
18 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The graduations corresponding to the different observation stations Oj 2O2 03O3 O4O4 are arranged in arcs of circles or better to avoidoverlapping the construction sheet is removed and the desirableprecision is had on its entire extent on the margins by means ofparallel bands about 10 millimeters in width These are distinguished by different colors
The quickest way to trace them is to use the graphic sketch of theGeographic Service on tracing paper pricking a point or two of eachdivision near the margin of the sheet The angular spacing of the
radii of this graphic sketch at the different distances from the centerhas been chosen in such a way that the interpolationat sight is everywhere possible without appreciable error and that their linearspacing never descends below 15 millimeters it is only necessarythen whatever part of the graphical sketch is used to prick one ortwo points of each of the radii successively without adding or cutting off
Nevertheless by reason of the inaccuracies of the graphical sketchdue to printing it may happen that a graduation obtained by thismeans wouldpresent inadmissible errors This difficulty is avoidedby determining some divisions by calculation for instance those of800 1600 4800 5400 mils besides that of the referencepoint Once these principal divisionshave been traced on the construction sheet the graphical sketch makes it possible to obtain theintermediary divisions without appreciable error For this purposeit is placed over the construction sheet with the center at On
n beingthe number of the station corresponding -to the graduation and aprincipalradius on one of the extreme divisions calculated
that onthe left forinstance of the sector of 800 mils that is to be graduatedI f the radius laid off at 800 mils from the first does not fall on thelimiting division on the right the graphical sketch is shifted gentlywith respect to the point On followingthe bisector of the angle ofthe sector the first radius beingkept on its divisionuntil this resultis obtained
The formula to be used for determining by calculation the intersection with one of the linesof the cross-sectioning of the division d
reckoned from the aiming line are the followingTo obtain the xof the intersection of Ond with the parallel to the
axis of the x of the cross-sectioning farthest from On ymdashh
(11) j c = s raquo n +(l-y 11 )taii(ITR n +d)
to obtain the yof the intersection of Oud with the parallel at theaxis of the y of the cross-sectioning farthest from Ou x=k
(12) y=yo n +(h-xo ) cot (Un n+d)n
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1935
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 19
IJRn is given by the first of the formulae (6) That one of theformulae (11) and (12) which corresponds to the most normal inter-section is of course employed
A type of the calculation by the formula (12) will be found inExample I t the end of the pamphlet
In the absence of the graphical sketch of the angles in mils it isnecessary to graduate entirely by calculation The same formulaeare used it is only necessary to make din them equal successivelyto 5 10 15 mils or to 10 20 30 mils etc according
to the distanceof
the intersection from the point On The calcu-lations in this case should be made in series so as not to require toomuch time and should be verified by the differences
Tables of logarithms of four decimals are sufficient for all thesecalculations mdash
10 Utilizationof the observations A single observation supplyingonly one geometric locus of the position of the target is not enoughto determine i t but it furnishes an indication capable of beingusedin many cases
To turn it to account an investigation is first made to see whetherit corresponds to a known target The bearing is applied to theconstruction sheet on which the positions of all the previouslydetermined targets has been marked The use of the sheet pastedto the board and provided with wires is particularly adaptable forthis use Several cases may occur
(a) The bearing passes through a target at the usual degree ofapproxi-mdashmation Let A be this known target O2O2 being the station whichhas
given the observation The centralpricks
on the constructionsheet the directions ayav a 3 a4a4 in which the observers of Qu 3O3 04O
4should sight to see A and he has them watch in these directionsrespectively until OlOl signals a new observation in the same directionas the first If one or more of them get an observation at the sametime as Oj the operation is conducted as described later (case of twoor more simultaneous observations) In the contrary case it isdecided either that the target seen from O2O2 is not A or that if it isA the circumstancesdo not permit sighting it from O1(O1( 03O3 04O4
I f the bearing from Ox encounters two or more targets they aretried successively in the order of probability until at least twosimultaneous observations are obtained mdash(b) The bearing does not pass through any known target It happensquite often at least by day that the observer who has made an ob-servation of a flash or smoke ball is able to locate approximately
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2035
20 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
this flash or smoke ball The Central adopts provisionally a location of the target on the bearing in the region indicated by theobserver and proceeds with reference to this supposed location aswith reference to a known target through which the bearing mightpass to try to obtain at least two simultaneous bearings
In the absence of supplementary information supplied by theobserver who has made the observation application is made to theneighboring terrestrial observation sections or sound locating sections or balloons or first-line trench stations of the Artillery Intelli-
gence Service etc and the Central in this way may often obtaindata which will enable him to determine somewhat more accuratelythe position of the target on the single bearing sufficiently at leastto try to obtain simultaneous observations
Two simultaneous observations are theoretically sufficient for thedetermination of a target but generally every determination whichis not verified should be regarded as doubtful The best verificationis a third concurrent observation supplying a bearing which passesvery close to the point of intersection of the two others For theprobability that three flashes for instance should be produced atthe same instance and should give concurrent directions with threestations from which they have been observed is very slight and theprobability that the three stations have sighted the same flash ispractically equivalent under these conditions to a certainty I t isthis verification which we must try to get especially for newtargets But since it is quite often impossible for reasons of visi-bility or clearness that three stations should sight the same flash
or smoke ball we must often be satisfied with other verificationsThe fact that the two observations are simultaneous especially
when it is a case of an instantaneous phenomenon like a flash is in it-self a partial proof that they relate to the same target I f the samefact is repeated a certain number of times while the directions oftheobservations remain apparently constant the presumption is strengthened without absolute certainty being produced since in the caseof firing for instance the enemy might discharge two guns at a timeormake false flashes
A much more weighty confirmationresults from the coincidenceof the intersection with a known target The concurrence of theresult with the approximate position given by one of the observerson a bearing may also be regarded as a satisfactory verificationFinally the intelligence obtained outside the section in case thatof the section is insufficient sometimes reveals the degree of confidence that can be placed in the result
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 21
The use of wiresrepresenting the bearings is very convenient whenthere are only two bearings to be applied on condition that the angleat which they intersect is large enough The tracing of the loci on
the construction sheet becomes necessary as soon as the angle is lessthan 400 mils especially if the point of intersection is very distant(Sec 8) It is even necessary to resort to calculation when the angleis less than 300 mils
The determination by two bearings only should be turned over tothe Artillery with all the necessary reserve according to the con-
firmations obtained In no case should i t be regarded as definiteWith three or more simultaneous observations the problem is more
than determined and as the geometric loci generally do not intersectat the same point the position to be adopted is open to a choiceI f the observations are equally good the rule given in section 5leads tochoosing a point nearest the loci whose value is greatest Further-more as is known the value of a locus may be regarded as inverselyproportional to the square of the distance from the point sought to
thecorresponding station or in other words to the square of
thedisplacement of the locus for the same error of observation 10 milsfor instance I t is sufficient then to trace near the cap (the figurehaving the intersections of the loci as summits) bearings correspond-ing to the same angular deflection of the first in order to have a veryclear conception of the values which are inversely proportional tothe squares of the linear spacings
But the problem is rarelypresented with this degree of simplicityGenerally the observations are of unequal precision and the difficulty
consists in observing the inequalities of precision in the attributionof value to the bearings Thus in the case where two observers havebeen able to observe the flash of the discharge of a gun and thethird the dust or the smoke only the observation of the third is allother things being equal less precise than that of the first two butthe central has not the data by which he may determine in whatmeasure Only the observers if they are conscientious and welltrained can indicate to him the degree of uncertainty of their ob-servations and enable him to reduce to a minimum the arbitrarypart in the attribution of the values The chiefs of sections can notuse too much care therefore in the selection development andsupervision of the observers
The use of wires is not recommended for very precise determina-tions especially if the loci intersect at rather acute angles for if
the wires rub on one another i t is to be feared that they will not be
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2235
22 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
perfectly Btraight Moreover not being on the same plane theyproduce the effect of a parallax For tracing the bearings on theconstruction sheet fastened on zinc a hard pencil sharpened to avery fine point must be used Finally if the loci intersect at veryacute angles it is necessary to resort to a calculation and to a graphicconstruction on a large scale (Sec 6)
When the dimensions of the cap exceed notably those whichcorrespond to the mean errors of the observations the determinationshould be regarded as nul Every correction of observation tendingto reduce the cap which has not been signalled at once by the ob-server himself must be rigidly avoided
Unless there is absolute certainty that the sightings of the differentstations relate to a single and identical target i t is never permissibleto proceed by mean observations especially if the flashes or smoke ballshave not all been sighted by the same observation stations Thevariations of the positions corresponding to the different series ofsimultaneous sightings show whether several targets are involved
and in thecontrary case they afford a
muchmore exact
idea of theapproximation really obtained than that which can be formed fromthe variation of the loci in respect to the point chosen in a singledetermination
11 Case in which the position of the observation stationsmdash can not bedetermined withprecision The preceding is based upon the implicitassumption that the positions of the observation stations are so wellknown that the influence oftheir errors on the determination can beregarded as negligible in regard to that of the errors of measure It
is not always so even in position warfare since some stations difficultto establish have to be used before the range triangulation group hashad the time or opportunity to determine their locations In openwarfare i t is often necessary to rely on positions taken at sight onthe battle map or even on the ordinary map
The remark at the end of section 4 shows that it is still possible inthis case to have exact geometric loci if a reference point sufficientlynear the target is available for each station But then since thereference points change with the targets there is no occasion to tracethe graduation on the construction sheet By wayof compensationthe graphical sketch on tracing paper of the angles in mils can beused with advantage to prick the bearings since the angles beingsmall its deviations are inconsequential
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2335
CHAPTER 111
ADJUSTMENT OP PERCUSSION FIREmdash
12 Problem of the adjustment by the observation of the bursts A
battery mayask
the terrestrial observation service located in thesame sector to determine for it either the absolute positions (the rectangular coordinates) of the bursts of its projectiles or the positionsof these bursts with reference to the target which should in this casebe a clearly denned point of the battle map
The first problem does not differ from the one considered in the preceding chapter it is in general even easier both for the observerswho can be informed in advance of the time and the direction inwhich they should watch and for the central who works on thebasis of observations unusually concordant
The second is distinguished by the fact that the position sought isa relative position which can be obtained by differentialcalculus^and consequently constructed on a geographical sketch on a large
scale with all the desirable precision and rapidity It constitutesthe real problem of fire adjustment which may be formulated thus
A friendly gun P fires a percussion shell at a target X the burst isheard by the terrestrial observation section Determine the errors in
range and in lateral deviationThere are two cases to be distinguished according as the target is
invisible and known only by its rectangular coordinates or as it canbe sighted by the stations during the adjustmentmdash
13 Adjustment on an invisible target Let (fig 6) 0 0202 080
8 0404
be the four observation stations of the section a u lt 3 a4a
4 hex3x
angles observed in each of them between the reference point and the-bursting point X of a projectileTo have the errors of X in respect to X inrange and direction
there are traced on a graphic sketch on the scale -s^^ two rectan-gular axes Xx and Xy (fig 7) representing the parallels to the axes ofthe rectangular coordinates passing through the target X and theposition of the burst X is determined with respect to these axes byconstructing its four geometric loci one of whichmay be lacking
23
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2435
24 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
If the point X is nearenough to thepoint X thedirectionsoftheloci are very noticeablyparallelto OjX O4X of whichthereferenceanglesUdeg x Udeg 4 (fig 6) arecalculatedby meansof the
y
i
Si y l r^ n N s^-
V t i )k j vv ft J -mdash
raquo Tic
Kg cfirst of theformulae(5)ormulae of5) ofsection6 their distancesat the their distancesat theoriginri haveBectionas expressionsions(formula (1) ofSecformula (1) ofSec 3))
Pi-sKDxrfU0 7)4 =KD 4rfUdeg4
with [formulaula (7)]7)]
tfU^UEi+ai-U0 rfU^TJju+^-UV
DvDv D 4 arethe distancesOiK O4X measuredon theconstructionsheeton the scale Towff) Uumlb4 designate thereferenceangles of thelinesO1O
1R 1 O4O
4R 4 runningfrom the
observationstations to theirreferencepointsthe referenceanglesbeingcalculatedonceforall by the first of theformulae(6)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 25
The direction in which these distances should be pricked is seenon the construction sheet as is shown in figure 6 Thus in figure 7the trace of the first locus corresponds to a difference ltfUcgto
All the loci should intersect at the same point if the sightings arefree of errors and if the positions of the stations and of the referencepoints are exactly known Generally they form a little cap inwhich the bursting point X is selected as shown in sections 5and 10
I t is then only necessary to project X in pound on the direction XPof the gun or of the battery P which forms with the axis Xy an angle
given by the construction sheet to have in Xpound the error of rangeand in poundX the error in direction
14 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting points onmdashthe scale of-g^-g The formulae (1) and (7) are independent of thegun or battery P The section may therefore have in advance foreach of the targets on which it willhave to make the adjustment aconstruction sheet on the scale of -sinnr like the one represented in
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2635
26 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
figure 7 on whichare pricked the directions of the loci starting fromX with respect to the axes Xx Xy and normally to these directionsof the scales of the corresponding ps for the successive values ofdUdeg in multiples of 5 mils or in multiples of 10 mils
The graphical sketch of the angles in mils may be used to graduatethese scales in pricking the divisions through the tracing paper
when the distance OX from the station to the target is less than 5kilometers For distances greater than 2 kilometers it is easier touse the graphic table of the errors of the bearings (PL I I I ) which
gives on the scale of -5-^trff the displacement of the bearing to thedifferent distances from 2to 18 kilometers In the absence of thisgraphic table the values of the ps for dU c=lo mils are calculatedby means of the formula
(p) p 1 10 mils=4o KD
whichgives pin millimeterson the scale of -g^Vo-i terms of D inmillimetersof the construction sheet on the scale of 2oooogt and inwhichthe coefficient X has as value (Sec 3)
31416 13200 =1000 ( l - deg - deg l B3 )gt
wherefore log K=4 99200 These lengths of p are then multiplied
for 10 mils by 1 2 3 to have the distances of the successivedivisionsin multiplesof 16 mils on the straight line XO whichgivesthe direction of the geometric locus The divisions on the left ofthis mdashine with respect to the observation station are indicated bythe sign those on the right by the + sign
I f the lack of parallelismof the bearings becomes noticeable at theextremities of the graduation it can be remedied easily by substituting for the single scale corresponding to the target two scalesplaced at a distance of 10 centimeters for instance from each sideof the origin
Instead of taking as originof the graduation of each scale its pointof intersection I with the corresponding straight line XO it is preferable in case the target is well determined and fixed to trace thedivisions which correspond to round numbers of mils of the anglea so as to avoid having to reckon the difference dJdeg for each geometric locus to be constructed The value of a for the point I eingUdegmdashU B the adjustment to be applied to the divisions toward theright is the product of the value of p for 10 mils multiplied by themdashfraction of 10 mils obtained by subtracting UUc UEUE from the value ofthe next highest multiple of 10 mils above the actual value of a Example I I at the end of the pamphlet gives the disposition toadopt for all these calculations
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2735
16057deg (To face page 2ti) No 1
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 935
9ECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The value of da in mils makes it possible to obtainp very simplyWhen da=l the value of p in meters is equal to the distance D expressed in kilometers with approximately the factor (1mdash00183)To have the value of p in meters corresponding to any value of dait is onlynecessary to multiply the distance D in kilometers by da
4 Influence of errors of position of the reference mdashoint and of theobservation station on the positionofgeometric locus 1 Influence ofan error in the reference point
Let (fig3) R be the assumed position of the reference point whichalone is supposed to be erroneous and W its exact position
p=RR and to=ORR
thepolar
coordinates of R referred to the
Fig 3
origin R and to the axis RO laquois reckoned positively from RO inthe clockwise direction
I t is apparent on the figure that the effect of the error of the posi-
tionRRis the same as that of an error of angle da== mdash Wr gt r beingV T
the projection of W on OR and DBDB the distance DR As
mdash mdashRr=p sin laquo da= TrfT~ bull The displacement qqR = XX to be sub-
stituted at X for the erroneous locus in order to have the exact locusis consequently according to (1)
D 2)
q^ being reckoned positivelyin the same direction as pmdashmdash16057 Bmdashl817 -2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1035
10 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The formula (2) shows first that the component of the error of theposition of R normal to the direction of the referencepoint intervenesalone
Second that its influence is proportional to the distance of the pointsighted and inversely proportional to that of the reference point
I t is therefore advantageous in so far as visibility permits to takeas reference point a point as far away as possible
The absolute value of gK is easily calculated when the normal com-ponent p sin w is known since it is only necessary to multiply it by
the ratio ytbull
mdash2 Influence of an error of position of the observation station Let
(fig 4) 0 be the given position of the observation station which isalone supposed to be erroneous and O be its exact position
Fig 4
p=OO and oj=ROO the polar coordinates of 0 referred to theoriginO and the axis OR
w is always reckoned positively from OR in the clockwise direc-
tionThe normal displacement qqo
= mdash XX to be substituted at X forthe geometrical locus in order to have the exact locus consists ofmdash mdashtwo parts XX X and XjX X x being the point of intersection ofXX with the parallel to OX drawn through o The first is equal
to the component 0 ofmdash00 normal to OX it has as its expression= mdash
XX X p sin (amdashlaquo)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 11mdashThe second XjX is equal to the error of the locus at the point Xfor an error of angle da= - X j O X ^ -ORO since RO X =ROX=
o Now O RO=-^iO o being the component normal to OR of the
error of position of Omdash
that is p sin a
Consequently da=-pJtll^
w and according to the formula (1)
-XIX=--5-psincoX1X =--5-psincoTherefore finally
(3) o=-P0=-P sin (a-w)+-g-sin a gt
q0 being reckoned positivelyin the same direction as p and qR
The second term of the expression of q 0 is the same as gE as mightbe foreseen geometrically a variation of orientation of the referencedirection producing the same effect on the geometrical locus thatarises from the displacement of one or the other of its extremitiesThe conclusionsobtained above from the formula (2) are therefore
applicable As for the first term it is always inferior to pin absolutevalue and it is proportionately less as the error of position of 0 isnearer the direction of the point sighted X
When D=D B the factor in brackets of the second term of (3)
tends toward zero at the same time as a Therefore the influenceofthe error of position of the observation station on the position of thegeometric locus is perceptibly nil when a well-determinedpoint near thepoint sighted is taken as referencepoint This remark is of great importance from the practical point of viewit willbe put to advantagelater mdash mdash
5 Mean errors of the geometric loci Choiceof a solution I f thereal errors da p sin laquo and p sin (amdash laquo) are replaced in the formulae(1) (2) and (3) respectively by the mean error of angle 5a and themean errors u R and u 0 of the position of R and O the second termsrepresent the mean errors of the geometric locus at the point X resulting from 5a t of unun and uOu0 Assuming that the points R and 0 havethe same mean error v we have for the mean total error of the locus
at the point X ^V2 f 2 1 2 cos a A n
5a being expressed in milsKnowing the mean errors of each of the loci traced on the construc
tion sheet and consequently their values which are inverselyproportionalto the squares of the mean errors we choose the point X on
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1235
12 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
condition that 2pd be the minimum d designating the distance ofX to the locus of the value p and the sign 2 extending to all thegeometrical loci
The application of this rule in practice would require too muchtime and time spent on a rather illusoryincrease in precision sincethe mean errors of the loci are not generally well known We con-tent ourselves in being guided by it in choosing at sight on the con-struction sheet the most probable point I t should be remarkedthat in case it may be assumed that the angles have the same pre
cision and that the positions of the observation stations and of theirmdashreference points are equally well determined the precision
of each locus if the ever feeble influence of the mean error of thenormal 0 of the sight is overlooked is inversely proportional to D
Its value is accordingly proportional to j^ or to the square of its
real precision6 Use ofcalculation and ofa graphic construction on a large scalemdash
It may be important in certain cases which will be indicated later(sec 10) to have recourse to calculation to obtain the position Pwith all the precision that the data of the problem permits
The method to be employed consists in taking the position X obtained graphically on the construction sheet on the ordinary Bcaleas the approximate position and in looking for the displacement tobe applied to each of the geometric loci beginning with X so thatat the corresponding observation station the angle of the bearingwith the direction of the reference point may be equal to the meas-ured angle a
The corrected loci are transferred to a graphic sketch on a largescale with reference to two rectangular axes representing the parallelsto the axes of the coordinates of the projection whichpass throughthe point X The point to be adopted X is chosen according to theconsiderations discussed in the preceding section its coordinatesare the corrections to be applied to the coordinates of X
Let Ox0 yOy0
zE yn be the coordinates of the observation station 0
and of its reference point R and x and y the coordinates of Xrepresented graphically on the construction sheet on a small scaleBy means of the formulae
-p o _ ymdash yltraquon
TT = xmdash x0 XmdashX o brvbar (5) tanU 0 deg Dc=-
mdashymdashy
0 smU c cosUc
- x- x - x X- xraquo-yK-yo(6) q d gtbellian v R^mdash J-R~~~~i Trf~laquoE-y 0 3inU
t
B cosXJr
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1335
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 13
we calculate for each observation station where the sighting of X hasbeen carried out the reference angles TJc and TJE of the vectors OXand OR that is the angles of these vectors with the semiaxis of thegt0 reckoned from 0 to 6400 mils in the clockwise direction startingfrom this semiaxis We also calculate the lengths of the vectorsThe calculated reference angle U c is compared with the referenceangle U R+a supplied by measure the difference
(7) dUdeg=U E +a-U c
introduced in the place of da in the equation (1) gives the displacement p to be applied to the locus starting from X
To trace the corrected locus on the large seale 1 graphical chartthe length p is laid off from the origin in a positive sense in thedirectionUdeg-f1600 milsand a perpendicular is drawn at its extremity it ia an element ofthe locus corrected in its determiningpart
In the same wayan element of each of the other loci is traced nearthe originand the point XX7 is selected as being the most probableas has been indicated in the preceding section Let dxand dy be itscoordinates on the chart The coordinates of X are x--dx andy+dy mdash
7 Precision of the determination I f the number of the loci isgreat enough and if the point X is equally well determined in
mdashevery sense the expression --mdashgt in which d represents the devia
tion with reference to the selected point X of the locus of the valuep and 2 extends to all the geometric loci may be taken as the value
of the mean error of position of P But these conditions are practically never realized in the actual practice of locating and adjustingGenerally the number ofloci does not exceed three and the extreme
loci intersect at an angle which rarely reaches 1600 mils and isoften inferior to 800 There is consequently a vast azimuthal region
around X not comprising any locus direction The idea of error ofposition loses therefore all significance The mean error of X
can no longer be defined by a unique quantity and it is necessaryto calculate the mean errors of the coordinates of this point Inorder that these mean errors may have a concrete sense it wouldbe necessary to start by taking as axes of the coordinates the balanced mean of the directions of the loci and its perpendicular so asto have the maximum and minimum mean errors I t is evident
i The scale is adopted with reference to the precision which the angles give reasonto expect for X It is useless in the actual case to go beyond j ^g -
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1435
14 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
that the determination of the precision of the solution by the methodof least squares would lead to quite protracted calculations for anillusory result in consequence of the impossibility of avoidingargtarbitrary proceeding in the attribution of the values to the different loci
We may content ourselves to avoid loss of time by taking themaximum deviations of the intersections in the sense of the meandirection of the loci and in the perpendicular direction as measureof the uncertainty of the position adopted in the two directions
Furthermorethe
number ofthe
Idti mustbe
at leastfour8 Special case of two bearingsmdashBefore passing to the applicationto the plotting of targets and to the adjustment of fire we shouldmdashexamine a special case frequently occurring in practice the case
Fig 5
in which the number of bearings is reduced to two The problemis then determinate and offers no occasion for a choice of a soultionBut it is important to study the influence of the angle at which the twoloci intersect on the precision of their intersection
Let (fig 5) Ox X and O2 X be the two erroneous loci starting fromthe points Ox and 02O2 the positions of the observation stations 1 and
2 and let p i and p2p2 be the displacements to be applied to them toobtain the correct loci IIXI1X
and I^X so that the correct point is Xand so that r=XX represents the vector of error of the position of XThe problem is to findthe value of r
In the triangle X I I X
r2=XP+XI-2Xr2=XP+XI -2XI I XX II Xcos X^X r 2=XP +XI 1 -2XIX
XlxXcobXljX
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 15
The angle XIX is evidently the one of which the bearing OjXmust be turned to a positionparallel with O2 X and in the same direcmdashtion I t is then equal to UU2 U the difference of the reference anglesof the two bearings
On the other hand we have
Xll= sin (Uj-tJ) and Xll= sin (U-Ux)
Consequently
r8gt Sitf(u-p)[l
+^-fro3
ltp - u raquo]-The following table gives the values of mdash for 5 and 10
Pimdash Pwhich correspond to different values of (U 2 Ux) in the case wheremdash mdash
and cos (U2 Ui) are of contrary signs and where consequentlyPir is the longer diagonal of the parellelogram X I I X I
-bullTable of the values of p
mdashAnini les(U 2 U i) in milsles(U 2 U i) in mils
P iidii
1600600 2400400 280008000 3000000 3100100 3200200I
0 100 144 266 5 1 100 2 000
5 511 811 15555 30707 61212 000
100 10101 15252 28686 56363 1122122 000
It appest appes irs froirs froi i the mhe m imbers ofmbers thLf thL table how ratable how ra gtidly tlidly tl te errore ofrror oflosition rosition r augmiugmi snts whints whi3n the small) gtr angle atrn wlngle at wlhe small) ich thlt i twoch lociwo locihlt
alls bells be low 400ow 400 milsils
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1635
CHAPTER 11
PLOTTING THE TARGETS
Although the plotting of the targets and that of the bursts offriendly shells are simply the application of what precedes the twoproblems regarded fromthe practicalpoint of viewdiffersufficientlyto warrant a separate treatment
9 Construction of the bearingmdash
At the observation station 017Ol7 atarget
X has beensighted
under the divisionml
of the micrometer ofthe sight the goniometric reading corresponding to the position ofthis sight being l x The verificationof the orientation of the limbof the goniometer has been made immediately afterwards by layingthe reference point R t under the zero division of the micrometer and
it has been found that the reading which should have been zero ifthe instrument had been correctly oriented was r x The horizontalangle al=a
1= l 1+m 1 mdashr1 between the reference point and the target Xhas therefore been measured The problem is to construct thebearing of X from this measurementmdasha Direct methods According to their rectangular coordinates inconnection with a kilometric cross-sectioning in the system of coordinates used by the Army to which the section belongs transfer thepoints Oj and R x to the construction sheet on the scale of 2 0000-
The bearing Ox X x may then be traced directly if we have an alidadeprotractor withlimb graduated in mils and a vernier for reading themils
In the absence of this instrument which is not generally possessed by the sections a graphic sketch of angles in mils on tracingpaper may be used The center is placed at Ox and the originradius on OAO
AR1(R1( so that a second point for Oj X t can be pricked by
interpolation for a x The Geographic Service has had a graphicsketch of this sort prepared giving all the angles from0 to 1600 milsI t is printed on tracing paper and delivered to the sections Byreason of the inaccuracies in printing this process is less exact thanthat of the protractor
That the bearing thus obtained may have the exactitude requiredin the vicinity of the point X i t is requisite that the distance Ox X
reduced to the scale of the construction sheet should not exceed bytoo much the length of the branches of the protractor when thisinstrument is used I t is above all important whatever method isused that the direction O x R1(R
1( the origin of the angle a should begraphically defined without appreciable error at the distance O^K
16
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1735
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 17
from Oj This is the condition when OXX is at most equal to OjszligjIt is no longer true if O XX is notably superior to o^ and it is thennecessary to prolong this line beyond Ri with the aid of the calculation This is done by determining the intersection of the prolongation with one of the lines of the cross-sectioning which are mostnormally cut by it The formulae to be employed are the following
To obtain the x of the intersection of OJampi with the parallel tothe axis of the asy=h
(9) x=^i+^~(h-y o l )=x i+(k-x o l ) tan Ur i o
to obtain the y of the intersection of (^Rj with the parallel to theaxis of the ya x=k
lt10) y=y oi-^~ i(k-xoi)=yoi+(k-x 01 ) cot r
01 y o l
xr v jRi designating the coordinates of C^ and R x and Vr vthe reference angle of o^ The logarithm tables with four decimals are sufficient for this calculationmdash6 Use ofa graduation The above-mentioned methods are appropriate for tracing bearings taken from a mobile observation stationIn installations remaining stationary for a long time the labor ofgraphical construction can be much reduced and an equal if notsuperior precision can be obtained by using a graduation in milstraced once for all for each station on the construction sheet Eachgraduation starts from the direction of the reference point of the corresponding station and covers its entire sector of visibility Thedivisions are numbered from 0 to 6400 in the clockwise direction soas to correspond to the angles a defined above To trace a bearingtaken from Olt for example it is only necessary to join the point O tto the real or interpolated division whichhas the angle a x as numberI f a precise determination is not required one need only stretch a wireattached to a knob fastened on a special point at Ou making it passthrough the division a u to have the bearing Thus many erasures ofpencil marks on the construction sheet can be avoided and the lattercan be rendered serviceable for a long time
oareshould be exercised in inserting the point not to make the hole at Ot too large if
this point is to be used in tracing very precise bearings But sinceit is difficult not to enlarge the hole if the point is removed too oftenit is expedient to have for the use of the wire a special constructionsheet fastened to a board and to reserve the main construction sheetwhichhad better be fastened to a surface of zinc for tracing bearingswith pencil
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1835
18 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The graduations corresponding to the different observation stations Oj 2O2 03O3 O4O4 are arranged in arcs of circles or better to avoidoverlapping the construction sheet is removed and the desirableprecision is had on its entire extent on the margins by means ofparallel bands about 10 millimeters in width These are distinguished by different colors
The quickest way to trace them is to use the graphic sketch of theGeographic Service on tracing paper pricking a point or two of eachdivision near the margin of the sheet The angular spacing of the
radii of this graphic sketch at the different distances from the centerhas been chosen in such a way that the interpolationat sight is everywhere possible without appreciable error and that their linearspacing never descends below 15 millimeters it is only necessarythen whatever part of the graphical sketch is used to prick one ortwo points of each of the radii successively without adding or cutting off
Nevertheless by reason of the inaccuracies of the graphical sketchdue to printing it may happen that a graduation obtained by thismeans wouldpresent inadmissible errors This difficulty is avoidedby determining some divisions by calculation for instance those of800 1600 4800 5400 mils besides that of the referencepoint Once these principal divisionshave been traced on the construction sheet the graphical sketch makes it possible to obtain theintermediary divisions without appreciable error For this purposeit is placed over the construction sheet with the center at On
n beingthe number of the station corresponding -to the graduation and aprincipalradius on one of the extreme divisions calculated
that onthe left forinstance of the sector of 800 mils that is to be graduatedI f the radius laid off at 800 mils from the first does not fall on thelimiting division on the right the graphical sketch is shifted gentlywith respect to the point On followingthe bisector of the angle ofthe sector the first radius beingkept on its divisionuntil this resultis obtained
The formula to be used for determining by calculation the intersection with one of the linesof the cross-sectioning of the division d
reckoned from the aiming line are the followingTo obtain the xof the intersection of Ond with the parallel to the
axis of the x of the cross-sectioning farthest from On ymdashh
(11) j c = s raquo n +(l-y 11 )taii(ITR n +d)
to obtain the yof the intersection of Oud with the parallel at theaxis of the y of the cross-sectioning farthest from Ou x=k
(12) y=yo n +(h-xo ) cot (Un n+d)n
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1935
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 19
IJRn is given by the first of the formulae (6) That one of theformulae (11) and (12) which corresponds to the most normal inter-section is of course employed
A type of the calculation by the formula (12) will be found inExample I t the end of the pamphlet
In the absence of the graphical sketch of the angles in mils it isnecessary to graduate entirely by calculation The same formulaeare used it is only necessary to make din them equal successivelyto 5 10 15 mils or to 10 20 30 mils etc according
to the distanceof
the intersection from the point On The calcu-lations in this case should be made in series so as not to require toomuch time and should be verified by the differences
Tables of logarithms of four decimals are sufficient for all thesecalculations mdash
10 Utilizationof the observations A single observation supplyingonly one geometric locus of the position of the target is not enoughto determine i t but it furnishes an indication capable of beingusedin many cases
To turn it to account an investigation is first made to see whetherit corresponds to a known target The bearing is applied to theconstruction sheet on which the positions of all the previouslydetermined targets has been marked The use of the sheet pastedto the board and provided with wires is particularly adaptable forthis use Several cases may occur
(a) The bearing passes through a target at the usual degree ofapproxi-mdashmation Let A be this known target O2O2 being the station whichhas
given the observation The centralpricks
on the constructionsheet the directions ayav a 3 a4a4 in which the observers of Qu 3O3 04O
4should sight to see A and he has them watch in these directionsrespectively until OlOl signals a new observation in the same directionas the first If one or more of them get an observation at the sametime as Oj the operation is conducted as described later (case of twoor more simultaneous observations) In the contrary case it isdecided either that the target seen from O2O2 is not A or that if it isA the circumstancesdo not permit sighting it from O1(O1( 03O3 04O4
I f the bearing from Ox encounters two or more targets they aretried successively in the order of probability until at least twosimultaneous observations are obtained mdash(b) The bearing does not pass through any known target It happensquite often at least by day that the observer who has made an ob-servation of a flash or smoke ball is able to locate approximately
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2035
20 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
this flash or smoke ball The Central adopts provisionally a location of the target on the bearing in the region indicated by theobserver and proceeds with reference to this supposed location aswith reference to a known target through which the bearing mightpass to try to obtain at least two simultaneous bearings
In the absence of supplementary information supplied by theobserver who has made the observation application is made to theneighboring terrestrial observation sections or sound locating sections or balloons or first-line trench stations of the Artillery Intelli-
gence Service etc and the Central in this way may often obtaindata which will enable him to determine somewhat more accuratelythe position of the target on the single bearing sufficiently at leastto try to obtain simultaneous observations
Two simultaneous observations are theoretically sufficient for thedetermination of a target but generally every determination whichis not verified should be regarded as doubtful The best verificationis a third concurrent observation supplying a bearing which passesvery close to the point of intersection of the two others For theprobability that three flashes for instance should be produced atthe same instance and should give concurrent directions with threestations from which they have been observed is very slight and theprobability that the three stations have sighted the same flash ispractically equivalent under these conditions to a certainty I t isthis verification which we must try to get especially for newtargets But since it is quite often impossible for reasons of visi-bility or clearness that three stations should sight the same flash
or smoke ball we must often be satisfied with other verificationsThe fact that the two observations are simultaneous especially
when it is a case of an instantaneous phenomenon like a flash is in it-self a partial proof that they relate to the same target I f the samefact is repeated a certain number of times while the directions oftheobservations remain apparently constant the presumption is strengthened without absolute certainty being produced since in the caseof firing for instance the enemy might discharge two guns at a timeormake false flashes
A much more weighty confirmationresults from the coincidenceof the intersection with a known target The concurrence of theresult with the approximate position given by one of the observerson a bearing may also be regarded as a satisfactory verificationFinally the intelligence obtained outside the section in case thatof the section is insufficient sometimes reveals the degree of confidence that can be placed in the result
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 21
The use of wiresrepresenting the bearings is very convenient whenthere are only two bearings to be applied on condition that the angleat which they intersect is large enough The tracing of the loci on
the construction sheet becomes necessary as soon as the angle is lessthan 400 mils especially if the point of intersection is very distant(Sec 8) It is even necessary to resort to calculation when the angleis less than 300 mils
The determination by two bearings only should be turned over tothe Artillery with all the necessary reserve according to the con-
firmations obtained In no case should i t be regarded as definiteWith three or more simultaneous observations the problem is more
than determined and as the geometric loci generally do not intersectat the same point the position to be adopted is open to a choiceI f the observations are equally good the rule given in section 5leads tochoosing a point nearest the loci whose value is greatest Further-more as is known the value of a locus may be regarded as inverselyproportional to the square of the distance from the point sought to
thecorresponding station or in other words to the square of
thedisplacement of the locus for the same error of observation 10 milsfor instance I t is sufficient then to trace near the cap (the figurehaving the intersections of the loci as summits) bearings correspond-ing to the same angular deflection of the first in order to have a veryclear conception of the values which are inversely proportional tothe squares of the linear spacings
But the problem is rarelypresented with this degree of simplicityGenerally the observations are of unequal precision and the difficulty
consists in observing the inequalities of precision in the attributionof value to the bearings Thus in the case where two observers havebeen able to observe the flash of the discharge of a gun and thethird the dust or the smoke only the observation of the third is allother things being equal less precise than that of the first two butthe central has not the data by which he may determine in whatmeasure Only the observers if they are conscientious and welltrained can indicate to him the degree of uncertainty of their ob-servations and enable him to reduce to a minimum the arbitrarypart in the attribution of the values The chiefs of sections can notuse too much care therefore in the selection development andsupervision of the observers
The use of wires is not recommended for very precise determina-tions especially if the loci intersect at rather acute angles for if
the wires rub on one another i t is to be feared that they will not be
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2235
22 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
perfectly Btraight Moreover not being on the same plane theyproduce the effect of a parallax For tracing the bearings on theconstruction sheet fastened on zinc a hard pencil sharpened to avery fine point must be used Finally if the loci intersect at veryacute angles it is necessary to resort to a calculation and to a graphicconstruction on a large scale (Sec 6)
When the dimensions of the cap exceed notably those whichcorrespond to the mean errors of the observations the determinationshould be regarded as nul Every correction of observation tendingto reduce the cap which has not been signalled at once by the ob-server himself must be rigidly avoided
Unless there is absolute certainty that the sightings of the differentstations relate to a single and identical target i t is never permissibleto proceed by mean observations especially if the flashes or smoke ballshave not all been sighted by the same observation stations Thevariations of the positions corresponding to the different series ofsimultaneous sightings show whether several targets are involved
and in thecontrary case they afford a
muchmore exact
idea of theapproximation really obtained than that which can be formed fromthe variation of the loci in respect to the point chosen in a singledetermination
11 Case in which the position of the observation stationsmdash can not bedetermined withprecision The preceding is based upon the implicitassumption that the positions of the observation stations are so wellknown that the influence oftheir errors on the determination can beregarded as negligible in regard to that of the errors of measure It
is not always so even in position warfare since some stations difficultto establish have to be used before the range triangulation group hashad the time or opportunity to determine their locations In openwarfare i t is often necessary to rely on positions taken at sight onthe battle map or even on the ordinary map
The remark at the end of section 4 shows that it is still possible inthis case to have exact geometric loci if a reference point sufficientlynear the target is available for each station But then since thereference points change with the targets there is no occasion to tracethe graduation on the construction sheet By wayof compensationthe graphical sketch on tracing paper of the angles in mils can beused with advantage to prick the bearings since the angles beingsmall its deviations are inconsequential
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2335
CHAPTER 111
ADJUSTMENT OP PERCUSSION FIREmdash
12 Problem of the adjustment by the observation of the bursts A
battery mayask
the terrestrial observation service located in thesame sector to determine for it either the absolute positions (the rectangular coordinates) of the bursts of its projectiles or the positionsof these bursts with reference to the target which should in this casebe a clearly denned point of the battle map
The first problem does not differ from the one considered in the preceding chapter it is in general even easier both for the observerswho can be informed in advance of the time and the direction inwhich they should watch and for the central who works on thebasis of observations unusually concordant
The second is distinguished by the fact that the position sought isa relative position which can be obtained by differentialcalculus^and consequently constructed on a geographical sketch on a large
scale with all the desirable precision and rapidity It constitutesthe real problem of fire adjustment which may be formulated thus
A friendly gun P fires a percussion shell at a target X the burst isheard by the terrestrial observation section Determine the errors in
range and in lateral deviationThere are two cases to be distinguished according as the target is
invisible and known only by its rectangular coordinates or as it canbe sighted by the stations during the adjustmentmdash
13 Adjustment on an invisible target Let (fig 6) 0 0202 080
8 0404
be the four observation stations of the section a u lt 3 a4a
4 hex3x
angles observed in each of them between the reference point and the-bursting point X of a projectileTo have the errors of X in respect to X inrange and direction
there are traced on a graphic sketch on the scale -s^^ two rectan-gular axes Xx and Xy (fig 7) representing the parallels to the axes ofthe rectangular coordinates passing through the target X and theposition of the burst X is determined with respect to these axes byconstructing its four geometric loci one of whichmay be lacking
23
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2435
24 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
If the point X is nearenough to thepoint X thedirectionsoftheloci are very noticeablyparallelto OjX O4X of whichthereferenceanglesUdeg x Udeg 4 (fig 6) arecalculatedby meansof the
y
i
Si y l r^ n N s^-
V t i )k j vv ft J -mdash
raquo Tic
Kg cfirst of theformulae(5)ormulae of5) ofsection6 their distancesat the their distancesat theoriginri haveBectionas expressionsions(formula (1) ofSecformula (1) ofSec 3))
Pi-sKDxrfU0 7)4 =KD 4rfUdeg4
with [formulaula (7)]7)]
tfU^UEi+ai-U0 rfU^TJju+^-UV
DvDv D 4 arethe distancesOiK O4X measuredon theconstructionsheeton the scale Towff) Uumlb4 designate thereferenceangles of thelinesO1O
1R 1 O4O
4R 4 runningfrom the
observationstations to theirreferencepointsthe referenceanglesbeingcalculatedonceforall by the first of theformulae(6)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 25
The direction in which these distances should be pricked is seenon the construction sheet as is shown in figure 6 Thus in figure 7the trace of the first locus corresponds to a difference ltfUcgto
All the loci should intersect at the same point if the sightings arefree of errors and if the positions of the stations and of the referencepoints are exactly known Generally they form a little cap inwhich the bursting point X is selected as shown in sections 5and 10
I t is then only necessary to project X in pound on the direction XPof the gun or of the battery P which forms with the axis Xy an angle
given by the construction sheet to have in Xpound the error of rangeand in poundX the error in direction
14 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting points onmdashthe scale of-g^-g The formulae (1) and (7) are independent of thegun or battery P The section may therefore have in advance foreach of the targets on which it willhave to make the adjustment aconstruction sheet on the scale of -sinnr like the one represented in
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2635
26 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
figure 7 on whichare pricked the directions of the loci starting fromX with respect to the axes Xx Xy and normally to these directionsof the scales of the corresponding ps for the successive values ofdUdeg in multiples of 5 mils or in multiples of 10 mils
The graphical sketch of the angles in mils may be used to graduatethese scales in pricking the divisions through the tracing paper
when the distance OX from the station to the target is less than 5kilometers For distances greater than 2 kilometers it is easier touse the graphic table of the errors of the bearings (PL I I I ) which
gives on the scale of -5-^trff the displacement of the bearing to thedifferent distances from 2to 18 kilometers In the absence of thisgraphic table the values of the ps for dU c=lo mils are calculatedby means of the formula
(p) p 1 10 mils=4o KD
whichgives pin millimeterson the scale of -g^Vo-i terms of D inmillimetersof the construction sheet on the scale of 2oooogt and inwhichthe coefficient X has as value (Sec 3)
31416 13200 =1000 ( l - deg - deg l B3 )gt
wherefore log K=4 99200 These lengths of p are then multiplied
for 10 mils by 1 2 3 to have the distances of the successivedivisionsin multiplesof 16 mils on the straight line XO whichgivesthe direction of the geometric locus The divisions on the left ofthis mdashine with respect to the observation station are indicated bythe sign those on the right by the + sign
I f the lack of parallelismof the bearings becomes noticeable at theextremities of the graduation it can be remedied easily by substituting for the single scale corresponding to the target two scalesplaced at a distance of 10 centimeters for instance from each sideof the origin
Instead of taking as originof the graduation of each scale its pointof intersection I with the corresponding straight line XO it is preferable in case the target is well determined and fixed to trace thedivisions which correspond to round numbers of mils of the anglea so as to avoid having to reckon the difference dJdeg for each geometric locus to be constructed The value of a for the point I eingUdegmdashU B the adjustment to be applied to the divisions toward theright is the product of the value of p for 10 mils multiplied by themdashfraction of 10 mils obtained by subtracting UUc UEUE from the value ofthe next highest multiple of 10 mils above the actual value of a Example I I at the end of the pamphlet gives the disposition toadopt for all these calculations
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2735
16057deg (To face page 2ti) No 1
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1035
10 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The formula (2) shows first that the component of the error of theposition of R normal to the direction of the referencepoint intervenesalone
Second that its influence is proportional to the distance of the pointsighted and inversely proportional to that of the reference point
I t is therefore advantageous in so far as visibility permits to takeas reference point a point as far away as possible
The absolute value of gK is easily calculated when the normal com-ponent p sin w is known since it is only necessary to multiply it by
the ratio ytbull
mdash2 Influence of an error of position of the observation station Let
(fig 4) 0 be the given position of the observation station which isalone supposed to be erroneous and O be its exact position
Fig 4
p=OO and oj=ROO the polar coordinates of 0 referred to theoriginO and the axis OR
w is always reckoned positively from OR in the clockwise direc-
tionThe normal displacement qqo
= mdash XX to be substituted at X forthe geometrical locus in order to have the exact locus consists ofmdash mdashtwo parts XX X and XjX X x being the point of intersection ofXX with the parallel to OX drawn through o The first is equal
to the component 0 ofmdash00 normal to OX it has as its expression= mdash
XX X p sin (amdashlaquo)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 11mdashThe second XjX is equal to the error of the locus at the point Xfor an error of angle da= - X j O X ^ -ORO since RO X =ROX=
o Now O RO=-^iO o being the component normal to OR of the
error of position of Omdash
that is p sin a
Consequently da=-pJtll^
w and according to the formula (1)
-XIX=--5-psincoX1X =--5-psincoTherefore finally
(3) o=-P0=-P sin (a-w)+-g-sin a gt
q0 being reckoned positivelyin the same direction as p and qR
The second term of the expression of q 0 is the same as gE as mightbe foreseen geometrically a variation of orientation of the referencedirection producing the same effect on the geometrical locus thatarises from the displacement of one or the other of its extremitiesThe conclusionsobtained above from the formula (2) are therefore
applicable As for the first term it is always inferior to pin absolutevalue and it is proportionately less as the error of position of 0 isnearer the direction of the point sighted X
When D=D B the factor in brackets of the second term of (3)
tends toward zero at the same time as a Therefore the influenceofthe error of position of the observation station on the position of thegeometric locus is perceptibly nil when a well-determinedpoint near thepoint sighted is taken as referencepoint This remark is of great importance from the practical point of viewit willbe put to advantagelater mdash mdash
5 Mean errors of the geometric loci Choiceof a solution I f thereal errors da p sin laquo and p sin (amdash laquo) are replaced in the formulae(1) (2) and (3) respectively by the mean error of angle 5a and themean errors u R and u 0 of the position of R and O the second termsrepresent the mean errors of the geometric locus at the point X resulting from 5a t of unun and uOu0 Assuming that the points R and 0 havethe same mean error v we have for the mean total error of the locus
at the point X ^V2 f 2 1 2 cos a A n
5a being expressed in milsKnowing the mean errors of each of the loci traced on the construc
tion sheet and consequently their values which are inverselyproportionalto the squares of the mean errors we choose the point X on
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1235
12 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
condition that 2pd be the minimum d designating the distance ofX to the locus of the value p and the sign 2 extending to all thegeometrical loci
The application of this rule in practice would require too muchtime and time spent on a rather illusoryincrease in precision sincethe mean errors of the loci are not generally well known We con-tent ourselves in being guided by it in choosing at sight on the con-struction sheet the most probable point I t should be remarkedthat in case it may be assumed that the angles have the same pre
cision and that the positions of the observation stations and of theirmdashreference points are equally well determined the precision
of each locus if the ever feeble influence of the mean error of thenormal 0 of the sight is overlooked is inversely proportional to D
Its value is accordingly proportional to j^ or to the square of its
real precision6 Use ofcalculation and ofa graphic construction on a large scalemdash
It may be important in certain cases which will be indicated later(sec 10) to have recourse to calculation to obtain the position Pwith all the precision that the data of the problem permits
The method to be employed consists in taking the position X obtained graphically on the construction sheet on the ordinary Bcaleas the approximate position and in looking for the displacement tobe applied to each of the geometric loci beginning with X so thatat the corresponding observation station the angle of the bearingwith the direction of the reference point may be equal to the meas-ured angle a
The corrected loci are transferred to a graphic sketch on a largescale with reference to two rectangular axes representing the parallelsto the axes of the coordinates of the projection whichpass throughthe point X The point to be adopted X is chosen according to theconsiderations discussed in the preceding section its coordinatesare the corrections to be applied to the coordinates of X
Let Ox0 yOy0
zE yn be the coordinates of the observation station 0
and of its reference point R and x and y the coordinates of Xrepresented graphically on the construction sheet on a small scaleBy means of the formulae
-p o _ ymdash yltraquon
TT = xmdash x0 XmdashX o brvbar (5) tanU 0 deg Dc=-
mdashymdashy
0 smU c cosUc
- x- x - x X- xraquo-yK-yo(6) q d gtbellian v R^mdash J-R~~~~i Trf~laquoE-y 0 3inU
t
B cosXJr
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1335
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 13
we calculate for each observation station where the sighting of X hasbeen carried out the reference angles TJc and TJE of the vectors OXand OR that is the angles of these vectors with the semiaxis of thegt0 reckoned from 0 to 6400 mils in the clockwise direction startingfrom this semiaxis We also calculate the lengths of the vectorsThe calculated reference angle U c is compared with the referenceangle U R+a supplied by measure the difference
(7) dUdeg=U E +a-U c
introduced in the place of da in the equation (1) gives the displacement p to be applied to the locus starting from X
To trace the corrected locus on the large seale 1 graphical chartthe length p is laid off from the origin in a positive sense in thedirectionUdeg-f1600 milsand a perpendicular is drawn at its extremity it ia an element ofthe locus corrected in its determiningpart
In the same wayan element of each of the other loci is traced nearthe originand the point XX7 is selected as being the most probableas has been indicated in the preceding section Let dxand dy be itscoordinates on the chart The coordinates of X are x--dx andy+dy mdash
7 Precision of the determination I f the number of the loci isgreat enough and if the point X is equally well determined in
mdashevery sense the expression --mdashgt in which d represents the devia
tion with reference to the selected point X of the locus of the valuep and 2 extends to all the geometric loci may be taken as the value
of the mean error of position of P But these conditions are practically never realized in the actual practice of locating and adjustingGenerally the number ofloci does not exceed three and the extreme
loci intersect at an angle which rarely reaches 1600 mils and isoften inferior to 800 There is consequently a vast azimuthal region
around X not comprising any locus direction The idea of error ofposition loses therefore all significance The mean error of X
can no longer be defined by a unique quantity and it is necessaryto calculate the mean errors of the coordinates of this point Inorder that these mean errors may have a concrete sense it wouldbe necessary to start by taking as axes of the coordinates the balanced mean of the directions of the loci and its perpendicular so asto have the maximum and minimum mean errors I t is evident
i The scale is adopted with reference to the precision which the angles give reasonto expect for X It is useless in the actual case to go beyond j ^g -
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1435
14 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
that the determination of the precision of the solution by the methodof least squares would lead to quite protracted calculations for anillusory result in consequence of the impossibility of avoidingargtarbitrary proceeding in the attribution of the values to the different loci
We may content ourselves to avoid loss of time by taking themaximum deviations of the intersections in the sense of the meandirection of the loci and in the perpendicular direction as measureof the uncertainty of the position adopted in the two directions
Furthermorethe
number ofthe
Idti mustbe
at leastfour8 Special case of two bearingsmdashBefore passing to the applicationto the plotting of targets and to the adjustment of fire we shouldmdashexamine a special case frequently occurring in practice the case
Fig 5
in which the number of bearings is reduced to two The problemis then determinate and offers no occasion for a choice of a soultionBut it is important to study the influence of the angle at which the twoloci intersect on the precision of their intersection
Let (fig 5) Ox X and O2 X be the two erroneous loci starting fromthe points Ox and 02O2 the positions of the observation stations 1 and
2 and let p i and p2p2 be the displacements to be applied to them toobtain the correct loci IIXI1X
and I^X so that the correct point is Xand so that r=XX represents the vector of error of the position of XThe problem is to findthe value of r
In the triangle X I I X
r2=XP+XI-2Xr2=XP+XI -2XI I XX II Xcos X^X r 2=XP +XI 1 -2XIX
XlxXcobXljX
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 15
The angle XIX is evidently the one of which the bearing OjXmust be turned to a positionparallel with O2 X and in the same direcmdashtion I t is then equal to UU2 U the difference of the reference anglesof the two bearings
On the other hand we have
Xll= sin (Uj-tJ) and Xll= sin (U-Ux)
Consequently
r8gt Sitf(u-p)[l
+^-fro3
ltp - u raquo]-The following table gives the values of mdash for 5 and 10
Pimdash Pwhich correspond to different values of (U 2 Ux) in the case wheremdash mdash
and cos (U2 Ui) are of contrary signs and where consequentlyPir is the longer diagonal of the parellelogram X I I X I
-bullTable of the values of p
mdashAnini les(U 2 U i) in milsles(U 2 U i) in mils
P iidii
1600600 2400400 280008000 3000000 3100100 3200200I
0 100 144 266 5 1 100 2 000
5 511 811 15555 30707 61212 000
100 10101 15252 28686 56363 1122122 000
It appest appes irs froirs froi i the mhe m imbers ofmbers thLf thL table how ratable how ra gtidly tlidly tl te errore ofrror oflosition rosition r augmiugmi snts whints whi3n the small) gtr angle atrn wlngle at wlhe small) ich thlt i twoch lociwo locihlt
alls bells be low 400ow 400 milsils
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1635
CHAPTER 11
PLOTTING THE TARGETS
Although the plotting of the targets and that of the bursts offriendly shells are simply the application of what precedes the twoproblems regarded fromthe practicalpoint of viewdiffersufficientlyto warrant a separate treatment
9 Construction of the bearingmdash
At the observation station 017Ol7 atarget
X has beensighted
under the divisionml
of the micrometer ofthe sight the goniometric reading corresponding to the position ofthis sight being l x The verificationof the orientation of the limbof the goniometer has been made immediately afterwards by layingthe reference point R t under the zero division of the micrometer and
it has been found that the reading which should have been zero ifthe instrument had been correctly oriented was r x The horizontalangle al=a
1= l 1+m 1 mdashr1 between the reference point and the target Xhas therefore been measured The problem is to construct thebearing of X from this measurementmdasha Direct methods According to their rectangular coordinates inconnection with a kilometric cross-sectioning in the system of coordinates used by the Army to which the section belongs transfer thepoints Oj and R x to the construction sheet on the scale of 2 0000-
The bearing Ox X x may then be traced directly if we have an alidadeprotractor withlimb graduated in mils and a vernier for reading themils
In the absence of this instrument which is not generally possessed by the sections a graphic sketch of angles in mils on tracingpaper may be used The center is placed at Ox and the originradius on OAO
AR1(R1( so that a second point for Oj X t can be pricked by
interpolation for a x The Geographic Service has had a graphicsketch of this sort prepared giving all the angles from0 to 1600 milsI t is printed on tracing paper and delivered to the sections Byreason of the inaccuracies in printing this process is less exact thanthat of the protractor
That the bearing thus obtained may have the exactitude requiredin the vicinity of the point X i t is requisite that the distance Ox X
reduced to the scale of the construction sheet should not exceed bytoo much the length of the branches of the protractor when thisinstrument is used I t is above all important whatever method isused that the direction O x R1(R
1( the origin of the angle a should begraphically defined without appreciable error at the distance O^K
16
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1735
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 17
from Oj This is the condition when OXX is at most equal to OjszligjIt is no longer true if O XX is notably superior to o^ and it is thennecessary to prolong this line beyond Ri with the aid of the calculation This is done by determining the intersection of the prolongation with one of the lines of the cross-sectioning which are mostnormally cut by it The formulae to be employed are the following
To obtain the x of the intersection of OJampi with the parallel tothe axis of the asy=h
(9) x=^i+^~(h-y o l )=x i+(k-x o l ) tan Ur i o
to obtain the y of the intersection of (^Rj with the parallel to theaxis of the ya x=k
lt10) y=y oi-^~ i(k-xoi)=yoi+(k-x 01 ) cot r
01 y o l
xr v jRi designating the coordinates of C^ and R x and Vr vthe reference angle of o^ The logarithm tables with four decimals are sufficient for this calculationmdash6 Use ofa graduation The above-mentioned methods are appropriate for tracing bearings taken from a mobile observation stationIn installations remaining stationary for a long time the labor ofgraphical construction can be much reduced and an equal if notsuperior precision can be obtained by using a graduation in milstraced once for all for each station on the construction sheet Eachgraduation starts from the direction of the reference point of the corresponding station and covers its entire sector of visibility Thedivisions are numbered from 0 to 6400 in the clockwise direction soas to correspond to the angles a defined above To trace a bearingtaken from Olt for example it is only necessary to join the point O tto the real or interpolated division whichhas the angle a x as numberI f a precise determination is not required one need only stretch a wireattached to a knob fastened on a special point at Ou making it passthrough the division a u to have the bearing Thus many erasures ofpencil marks on the construction sheet can be avoided and the lattercan be rendered serviceable for a long time
oareshould be exercised in inserting the point not to make the hole at Ot too large if
this point is to be used in tracing very precise bearings But sinceit is difficult not to enlarge the hole if the point is removed too oftenit is expedient to have for the use of the wire a special constructionsheet fastened to a board and to reserve the main construction sheetwhichhad better be fastened to a surface of zinc for tracing bearingswith pencil
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1835
18 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The graduations corresponding to the different observation stations Oj 2O2 03O3 O4O4 are arranged in arcs of circles or better to avoidoverlapping the construction sheet is removed and the desirableprecision is had on its entire extent on the margins by means ofparallel bands about 10 millimeters in width These are distinguished by different colors
The quickest way to trace them is to use the graphic sketch of theGeographic Service on tracing paper pricking a point or two of eachdivision near the margin of the sheet The angular spacing of the
radii of this graphic sketch at the different distances from the centerhas been chosen in such a way that the interpolationat sight is everywhere possible without appreciable error and that their linearspacing never descends below 15 millimeters it is only necessarythen whatever part of the graphical sketch is used to prick one ortwo points of each of the radii successively without adding or cutting off
Nevertheless by reason of the inaccuracies of the graphical sketchdue to printing it may happen that a graduation obtained by thismeans wouldpresent inadmissible errors This difficulty is avoidedby determining some divisions by calculation for instance those of800 1600 4800 5400 mils besides that of the referencepoint Once these principal divisionshave been traced on the construction sheet the graphical sketch makes it possible to obtain theintermediary divisions without appreciable error For this purposeit is placed over the construction sheet with the center at On
n beingthe number of the station corresponding -to the graduation and aprincipalradius on one of the extreme divisions calculated
that onthe left forinstance of the sector of 800 mils that is to be graduatedI f the radius laid off at 800 mils from the first does not fall on thelimiting division on the right the graphical sketch is shifted gentlywith respect to the point On followingthe bisector of the angle ofthe sector the first radius beingkept on its divisionuntil this resultis obtained
The formula to be used for determining by calculation the intersection with one of the linesof the cross-sectioning of the division d
reckoned from the aiming line are the followingTo obtain the xof the intersection of Ond with the parallel to the
axis of the x of the cross-sectioning farthest from On ymdashh
(11) j c = s raquo n +(l-y 11 )taii(ITR n +d)
to obtain the yof the intersection of Oud with the parallel at theaxis of the y of the cross-sectioning farthest from Ou x=k
(12) y=yo n +(h-xo ) cot (Un n+d)n
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1935
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 19
IJRn is given by the first of the formulae (6) That one of theformulae (11) and (12) which corresponds to the most normal inter-section is of course employed
A type of the calculation by the formula (12) will be found inExample I t the end of the pamphlet
In the absence of the graphical sketch of the angles in mils it isnecessary to graduate entirely by calculation The same formulaeare used it is only necessary to make din them equal successivelyto 5 10 15 mils or to 10 20 30 mils etc according
to the distanceof
the intersection from the point On The calcu-lations in this case should be made in series so as not to require toomuch time and should be verified by the differences
Tables of logarithms of four decimals are sufficient for all thesecalculations mdash
10 Utilizationof the observations A single observation supplyingonly one geometric locus of the position of the target is not enoughto determine i t but it furnishes an indication capable of beingusedin many cases
To turn it to account an investigation is first made to see whetherit corresponds to a known target The bearing is applied to theconstruction sheet on which the positions of all the previouslydetermined targets has been marked The use of the sheet pastedto the board and provided with wires is particularly adaptable forthis use Several cases may occur
(a) The bearing passes through a target at the usual degree ofapproxi-mdashmation Let A be this known target O2O2 being the station whichhas
given the observation The centralpricks
on the constructionsheet the directions ayav a 3 a4a4 in which the observers of Qu 3O3 04O
4should sight to see A and he has them watch in these directionsrespectively until OlOl signals a new observation in the same directionas the first If one or more of them get an observation at the sametime as Oj the operation is conducted as described later (case of twoor more simultaneous observations) In the contrary case it isdecided either that the target seen from O2O2 is not A or that if it isA the circumstancesdo not permit sighting it from O1(O1( 03O3 04O4
I f the bearing from Ox encounters two or more targets they aretried successively in the order of probability until at least twosimultaneous observations are obtained mdash(b) The bearing does not pass through any known target It happensquite often at least by day that the observer who has made an ob-servation of a flash or smoke ball is able to locate approximately
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2035
20 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
this flash or smoke ball The Central adopts provisionally a location of the target on the bearing in the region indicated by theobserver and proceeds with reference to this supposed location aswith reference to a known target through which the bearing mightpass to try to obtain at least two simultaneous bearings
In the absence of supplementary information supplied by theobserver who has made the observation application is made to theneighboring terrestrial observation sections or sound locating sections or balloons or first-line trench stations of the Artillery Intelli-
gence Service etc and the Central in this way may often obtaindata which will enable him to determine somewhat more accuratelythe position of the target on the single bearing sufficiently at leastto try to obtain simultaneous observations
Two simultaneous observations are theoretically sufficient for thedetermination of a target but generally every determination whichis not verified should be regarded as doubtful The best verificationis a third concurrent observation supplying a bearing which passesvery close to the point of intersection of the two others For theprobability that three flashes for instance should be produced atthe same instance and should give concurrent directions with threestations from which they have been observed is very slight and theprobability that the three stations have sighted the same flash ispractically equivalent under these conditions to a certainty I t isthis verification which we must try to get especially for newtargets But since it is quite often impossible for reasons of visi-bility or clearness that three stations should sight the same flash
or smoke ball we must often be satisfied with other verificationsThe fact that the two observations are simultaneous especially
when it is a case of an instantaneous phenomenon like a flash is in it-self a partial proof that they relate to the same target I f the samefact is repeated a certain number of times while the directions oftheobservations remain apparently constant the presumption is strengthened without absolute certainty being produced since in the caseof firing for instance the enemy might discharge two guns at a timeormake false flashes
A much more weighty confirmationresults from the coincidenceof the intersection with a known target The concurrence of theresult with the approximate position given by one of the observerson a bearing may also be regarded as a satisfactory verificationFinally the intelligence obtained outside the section in case thatof the section is insufficient sometimes reveals the degree of confidence that can be placed in the result
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 21
The use of wiresrepresenting the bearings is very convenient whenthere are only two bearings to be applied on condition that the angleat which they intersect is large enough The tracing of the loci on
the construction sheet becomes necessary as soon as the angle is lessthan 400 mils especially if the point of intersection is very distant(Sec 8) It is even necessary to resort to calculation when the angleis less than 300 mils
The determination by two bearings only should be turned over tothe Artillery with all the necessary reserve according to the con-
firmations obtained In no case should i t be regarded as definiteWith three or more simultaneous observations the problem is more
than determined and as the geometric loci generally do not intersectat the same point the position to be adopted is open to a choiceI f the observations are equally good the rule given in section 5leads tochoosing a point nearest the loci whose value is greatest Further-more as is known the value of a locus may be regarded as inverselyproportional to the square of the distance from the point sought to
thecorresponding station or in other words to the square of
thedisplacement of the locus for the same error of observation 10 milsfor instance I t is sufficient then to trace near the cap (the figurehaving the intersections of the loci as summits) bearings correspond-ing to the same angular deflection of the first in order to have a veryclear conception of the values which are inversely proportional tothe squares of the linear spacings
But the problem is rarelypresented with this degree of simplicityGenerally the observations are of unequal precision and the difficulty
consists in observing the inequalities of precision in the attributionof value to the bearings Thus in the case where two observers havebeen able to observe the flash of the discharge of a gun and thethird the dust or the smoke only the observation of the third is allother things being equal less precise than that of the first two butthe central has not the data by which he may determine in whatmeasure Only the observers if they are conscientious and welltrained can indicate to him the degree of uncertainty of their ob-servations and enable him to reduce to a minimum the arbitrarypart in the attribution of the values The chiefs of sections can notuse too much care therefore in the selection development andsupervision of the observers
The use of wires is not recommended for very precise determina-tions especially if the loci intersect at rather acute angles for if
the wires rub on one another i t is to be feared that they will not be
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2235
22 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
perfectly Btraight Moreover not being on the same plane theyproduce the effect of a parallax For tracing the bearings on theconstruction sheet fastened on zinc a hard pencil sharpened to avery fine point must be used Finally if the loci intersect at veryacute angles it is necessary to resort to a calculation and to a graphicconstruction on a large scale (Sec 6)
When the dimensions of the cap exceed notably those whichcorrespond to the mean errors of the observations the determinationshould be regarded as nul Every correction of observation tendingto reduce the cap which has not been signalled at once by the ob-server himself must be rigidly avoided
Unless there is absolute certainty that the sightings of the differentstations relate to a single and identical target i t is never permissibleto proceed by mean observations especially if the flashes or smoke ballshave not all been sighted by the same observation stations Thevariations of the positions corresponding to the different series ofsimultaneous sightings show whether several targets are involved
and in thecontrary case they afford a
muchmore exact
idea of theapproximation really obtained than that which can be formed fromthe variation of the loci in respect to the point chosen in a singledetermination
11 Case in which the position of the observation stationsmdash can not bedetermined withprecision The preceding is based upon the implicitassumption that the positions of the observation stations are so wellknown that the influence oftheir errors on the determination can beregarded as negligible in regard to that of the errors of measure It
is not always so even in position warfare since some stations difficultto establish have to be used before the range triangulation group hashad the time or opportunity to determine their locations In openwarfare i t is often necessary to rely on positions taken at sight onthe battle map or even on the ordinary map
The remark at the end of section 4 shows that it is still possible inthis case to have exact geometric loci if a reference point sufficientlynear the target is available for each station But then since thereference points change with the targets there is no occasion to tracethe graduation on the construction sheet By wayof compensationthe graphical sketch on tracing paper of the angles in mils can beused with advantage to prick the bearings since the angles beingsmall its deviations are inconsequential
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2335
CHAPTER 111
ADJUSTMENT OP PERCUSSION FIREmdash
12 Problem of the adjustment by the observation of the bursts A
battery mayask
the terrestrial observation service located in thesame sector to determine for it either the absolute positions (the rectangular coordinates) of the bursts of its projectiles or the positionsof these bursts with reference to the target which should in this casebe a clearly denned point of the battle map
The first problem does not differ from the one considered in the preceding chapter it is in general even easier both for the observerswho can be informed in advance of the time and the direction inwhich they should watch and for the central who works on thebasis of observations unusually concordant
The second is distinguished by the fact that the position sought isa relative position which can be obtained by differentialcalculus^and consequently constructed on a geographical sketch on a large
scale with all the desirable precision and rapidity It constitutesthe real problem of fire adjustment which may be formulated thus
A friendly gun P fires a percussion shell at a target X the burst isheard by the terrestrial observation section Determine the errors in
range and in lateral deviationThere are two cases to be distinguished according as the target is
invisible and known only by its rectangular coordinates or as it canbe sighted by the stations during the adjustmentmdash
13 Adjustment on an invisible target Let (fig 6) 0 0202 080
8 0404
be the four observation stations of the section a u lt 3 a4a
4 hex3x
angles observed in each of them between the reference point and the-bursting point X of a projectileTo have the errors of X in respect to X inrange and direction
there are traced on a graphic sketch on the scale -s^^ two rectan-gular axes Xx and Xy (fig 7) representing the parallels to the axes ofthe rectangular coordinates passing through the target X and theposition of the burst X is determined with respect to these axes byconstructing its four geometric loci one of whichmay be lacking
23
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2435
24 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
If the point X is nearenough to thepoint X thedirectionsoftheloci are very noticeablyparallelto OjX O4X of whichthereferenceanglesUdeg x Udeg 4 (fig 6) arecalculatedby meansof the
y
i
Si y l r^ n N s^-
V t i )k j vv ft J -mdash
raquo Tic
Kg cfirst of theformulae(5)ormulae of5) ofsection6 their distancesat the their distancesat theoriginri haveBectionas expressionsions(formula (1) ofSecformula (1) ofSec 3))
Pi-sKDxrfU0 7)4 =KD 4rfUdeg4
with [formulaula (7)]7)]
tfU^UEi+ai-U0 rfU^TJju+^-UV
DvDv D 4 arethe distancesOiK O4X measuredon theconstructionsheeton the scale Towff) Uumlb4 designate thereferenceangles of thelinesO1O
1R 1 O4O
4R 4 runningfrom the
observationstations to theirreferencepointsthe referenceanglesbeingcalculatedonceforall by the first of theformulae(6)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 25
The direction in which these distances should be pricked is seenon the construction sheet as is shown in figure 6 Thus in figure 7the trace of the first locus corresponds to a difference ltfUcgto
All the loci should intersect at the same point if the sightings arefree of errors and if the positions of the stations and of the referencepoints are exactly known Generally they form a little cap inwhich the bursting point X is selected as shown in sections 5and 10
I t is then only necessary to project X in pound on the direction XPof the gun or of the battery P which forms with the axis Xy an angle
given by the construction sheet to have in Xpound the error of rangeand in poundX the error in direction
14 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting points onmdashthe scale of-g^-g The formulae (1) and (7) are independent of thegun or battery P The section may therefore have in advance foreach of the targets on which it willhave to make the adjustment aconstruction sheet on the scale of -sinnr like the one represented in
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2635
26 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
figure 7 on whichare pricked the directions of the loci starting fromX with respect to the axes Xx Xy and normally to these directionsof the scales of the corresponding ps for the successive values ofdUdeg in multiples of 5 mils or in multiples of 10 mils
The graphical sketch of the angles in mils may be used to graduatethese scales in pricking the divisions through the tracing paper
when the distance OX from the station to the target is less than 5kilometers For distances greater than 2 kilometers it is easier touse the graphic table of the errors of the bearings (PL I I I ) which
gives on the scale of -5-^trff the displacement of the bearing to thedifferent distances from 2to 18 kilometers In the absence of thisgraphic table the values of the ps for dU c=lo mils are calculatedby means of the formula
(p) p 1 10 mils=4o KD
whichgives pin millimeterson the scale of -g^Vo-i terms of D inmillimetersof the construction sheet on the scale of 2oooogt and inwhichthe coefficient X has as value (Sec 3)
31416 13200 =1000 ( l - deg - deg l B3 )gt
wherefore log K=4 99200 These lengths of p are then multiplied
for 10 mils by 1 2 3 to have the distances of the successivedivisionsin multiplesof 16 mils on the straight line XO whichgivesthe direction of the geometric locus The divisions on the left ofthis mdashine with respect to the observation station are indicated bythe sign those on the right by the + sign
I f the lack of parallelismof the bearings becomes noticeable at theextremities of the graduation it can be remedied easily by substituting for the single scale corresponding to the target two scalesplaced at a distance of 10 centimeters for instance from each sideof the origin
Instead of taking as originof the graduation of each scale its pointof intersection I with the corresponding straight line XO it is preferable in case the target is well determined and fixed to trace thedivisions which correspond to round numbers of mils of the anglea so as to avoid having to reckon the difference dJdeg for each geometric locus to be constructed The value of a for the point I eingUdegmdashU B the adjustment to be applied to the divisions toward theright is the product of the value of p for 10 mils multiplied by themdashfraction of 10 mils obtained by subtracting UUc UEUE from the value ofthe next highest multiple of 10 mils above the actual value of a Example I I at the end of the pamphlet gives the disposition toadopt for all these calculations
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2735
16057deg (To face page 2ti) No 1
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 11mdashThe second XjX is equal to the error of the locus at the point Xfor an error of angle da= - X j O X ^ -ORO since RO X =ROX=
o Now O RO=-^iO o being the component normal to OR of the
error of position of Omdash
that is p sin a
Consequently da=-pJtll^
w and according to the formula (1)
-XIX=--5-psincoX1X =--5-psincoTherefore finally
(3) o=-P0=-P sin (a-w)+-g-sin a gt
q0 being reckoned positivelyin the same direction as p and qR
The second term of the expression of q 0 is the same as gE as mightbe foreseen geometrically a variation of orientation of the referencedirection producing the same effect on the geometrical locus thatarises from the displacement of one or the other of its extremitiesThe conclusionsobtained above from the formula (2) are therefore
applicable As for the first term it is always inferior to pin absolutevalue and it is proportionately less as the error of position of 0 isnearer the direction of the point sighted X
When D=D B the factor in brackets of the second term of (3)
tends toward zero at the same time as a Therefore the influenceofthe error of position of the observation station on the position of thegeometric locus is perceptibly nil when a well-determinedpoint near thepoint sighted is taken as referencepoint This remark is of great importance from the practical point of viewit willbe put to advantagelater mdash mdash
5 Mean errors of the geometric loci Choiceof a solution I f thereal errors da p sin laquo and p sin (amdash laquo) are replaced in the formulae(1) (2) and (3) respectively by the mean error of angle 5a and themean errors u R and u 0 of the position of R and O the second termsrepresent the mean errors of the geometric locus at the point X resulting from 5a t of unun and uOu0 Assuming that the points R and 0 havethe same mean error v we have for the mean total error of the locus
at the point X ^V2 f 2 1 2 cos a A n
5a being expressed in milsKnowing the mean errors of each of the loci traced on the construc
tion sheet and consequently their values which are inverselyproportionalto the squares of the mean errors we choose the point X on
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1235
12 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
condition that 2pd be the minimum d designating the distance ofX to the locus of the value p and the sign 2 extending to all thegeometrical loci
The application of this rule in practice would require too muchtime and time spent on a rather illusoryincrease in precision sincethe mean errors of the loci are not generally well known We con-tent ourselves in being guided by it in choosing at sight on the con-struction sheet the most probable point I t should be remarkedthat in case it may be assumed that the angles have the same pre
cision and that the positions of the observation stations and of theirmdashreference points are equally well determined the precision
of each locus if the ever feeble influence of the mean error of thenormal 0 of the sight is overlooked is inversely proportional to D
Its value is accordingly proportional to j^ or to the square of its
real precision6 Use ofcalculation and ofa graphic construction on a large scalemdash
It may be important in certain cases which will be indicated later(sec 10) to have recourse to calculation to obtain the position Pwith all the precision that the data of the problem permits
The method to be employed consists in taking the position X obtained graphically on the construction sheet on the ordinary Bcaleas the approximate position and in looking for the displacement tobe applied to each of the geometric loci beginning with X so thatat the corresponding observation station the angle of the bearingwith the direction of the reference point may be equal to the meas-ured angle a
The corrected loci are transferred to a graphic sketch on a largescale with reference to two rectangular axes representing the parallelsto the axes of the coordinates of the projection whichpass throughthe point X The point to be adopted X is chosen according to theconsiderations discussed in the preceding section its coordinatesare the corrections to be applied to the coordinates of X
Let Ox0 yOy0
zE yn be the coordinates of the observation station 0
and of its reference point R and x and y the coordinates of Xrepresented graphically on the construction sheet on a small scaleBy means of the formulae
-p o _ ymdash yltraquon
TT = xmdash x0 XmdashX o brvbar (5) tanU 0 deg Dc=-
mdashymdashy
0 smU c cosUc
- x- x - x X- xraquo-yK-yo(6) q d gtbellian v R^mdash J-R~~~~i Trf~laquoE-y 0 3inU
t
B cosXJr
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1335
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 13
we calculate for each observation station where the sighting of X hasbeen carried out the reference angles TJc and TJE of the vectors OXand OR that is the angles of these vectors with the semiaxis of thegt0 reckoned from 0 to 6400 mils in the clockwise direction startingfrom this semiaxis We also calculate the lengths of the vectorsThe calculated reference angle U c is compared with the referenceangle U R+a supplied by measure the difference
(7) dUdeg=U E +a-U c
introduced in the place of da in the equation (1) gives the displacement p to be applied to the locus starting from X
To trace the corrected locus on the large seale 1 graphical chartthe length p is laid off from the origin in a positive sense in thedirectionUdeg-f1600 milsand a perpendicular is drawn at its extremity it ia an element ofthe locus corrected in its determiningpart
In the same wayan element of each of the other loci is traced nearthe originand the point XX7 is selected as being the most probableas has been indicated in the preceding section Let dxand dy be itscoordinates on the chart The coordinates of X are x--dx andy+dy mdash
7 Precision of the determination I f the number of the loci isgreat enough and if the point X is equally well determined in
mdashevery sense the expression --mdashgt in which d represents the devia
tion with reference to the selected point X of the locus of the valuep and 2 extends to all the geometric loci may be taken as the value
of the mean error of position of P But these conditions are practically never realized in the actual practice of locating and adjustingGenerally the number ofloci does not exceed three and the extreme
loci intersect at an angle which rarely reaches 1600 mils and isoften inferior to 800 There is consequently a vast azimuthal region
around X not comprising any locus direction The idea of error ofposition loses therefore all significance The mean error of X
can no longer be defined by a unique quantity and it is necessaryto calculate the mean errors of the coordinates of this point Inorder that these mean errors may have a concrete sense it wouldbe necessary to start by taking as axes of the coordinates the balanced mean of the directions of the loci and its perpendicular so asto have the maximum and minimum mean errors I t is evident
i The scale is adopted with reference to the precision which the angles give reasonto expect for X It is useless in the actual case to go beyond j ^g -
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1435
14 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
that the determination of the precision of the solution by the methodof least squares would lead to quite protracted calculations for anillusory result in consequence of the impossibility of avoidingargtarbitrary proceeding in the attribution of the values to the different loci
We may content ourselves to avoid loss of time by taking themaximum deviations of the intersections in the sense of the meandirection of the loci and in the perpendicular direction as measureof the uncertainty of the position adopted in the two directions
Furthermorethe
number ofthe
Idti mustbe
at leastfour8 Special case of two bearingsmdashBefore passing to the applicationto the plotting of targets and to the adjustment of fire we shouldmdashexamine a special case frequently occurring in practice the case
Fig 5
in which the number of bearings is reduced to two The problemis then determinate and offers no occasion for a choice of a soultionBut it is important to study the influence of the angle at which the twoloci intersect on the precision of their intersection
Let (fig 5) Ox X and O2 X be the two erroneous loci starting fromthe points Ox and 02O2 the positions of the observation stations 1 and
2 and let p i and p2p2 be the displacements to be applied to them toobtain the correct loci IIXI1X
and I^X so that the correct point is Xand so that r=XX represents the vector of error of the position of XThe problem is to findthe value of r
In the triangle X I I X
r2=XP+XI-2Xr2=XP+XI -2XI I XX II Xcos X^X r 2=XP +XI 1 -2XIX
XlxXcobXljX
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 15
The angle XIX is evidently the one of which the bearing OjXmust be turned to a positionparallel with O2 X and in the same direcmdashtion I t is then equal to UU2 U the difference of the reference anglesof the two bearings
On the other hand we have
Xll= sin (Uj-tJ) and Xll= sin (U-Ux)
Consequently
r8gt Sitf(u-p)[l
+^-fro3
ltp - u raquo]-The following table gives the values of mdash for 5 and 10
Pimdash Pwhich correspond to different values of (U 2 Ux) in the case wheremdash mdash
and cos (U2 Ui) are of contrary signs and where consequentlyPir is the longer diagonal of the parellelogram X I I X I
-bullTable of the values of p
mdashAnini les(U 2 U i) in milsles(U 2 U i) in mils
P iidii
1600600 2400400 280008000 3000000 3100100 3200200I
0 100 144 266 5 1 100 2 000
5 511 811 15555 30707 61212 000
100 10101 15252 28686 56363 1122122 000
It appest appes irs froirs froi i the mhe m imbers ofmbers thLf thL table how ratable how ra gtidly tlidly tl te errore ofrror oflosition rosition r augmiugmi snts whints whi3n the small) gtr angle atrn wlngle at wlhe small) ich thlt i twoch lociwo locihlt
alls bells be low 400ow 400 milsils
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1635
CHAPTER 11
PLOTTING THE TARGETS
Although the plotting of the targets and that of the bursts offriendly shells are simply the application of what precedes the twoproblems regarded fromthe practicalpoint of viewdiffersufficientlyto warrant a separate treatment
9 Construction of the bearingmdash
At the observation station 017Ol7 atarget
X has beensighted
under the divisionml
of the micrometer ofthe sight the goniometric reading corresponding to the position ofthis sight being l x The verificationof the orientation of the limbof the goniometer has been made immediately afterwards by layingthe reference point R t under the zero division of the micrometer and
it has been found that the reading which should have been zero ifthe instrument had been correctly oriented was r x The horizontalangle al=a
1= l 1+m 1 mdashr1 between the reference point and the target Xhas therefore been measured The problem is to construct thebearing of X from this measurementmdasha Direct methods According to their rectangular coordinates inconnection with a kilometric cross-sectioning in the system of coordinates used by the Army to which the section belongs transfer thepoints Oj and R x to the construction sheet on the scale of 2 0000-
The bearing Ox X x may then be traced directly if we have an alidadeprotractor withlimb graduated in mils and a vernier for reading themils
In the absence of this instrument which is not generally possessed by the sections a graphic sketch of angles in mils on tracingpaper may be used The center is placed at Ox and the originradius on OAO
AR1(R1( so that a second point for Oj X t can be pricked by
interpolation for a x The Geographic Service has had a graphicsketch of this sort prepared giving all the angles from0 to 1600 milsI t is printed on tracing paper and delivered to the sections Byreason of the inaccuracies in printing this process is less exact thanthat of the protractor
That the bearing thus obtained may have the exactitude requiredin the vicinity of the point X i t is requisite that the distance Ox X
reduced to the scale of the construction sheet should not exceed bytoo much the length of the branches of the protractor when thisinstrument is used I t is above all important whatever method isused that the direction O x R1(R
1( the origin of the angle a should begraphically defined without appreciable error at the distance O^K
16
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1735
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 17
from Oj This is the condition when OXX is at most equal to OjszligjIt is no longer true if O XX is notably superior to o^ and it is thennecessary to prolong this line beyond Ri with the aid of the calculation This is done by determining the intersection of the prolongation with one of the lines of the cross-sectioning which are mostnormally cut by it The formulae to be employed are the following
To obtain the x of the intersection of OJampi with the parallel tothe axis of the asy=h
(9) x=^i+^~(h-y o l )=x i+(k-x o l ) tan Ur i o
to obtain the y of the intersection of (^Rj with the parallel to theaxis of the ya x=k
lt10) y=y oi-^~ i(k-xoi)=yoi+(k-x 01 ) cot r
01 y o l
xr v jRi designating the coordinates of C^ and R x and Vr vthe reference angle of o^ The logarithm tables with four decimals are sufficient for this calculationmdash6 Use ofa graduation The above-mentioned methods are appropriate for tracing bearings taken from a mobile observation stationIn installations remaining stationary for a long time the labor ofgraphical construction can be much reduced and an equal if notsuperior precision can be obtained by using a graduation in milstraced once for all for each station on the construction sheet Eachgraduation starts from the direction of the reference point of the corresponding station and covers its entire sector of visibility Thedivisions are numbered from 0 to 6400 in the clockwise direction soas to correspond to the angles a defined above To trace a bearingtaken from Olt for example it is only necessary to join the point O tto the real or interpolated division whichhas the angle a x as numberI f a precise determination is not required one need only stretch a wireattached to a knob fastened on a special point at Ou making it passthrough the division a u to have the bearing Thus many erasures ofpencil marks on the construction sheet can be avoided and the lattercan be rendered serviceable for a long time
oareshould be exercised in inserting the point not to make the hole at Ot too large if
this point is to be used in tracing very precise bearings But sinceit is difficult not to enlarge the hole if the point is removed too oftenit is expedient to have for the use of the wire a special constructionsheet fastened to a board and to reserve the main construction sheetwhichhad better be fastened to a surface of zinc for tracing bearingswith pencil
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1835
18 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The graduations corresponding to the different observation stations Oj 2O2 03O3 O4O4 are arranged in arcs of circles or better to avoidoverlapping the construction sheet is removed and the desirableprecision is had on its entire extent on the margins by means ofparallel bands about 10 millimeters in width These are distinguished by different colors
The quickest way to trace them is to use the graphic sketch of theGeographic Service on tracing paper pricking a point or two of eachdivision near the margin of the sheet The angular spacing of the
radii of this graphic sketch at the different distances from the centerhas been chosen in such a way that the interpolationat sight is everywhere possible without appreciable error and that their linearspacing never descends below 15 millimeters it is only necessarythen whatever part of the graphical sketch is used to prick one ortwo points of each of the radii successively without adding or cutting off
Nevertheless by reason of the inaccuracies of the graphical sketchdue to printing it may happen that a graduation obtained by thismeans wouldpresent inadmissible errors This difficulty is avoidedby determining some divisions by calculation for instance those of800 1600 4800 5400 mils besides that of the referencepoint Once these principal divisionshave been traced on the construction sheet the graphical sketch makes it possible to obtain theintermediary divisions without appreciable error For this purposeit is placed over the construction sheet with the center at On
n beingthe number of the station corresponding -to the graduation and aprincipalradius on one of the extreme divisions calculated
that onthe left forinstance of the sector of 800 mils that is to be graduatedI f the radius laid off at 800 mils from the first does not fall on thelimiting division on the right the graphical sketch is shifted gentlywith respect to the point On followingthe bisector of the angle ofthe sector the first radius beingkept on its divisionuntil this resultis obtained
The formula to be used for determining by calculation the intersection with one of the linesof the cross-sectioning of the division d
reckoned from the aiming line are the followingTo obtain the xof the intersection of Ond with the parallel to the
axis of the x of the cross-sectioning farthest from On ymdashh
(11) j c = s raquo n +(l-y 11 )taii(ITR n +d)
to obtain the yof the intersection of Oud with the parallel at theaxis of the y of the cross-sectioning farthest from Ou x=k
(12) y=yo n +(h-xo ) cot (Un n+d)n
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1935
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 19
IJRn is given by the first of the formulae (6) That one of theformulae (11) and (12) which corresponds to the most normal inter-section is of course employed
A type of the calculation by the formula (12) will be found inExample I t the end of the pamphlet
In the absence of the graphical sketch of the angles in mils it isnecessary to graduate entirely by calculation The same formulaeare used it is only necessary to make din them equal successivelyto 5 10 15 mils or to 10 20 30 mils etc according
to the distanceof
the intersection from the point On The calcu-lations in this case should be made in series so as not to require toomuch time and should be verified by the differences
Tables of logarithms of four decimals are sufficient for all thesecalculations mdash
10 Utilizationof the observations A single observation supplyingonly one geometric locus of the position of the target is not enoughto determine i t but it furnishes an indication capable of beingusedin many cases
To turn it to account an investigation is first made to see whetherit corresponds to a known target The bearing is applied to theconstruction sheet on which the positions of all the previouslydetermined targets has been marked The use of the sheet pastedto the board and provided with wires is particularly adaptable forthis use Several cases may occur
(a) The bearing passes through a target at the usual degree ofapproxi-mdashmation Let A be this known target O2O2 being the station whichhas
given the observation The centralpricks
on the constructionsheet the directions ayav a 3 a4a4 in which the observers of Qu 3O3 04O
4should sight to see A and he has them watch in these directionsrespectively until OlOl signals a new observation in the same directionas the first If one or more of them get an observation at the sametime as Oj the operation is conducted as described later (case of twoor more simultaneous observations) In the contrary case it isdecided either that the target seen from O2O2 is not A or that if it isA the circumstancesdo not permit sighting it from O1(O1( 03O3 04O4
I f the bearing from Ox encounters two or more targets they aretried successively in the order of probability until at least twosimultaneous observations are obtained mdash(b) The bearing does not pass through any known target It happensquite often at least by day that the observer who has made an ob-servation of a flash or smoke ball is able to locate approximately
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2035
20 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
this flash or smoke ball The Central adopts provisionally a location of the target on the bearing in the region indicated by theobserver and proceeds with reference to this supposed location aswith reference to a known target through which the bearing mightpass to try to obtain at least two simultaneous bearings
In the absence of supplementary information supplied by theobserver who has made the observation application is made to theneighboring terrestrial observation sections or sound locating sections or balloons or first-line trench stations of the Artillery Intelli-
gence Service etc and the Central in this way may often obtaindata which will enable him to determine somewhat more accuratelythe position of the target on the single bearing sufficiently at leastto try to obtain simultaneous observations
Two simultaneous observations are theoretically sufficient for thedetermination of a target but generally every determination whichis not verified should be regarded as doubtful The best verificationis a third concurrent observation supplying a bearing which passesvery close to the point of intersection of the two others For theprobability that three flashes for instance should be produced atthe same instance and should give concurrent directions with threestations from which they have been observed is very slight and theprobability that the three stations have sighted the same flash ispractically equivalent under these conditions to a certainty I t isthis verification which we must try to get especially for newtargets But since it is quite often impossible for reasons of visi-bility or clearness that three stations should sight the same flash
or smoke ball we must often be satisfied with other verificationsThe fact that the two observations are simultaneous especially
when it is a case of an instantaneous phenomenon like a flash is in it-self a partial proof that they relate to the same target I f the samefact is repeated a certain number of times while the directions oftheobservations remain apparently constant the presumption is strengthened without absolute certainty being produced since in the caseof firing for instance the enemy might discharge two guns at a timeormake false flashes
A much more weighty confirmationresults from the coincidenceof the intersection with a known target The concurrence of theresult with the approximate position given by one of the observerson a bearing may also be regarded as a satisfactory verificationFinally the intelligence obtained outside the section in case thatof the section is insufficient sometimes reveals the degree of confidence that can be placed in the result
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 21
The use of wiresrepresenting the bearings is very convenient whenthere are only two bearings to be applied on condition that the angleat which they intersect is large enough The tracing of the loci on
the construction sheet becomes necessary as soon as the angle is lessthan 400 mils especially if the point of intersection is very distant(Sec 8) It is even necessary to resort to calculation when the angleis less than 300 mils
The determination by two bearings only should be turned over tothe Artillery with all the necessary reserve according to the con-
firmations obtained In no case should i t be regarded as definiteWith three or more simultaneous observations the problem is more
than determined and as the geometric loci generally do not intersectat the same point the position to be adopted is open to a choiceI f the observations are equally good the rule given in section 5leads tochoosing a point nearest the loci whose value is greatest Further-more as is known the value of a locus may be regarded as inverselyproportional to the square of the distance from the point sought to
thecorresponding station or in other words to the square of
thedisplacement of the locus for the same error of observation 10 milsfor instance I t is sufficient then to trace near the cap (the figurehaving the intersections of the loci as summits) bearings correspond-ing to the same angular deflection of the first in order to have a veryclear conception of the values which are inversely proportional tothe squares of the linear spacings
But the problem is rarelypresented with this degree of simplicityGenerally the observations are of unequal precision and the difficulty
consists in observing the inequalities of precision in the attributionof value to the bearings Thus in the case where two observers havebeen able to observe the flash of the discharge of a gun and thethird the dust or the smoke only the observation of the third is allother things being equal less precise than that of the first two butthe central has not the data by which he may determine in whatmeasure Only the observers if they are conscientious and welltrained can indicate to him the degree of uncertainty of their ob-servations and enable him to reduce to a minimum the arbitrarypart in the attribution of the values The chiefs of sections can notuse too much care therefore in the selection development andsupervision of the observers
The use of wires is not recommended for very precise determina-tions especially if the loci intersect at rather acute angles for if
the wires rub on one another i t is to be feared that they will not be
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2235
22 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
perfectly Btraight Moreover not being on the same plane theyproduce the effect of a parallax For tracing the bearings on theconstruction sheet fastened on zinc a hard pencil sharpened to avery fine point must be used Finally if the loci intersect at veryacute angles it is necessary to resort to a calculation and to a graphicconstruction on a large scale (Sec 6)
When the dimensions of the cap exceed notably those whichcorrespond to the mean errors of the observations the determinationshould be regarded as nul Every correction of observation tendingto reduce the cap which has not been signalled at once by the ob-server himself must be rigidly avoided
Unless there is absolute certainty that the sightings of the differentstations relate to a single and identical target i t is never permissibleto proceed by mean observations especially if the flashes or smoke ballshave not all been sighted by the same observation stations Thevariations of the positions corresponding to the different series ofsimultaneous sightings show whether several targets are involved
and in thecontrary case they afford a
muchmore exact
idea of theapproximation really obtained than that which can be formed fromthe variation of the loci in respect to the point chosen in a singledetermination
11 Case in which the position of the observation stationsmdash can not bedetermined withprecision The preceding is based upon the implicitassumption that the positions of the observation stations are so wellknown that the influence oftheir errors on the determination can beregarded as negligible in regard to that of the errors of measure It
is not always so even in position warfare since some stations difficultto establish have to be used before the range triangulation group hashad the time or opportunity to determine their locations In openwarfare i t is often necessary to rely on positions taken at sight onthe battle map or even on the ordinary map
The remark at the end of section 4 shows that it is still possible inthis case to have exact geometric loci if a reference point sufficientlynear the target is available for each station But then since thereference points change with the targets there is no occasion to tracethe graduation on the construction sheet By wayof compensationthe graphical sketch on tracing paper of the angles in mils can beused with advantage to prick the bearings since the angles beingsmall its deviations are inconsequential
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2335
CHAPTER 111
ADJUSTMENT OP PERCUSSION FIREmdash
12 Problem of the adjustment by the observation of the bursts A
battery mayask
the terrestrial observation service located in thesame sector to determine for it either the absolute positions (the rectangular coordinates) of the bursts of its projectiles or the positionsof these bursts with reference to the target which should in this casebe a clearly denned point of the battle map
The first problem does not differ from the one considered in the preceding chapter it is in general even easier both for the observerswho can be informed in advance of the time and the direction inwhich they should watch and for the central who works on thebasis of observations unusually concordant
The second is distinguished by the fact that the position sought isa relative position which can be obtained by differentialcalculus^and consequently constructed on a geographical sketch on a large
scale with all the desirable precision and rapidity It constitutesthe real problem of fire adjustment which may be formulated thus
A friendly gun P fires a percussion shell at a target X the burst isheard by the terrestrial observation section Determine the errors in
range and in lateral deviationThere are two cases to be distinguished according as the target is
invisible and known only by its rectangular coordinates or as it canbe sighted by the stations during the adjustmentmdash
13 Adjustment on an invisible target Let (fig 6) 0 0202 080
8 0404
be the four observation stations of the section a u lt 3 a4a
4 hex3x
angles observed in each of them between the reference point and the-bursting point X of a projectileTo have the errors of X in respect to X inrange and direction
there are traced on a graphic sketch on the scale -s^^ two rectan-gular axes Xx and Xy (fig 7) representing the parallels to the axes ofthe rectangular coordinates passing through the target X and theposition of the burst X is determined with respect to these axes byconstructing its four geometric loci one of whichmay be lacking
23
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2435
24 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
If the point X is nearenough to thepoint X thedirectionsoftheloci are very noticeablyparallelto OjX O4X of whichthereferenceanglesUdeg x Udeg 4 (fig 6) arecalculatedby meansof the
y
i
Si y l r^ n N s^-
V t i )k j vv ft J -mdash
raquo Tic
Kg cfirst of theformulae(5)ormulae of5) ofsection6 their distancesat the their distancesat theoriginri haveBectionas expressionsions(formula (1) ofSecformula (1) ofSec 3))
Pi-sKDxrfU0 7)4 =KD 4rfUdeg4
with [formulaula (7)]7)]
tfU^UEi+ai-U0 rfU^TJju+^-UV
DvDv D 4 arethe distancesOiK O4X measuredon theconstructionsheeton the scale Towff) Uumlb4 designate thereferenceangles of thelinesO1O
1R 1 O4O
4R 4 runningfrom the
observationstations to theirreferencepointsthe referenceanglesbeingcalculatedonceforall by the first of theformulae(6)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 25
The direction in which these distances should be pricked is seenon the construction sheet as is shown in figure 6 Thus in figure 7the trace of the first locus corresponds to a difference ltfUcgto
All the loci should intersect at the same point if the sightings arefree of errors and if the positions of the stations and of the referencepoints are exactly known Generally they form a little cap inwhich the bursting point X is selected as shown in sections 5and 10
I t is then only necessary to project X in pound on the direction XPof the gun or of the battery P which forms with the axis Xy an angle
given by the construction sheet to have in Xpound the error of rangeand in poundX the error in direction
14 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting points onmdashthe scale of-g^-g The formulae (1) and (7) are independent of thegun or battery P The section may therefore have in advance foreach of the targets on which it willhave to make the adjustment aconstruction sheet on the scale of -sinnr like the one represented in
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2635
26 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
figure 7 on whichare pricked the directions of the loci starting fromX with respect to the axes Xx Xy and normally to these directionsof the scales of the corresponding ps for the successive values ofdUdeg in multiples of 5 mils or in multiples of 10 mils
The graphical sketch of the angles in mils may be used to graduatethese scales in pricking the divisions through the tracing paper
when the distance OX from the station to the target is less than 5kilometers For distances greater than 2 kilometers it is easier touse the graphic table of the errors of the bearings (PL I I I ) which
gives on the scale of -5-^trff the displacement of the bearing to thedifferent distances from 2to 18 kilometers In the absence of thisgraphic table the values of the ps for dU c=lo mils are calculatedby means of the formula
(p) p 1 10 mils=4o KD
whichgives pin millimeterson the scale of -g^Vo-i terms of D inmillimetersof the construction sheet on the scale of 2oooogt and inwhichthe coefficient X has as value (Sec 3)
31416 13200 =1000 ( l - deg - deg l B3 )gt
wherefore log K=4 99200 These lengths of p are then multiplied
for 10 mils by 1 2 3 to have the distances of the successivedivisionsin multiplesof 16 mils on the straight line XO whichgivesthe direction of the geometric locus The divisions on the left ofthis mdashine with respect to the observation station are indicated bythe sign those on the right by the + sign
I f the lack of parallelismof the bearings becomes noticeable at theextremities of the graduation it can be remedied easily by substituting for the single scale corresponding to the target two scalesplaced at a distance of 10 centimeters for instance from each sideof the origin
Instead of taking as originof the graduation of each scale its pointof intersection I with the corresponding straight line XO it is preferable in case the target is well determined and fixed to trace thedivisions which correspond to round numbers of mils of the anglea so as to avoid having to reckon the difference dJdeg for each geometric locus to be constructed The value of a for the point I eingUdegmdashU B the adjustment to be applied to the divisions toward theright is the product of the value of p for 10 mils multiplied by themdashfraction of 10 mils obtained by subtracting UUc UEUE from the value ofthe next highest multiple of 10 mils above the actual value of a Example I I at the end of the pamphlet gives the disposition toadopt for all these calculations
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2735
16057deg (To face page 2ti) No 1
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1235
12 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
condition that 2pd be the minimum d designating the distance ofX to the locus of the value p and the sign 2 extending to all thegeometrical loci
The application of this rule in practice would require too muchtime and time spent on a rather illusoryincrease in precision sincethe mean errors of the loci are not generally well known We con-tent ourselves in being guided by it in choosing at sight on the con-struction sheet the most probable point I t should be remarkedthat in case it may be assumed that the angles have the same pre
cision and that the positions of the observation stations and of theirmdashreference points are equally well determined the precision
of each locus if the ever feeble influence of the mean error of thenormal 0 of the sight is overlooked is inversely proportional to D
Its value is accordingly proportional to j^ or to the square of its
real precision6 Use ofcalculation and ofa graphic construction on a large scalemdash
It may be important in certain cases which will be indicated later(sec 10) to have recourse to calculation to obtain the position Pwith all the precision that the data of the problem permits
The method to be employed consists in taking the position X obtained graphically on the construction sheet on the ordinary Bcaleas the approximate position and in looking for the displacement tobe applied to each of the geometric loci beginning with X so thatat the corresponding observation station the angle of the bearingwith the direction of the reference point may be equal to the meas-ured angle a
The corrected loci are transferred to a graphic sketch on a largescale with reference to two rectangular axes representing the parallelsto the axes of the coordinates of the projection whichpass throughthe point X The point to be adopted X is chosen according to theconsiderations discussed in the preceding section its coordinatesare the corrections to be applied to the coordinates of X
Let Ox0 yOy0
zE yn be the coordinates of the observation station 0
and of its reference point R and x and y the coordinates of Xrepresented graphically on the construction sheet on a small scaleBy means of the formulae
-p o _ ymdash yltraquon
TT = xmdash x0 XmdashX o brvbar (5) tanU 0 deg Dc=-
mdashymdashy
0 smU c cosUc
- x- x - x X- xraquo-yK-yo(6) q d gtbellian v R^mdash J-R~~~~i Trf~laquoE-y 0 3inU
t
B cosXJr
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1335
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 13
we calculate for each observation station where the sighting of X hasbeen carried out the reference angles TJc and TJE of the vectors OXand OR that is the angles of these vectors with the semiaxis of thegt0 reckoned from 0 to 6400 mils in the clockwise direction startingfrom this semiaxis We also calculate the lengths of the vectorsThe calculated reference angle U c is compared with the referenceangle U R+a supplied by measure the difference
(7) dUdeg=U E +a-U c
introduced in the place of da in the equation (1) gives the displacement p to be applied to the locus starting from X
To trace the corrected locus on the large seale 1 graphical chartthe length p is laid off from the origin in a positive sense in thedirectionUdeg-f1600 milsand a perpendicular is drawn at its extremity it ia an element ofthe locus corrected in its determiningpart
In the same wayan element of each of the other loci is traced nearthe originand the point XX7 is selected as being the most probableas has been indicated in the preceding section Let dxand dy be itscoordinates on the chart The coordinates of X are x--dx andy+dy mdash
7 Precision of the determination I f the number of the loci isgreat enough and if the point X is equally well determined in
mdashevery sense the expression --mdashgt in which d represents the devia
tion with reference to the selected point X of the locus of the valuep and 2 extends to all the geometric loci may be taken as the value
of the mean error of position of P But these conditions are practically never realized in the actual practice of locating and adjustingGenerally the number ofloci does not exceed three and the extreme
loci intersect at an angle which rarely reaches 1600 mils and isoften inferior to 800 There is consequently a vast azimuthal region
around X not comprising any locus direction The idea of error ofposition loses therefore all significance The mean error of X
can no longer be defined by a unique quantity and it is necessaryto calculate the mean errors of the coordinates of this point Inorder that these mean errors may have a concrete sense it wouldbe necessary to start by taking as axes of the coordinates the balanced mean of the directions of the loci and its perpendicular so asto have the maximum and minimum mean errors I t is evident
i The scale is adopted with reference to the precision which the angles give reasonto expect for X It is useless in the actual case to go beyond j ^g -
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1435
14 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
that the determination of the precision of the solution by the methodof least squares would lead to quite protracted calculations for anillusory result in consequence of the impossibility of avoidingargtarbitrary proceeding in the attribution of the values to the different loci
We may content ourselves to avoid loss of time by taking themaximum deviations of the intersections in the sense of the meandirection of the loci and in the perpendicular direction as measureof the uncertainty of the position adopted in the two directions
Furthermorethe
number ofthe
Idti mustbe
at leastfour8 Special case of two bearingsmdashBefore passing to the applicationto the plotting of targets and to the adjustment of fire we shouldmdashexamine a special case frequently occurring in practice the case
Fig 5
in which the number of bearings is reduced to two The problemis then determinate and offers no occasion for a choice of a soultionBut it is important to study the influence of the angle at which the twoloci intersect on the precision of their intersection
Let (fig 5) Ox X and O2 X be the two erroneous loci starting fromthe points Ox and 02O2 the positions of the observation stations 1 and
2 and let p i and p2p2 be the displacements to be applied to them toobtain the correct loci IIXI1X
and I^X so that the correct point is Xand so that r=XX represents the vector of error of the position of XThe problem is to findthe value of r
In the triangle X I I X
r2=XP+XI-2Xr2=XP+XI -2XI I XX II Xcos X^X r 2=XP +XI 1 -2XIX
XlxXcobXljX
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 15
The angle XIX is evidently the one of which the bearing OjXmust be turned to a positionparallel with O2 X and in the same direcmdashtion I t is then equal to UU2 U the difference of the reference anglesof the two bearings
On the other hand we have
Xll= sin (Uj-tJ) and Xll= sin (U-Ux)
Consequently
r8gt Sitf(u-p)[l
+^-fro3
ltp - u raquo]-The following table gives the values of mdash for 5 and 10
Pimdash Pwhich correspond to different values of (U 2 Ux) in the case wheremdash mdash
and cos (U2 Ui) are of contrary signs and where consequentlyPir is the longer diagonal of the parellelogram X I I X I
-bullTable of the values of p
mdashAnini les(U 2 U i) in milsles(U 2 U i) in mils
P iidii
1600600 2400400 280008000 3000000 3100100 3200200I
0 100 144 266 5 1 100 2 000
5 511 811 15555 30707 61212 000
100 10101 15252 28686 56363 1122122 000
It appest appes irs froirs froi i the mhe m imbers ofmbers thLf thL table how ratable how ra gtidly tlidly tl te errore ofrror oflosition rosition r augmiugmi snts whints whi3n the small) gtr angle atrn wlngle at wlhe small) ich thlt i twoch lociwo locihlt
alls bells be low 400ow 400 milsils
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1635
CHAPTER 11
PLOTTING THE TARGETS
Although the plotting of the targets and that of the bursts offriendly shells are simply the application of what precedes the twoproblems regarded fromthe practicalpoint of viewdiffersufficientlyto warrant a separate treatment
9 Construction of the bearingmdash
At the observation station 017Ol7 atarget
X has beensighted
under the divisionml
of the micrometer ofthe sight the goniometric reading corresponding to the position ofthis sight being l x The verificationof the orientation of the limbof the goniometer has been made immediately afterwards by layingthe reference point R t under the zero division of the micrometer and
it has been found that the reading which should have been zero ifthe instrument had been correctly oriented was r x The horizontalangle al=a
1= l 1+m 1 mdashr1 between the reference point and the target Xhas therefore been measured The problem is to construct thebearing of X from this measurementmdasha Direct methods According to their rectangular coordinates inconnection with a kilometric cross-sectioning in the system of coordinates used by the Army to which the section belongs transfer thepoints Oj and R x to the construction sheet on the scale of 2 0000-
The bearing Ox X x may then be traced directly if we have an alidadeprotractor withlimb graduated in mils and a vernier for reading themils
In the absence of this instrument which is not generally possessed by the sections a graphic sketch of angles in mils on tracingpaper may be used The center is placed at Ox and the originradius on OAO
AR1(R1( so that a second point for Oj X t can be pricked by
interpolation for a x The Geographic Service has had a graphicsketch of this sort prepared giving all the angles from0 to 1600 milsI t is printed on tracing paper and delivered to the sections Byreason of the inaccuracies in printing this process is less exact thanthat of the protractor
That the bearing thus obtained may have the exactitude requiredin the vicinity of the point X i t is requisite that the distance Ox X
reduced to the scale of the construction sheet should not exceed bytoo much the length of the branches of the protractor when thisinstrument is used I t is above all important whatever method isused that the direction O x R1(R
1( the origin of the angle a should begraphically defined without appreciable error at the distance O^K
16
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1735
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 17
from Oj This is the condition when OXX is at most equal to OjszligjIt is no longer true if O XX is notably superior to o^ and it is thennecessary to prolong this line beyond Ri with the aid of the calculation This is done by determining the intersection of the prolongation with one of the lines of the cross-sectioning which are mostnormally cut by it The formulae to be employed are the following
To obtain the x of the intersection of OJampi with the parallel tothe axis of the asy=h
(9) x=^i+^~(h-y o l )=x i+(k-x o l ) tan Ur i o
to obtain the y of the intersection of (^Rj with the parallel to theaxis of the ya x=k
lt10) y=y oi-^~ i(k-xoi)=yoi+(k-x 01 ) cot r
01 y o l
xr v jRi designating the coordinates of C^ and R x and Vr vthe reference angle of o^ The logarithm tables with four decimals are sufficient for this calculationmdash6 Use ofa graduation The above-mentioned methods are appropriate for tracing bearings taken from a mobile observation stationIn installations remaining stationary for a long time the labor ofgraphical construction can be much reduced and an equal if notsuperior precision can be obtained by using a graduation in milstraced once for all for each station on the construction sheet Eachgraduation starts from the direction of the reference point of the corresponding station and covers its entire sector of visibility Thedivisions are numbered from 0 to 6400 in the clockwise direction soas to correspond to the angles a defined above To trace a bearingtaken from Olt for example it is only necessary to join the point O tto the real or interpolated division whichhas the angle a x as numberI f a precise determination is not required one need only stretch a wireattached to a knob fastened on a special point at Ou making it passthrough the division a u to have the bearing Thus many erasures ofpencil marks on the construction sheet can be avoided and the lattercan be rendered serviceable for a long time
oareshould be exercised in inserting the point not to make the hole at Ot too large if
this point is to be used in tracing very precise bearings But sinceit is difficult not to enlarge the hole if the point is removed too oftenit is expedient to have for the use of the wire a special constructionsheet fastened to a board and to reserve the main construction sheetwhichhad better be fastened to a surface of zinc for tracing bearingswith pencil
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1835
18 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The graduations corresponding to the different observation stations Oj 2O2 03O3 O4O4 are arranged in arcs of circles or better to avoidoverlapping the construction sheet is removed and the desirableprecision is had on its entire extent on the margins by means ofparallel bands about 10 millimeters in width These are distinguished by different colors
The quickest way to trace them is to use the graphic sketch of theGeographic Service on tracing paper pricking a point or two of eachdivision near the margin of the sheet The angular spacing of the
radii of this graphic sketch at the different distances from the centerhas been chosen in such a way that the interpolationat sight is everywhere possible without appreciable error and that their linearspacing never descends below 15 millimeters it is only necessarythen whatever part of the graphical sketch is used to prick one ortwo points of each of the radii successively without adding or cutting off
Nevertheless by reason of the inaccuracies of the graphical sketchdue to printing it may happen that a graduation obtained by thismeans wouldpresent inadmissible errors This difficulty is avoidedby determining some divisions by calculation for instance those of800 1600 4800 5400 mils besides that of the referencepoint Once these principal divisionshave been traced on the construction sheet the graphical sketch makes it possible to obtain theintermediary divisions without appreciable error For this purposeit is placed over the construction sheet with the center at On
n beingthe number of the station corresponding -to the graduation and aprincipalradius on one of the extreme divisions calculated
that onthe left forinstance of the sector of 800 mils that is to be graduatedI f the radius laid off at 800 mils from the first does not fall on thelimiting division on the right the graphical sketch is shifted gentlywith respect to the point On followingthe bisector of the angle ofthe sector the first radius beingkept on its divisionuntil this resultis obtained
The formula to be used for determining by calculation the intersection with one of the linesof the cross-sectioning of the division d
reckoned from the aiming line are the followingTo obtain the xof the intersection of Ond with the parallel to the
axis of the x of the cross-sectioning farthest from On ymdashh
(11) j c = s raquo n +(l-y 11 )taii(ITR n +d)
to obtain the yof the intersection of Oud with the parallel at theaxis of the y of the cross-sectioning farthest from Ou x=k
(12) y=yo n +(h-xo ) cot (Un n+d)n
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1935
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 19
IJRn is given by the first of the formulae (6) That one of theformulae (11) and (12) which corresponds to the most normal inter-section is of course employed
A type of the calculation by the formula (12) will be found inExample I t the end of the pamphlet
In the absence of the graphical sketch of the angles in mils it isnecessary to graduate entirely by calculation The same formulaeare used it is only necessary to make din them equal successivelyto 5 10 15 mils or to 10 20 30 mils etc according
to the distanceof
the intersection from the point On The calcu-lations in this case should be made in series so as not to require toomuch time and should be verified by the differences
Tables of logarithms of four decimals are sufficient for all thesecalculations mdash
10 Utilizationof the observations A single observation supplyingonly one geometric locus of the position of the target is not enoughto determine i t but it furnishes an indication capable of beingusedin many cases
To turn it to account an investigation is first made to see whetherit corresponds to a known target The bearing is applied to theconstruction sheet on which the positions of all the previouslydetermined targets has been marked The use of the sheet pastedto the board and provided with wires is particularly adaptable forthis use Several cases may occur
(a) The bearing passes through a target at the usual degree ofapproxi-mdashmation Let A be this known target O2O2 being the station whichhas
given the observation The centralpricks
on the constructionsheet the directions ayav a 3 a4a4 in which the observers of Qu 3O3 04O
4should sight to see A and he has them watch in these directionsrespectively until OlOl signals a new observation in the same directionas the first If one or more of them get an observation at the sametime as Oj the operation is conducted as described later (case of twoor more simultaneous observations) In the contrary case it isdecided either that the target seen from O2O2 is not A or that if it isA the circumstancesdo not permit sighting it from O1(O1( 03O3 04O4
I f the bearing from Ox encounters two or more targets they aretried successively in the order of probability until at least twosimultaneous observations are obtained mdash(b) The bearing does not pass through any known target It happensquite often at least by day that the observer who has made an ob-servation of a flash or smoke ball is able to locate approximately
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2035
20 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
this flash or smoke ball The Central adopts provisionally a location of the target on the bearing in the region indicated by theobserver and proceeds with reference to this supposed location aswith reference to a known target through which the bearing mightpass to try to obtain at least two simultaneous bearings
In the absence of supplementary information supplied by theobserver who has made the observation application is made to theneighboring terrestrial observation sections or sound locating sections or balloons or first-line trench stations of the Artillery Intelli-
gence Service etc and the Central in this way may often obtaindata which will enable him to determine somewhat more accuratelythe position of the target on the single bearing sufficiently at leastto try to obtain simultaneous observations
Two simultaneous observations are theoretically sufficient for thedetermination of a target but generally every determination whichis not verified should be regarded as doubtful The best verificationis a third concurrent observation supplying a bearing which passesvery close to the point of intersection of the two others For theprobability that three flashes for instance should be produced atthe same instance and should give concurrent directions with threestations from which they have been observed is very slight and theprobability that the three stations have sighted the same flash ispractically equivalent under these conditions to a certainty I t isthis verification which we must try to get especially for newtargets But since it is quite often impossible for reasons of visi-bility or clearness that three stations should sight the same flash
or smoke ball we must often be satisfied with other verificationsThe fact that the two observations are simultaneous especially
when it is a case of an instantaneous phenomenon like a flash is in it-self a partial proof that they relate to the same target I f the samefact is repeated a certain number of times while the directions oftheobservations remain apparently constant the presumption is strengthened without absolute certainty being produced since in the caseof firing for instance the enemy might discharge two guns at a timeormake false flashes
A much more weighty confirmationresults from the coincidenceof the intersection with a known target The concurrence of theresult with the approximate position given by one of the observerson a bearing may also be regarded as a satisfactory verificationFinally the intelligence obtained outside the section in case thatof the section is insufficient sometimes reveals the degree of confidence that can be placed in the result
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 21
The use of wiresrepresenting the bearings is very convenient whenthere are only two bearings to be applied on condition that the angleat which they intersect is large enough The tracing of the loci on
the construction sheet becomes necessary as soon as the angle is lessthan 400 mils especially if the point of intersection is very distant(Sec 8) It is even necessary to resort to calculation when the angleis less than 300 mils
The determination by two bearings only should be turned over tothe Artillery with all the necessary reserve according to the con-
firmations obtained In no case should i t be regarded as definiteWith three or more simultaneous observations the problem is more
than determined and as the geometric loci generally do not intersectat the same point the position to be adopted is open to a choiceI f the observations are equally good the rule given in section 5leads tochoosing a point nearest the loci whose value is greatest Further-more as is known the value of a locus may be regarded as inverselyproportional to the square of the distance from the point sought to
thecorresponding station or in other words to the square of
thedisplacement of the locus for the same error of observation 10 milsfor instance I t is sufficient then to trace near the cap (the figurehaving the intersections of the loci as summits) bearings correspond-ing to the same angular deflection of the first in order to have a veryclear conception of the values which are inversely proportional tothe squares of the linear spacings
But the problem is rarelypresented with this degree of simplicityGenerally the observations are of unequal precision and the difficulty
consists in observing the inequalities of precision in the attributionof value to the bearings Thus in the case where two observers havebeen able to observe the flash of the discharge of a gun and thethird the dust or the smoke only the observation of the third is allother things being equal less precise than that of the first two butthe central has not the data by which he may determine in whatmeasure Only the observers if they are conscientious and welltrained can indicate to him the degree of uncertainty of their ob-servations and enable him to reduce to a minimum the arbitrarypart in the attribution of the values The chiefs of sections can notuse too much care therefore in the selection development andsupervision of the observers
The use of wires is not recommended for very precise determina-tions especially if the loci intersect at rather acute angles for if
the wires rub on one another i t is to be feared that they will not be
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2235
22 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
perfectly Btraight Moreover not being on the same plane theyproduce the effect of a parallax For tracing the bearings on theconstruction sheet fastened on zinc a hard pencil sharpened to avery fine point must be used Finally if the loci intersect at veryacute angles it is necessary to resort to a calculation and to a graphicconstruction on a large scale (Sec 6)
When the dimensions of the cap exceed notably those whichcorrespond to the mean errors of the observations the determinationshould be regarded as nul Every correction of observation tendingto reduce the cap which has not been signalled at once by the ob-server himself must be rigidly avoided
Unless there is absolute certainty that the sightings of the differentstations relate to a single and identical target i t is never permissibleto proceed by mean observations especially if the flashes or smoke ballshave not all been sighted by the same observation stations Thevariations of the positions corresponding to the different series ofsimultaneous sightings show whether several targets are involved
and in thecontrary case they afford a
muchmore exact
idea of theapproximation really obtained than that which can be formed fromthe variation of the loci in respect to the point chosen in a singledetermination
11 Case in which the position of the observation stationsmdash can not bedetermined withprecision The preceding is based upon the implicitassumption that the positions of the observation stations are so wellknown that the influence oftheir errors on the determination can beregarded as negligible in regard to that of the errors of measure It
is not always so even in position warfare since some stations difficultto establish have to be used before the range triangulation group hashad the time or opportunity to determine their locations In openwarfare i t is often necessary to rely on positions taken at sight onthe battle map or even on the ordinary map
The remark at the end of section 4 shows that it is still possible inthis case to have exact geometric loci if a reference point sufficientlynear the target is available for each station But then since thereference points change with the targets there is no occasion to tracethe graduation on the construction sheet By wayof compensationthe graphical sketch on tracing paper of the angles in mils can beused with advantage to prick the bearings since the angles beingsmall its deviations are inconsequential
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2335
CHAPTER 111
ADJUSTMENT OP PERCUSSION FIREmdash
12 Problem of the adjustment by the observation of the bursts A
battery mayask
the terrestrial observation service located in thesame sector to determine for it either the absolute positions (the rectangular coordinates) of the bursts of its projectiles or the positionsof these bursts with reference to the target which should in this casebe a clearly denned point of the battle map
The first problem does not differ from the one considered in the preceding chapter it is in general even easier both for the observerswho can be informed in advance of the time and the direction inwhich they should watch and for the central who works on thebasis of observations unusually concordant
The second is distinguished by the fact that the position sought isa relative position which can be obtained by differentialcalculus^and consequently constructed on a geographical sketch on a large
scale with all the desirable precision and rapidity It constitutesthe real problem of fire adjustment which may be formulated thus
A friendly gun P fires a percussion shell at a target X the burst isheard by the terrestrial observation section Determine the errors in
range and in lateral deviationThere are two cases to be distinguished according as the target is
invisible and known only by its rectangular coordinates or as it canbe sighted by the stations during the adjustmentmdash
13 Adjustment on an invisible target Let (fig 6) 0 0202 080
8 0404
be the four observation stations of the section a u lt 3 a4a
4 hex3x
angles observed in each of them between the reference point and the-bursting point X of a projectileTo have the errors of X in respect to X inrange and direction
there are traced on a graphic sketch on the scale -s^^ two rectan-gular axes Xx and Xy (fig 7) representing the parallels to the axes ofthe rectangular coordinates passing through the target X and theposition of the burst X is determined with respect to these axes byconstructing its four geometric loci one of whichmay be lacking
23
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2435
24 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
If the point X is nearenough to thepoint X thedirectionsoftheloci are very noticeablyparallelto OjX O4X of whichthereferenceanglesUdeg x Udeg 4 (fig 6) arecalculatedby meansof the
y
i
Si y l r^ n N s^-
V t i )k j vv ft J -mdash
raquo Tic
Kg cfirst of theformulae(5)ormulae of5) ofsection6 their distancesat the their distancesat theoriginri haveBectionas expressionsions(formula (1) ofSecformula (1) ofSec 3))
Pi-sKDxrfU0 7)4 =KD 4rfUdeg4
with [formulaula (7)]7)]
tfU^UEi+ai-U0 rfU^TJju+^-UV
DvDv D 4 arethe distancesOiK O4X measuredon theconstructionsheeton the scale Towff) Uumlb4 designate thereferenceangles of thelinesO1O
1R 1 O4O
4R 4 runningfrom the
observationstations to theirreferencepointsthe referenceanglesbeingcalculatedonceforall by the first of theformulae(6)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 25
The direction in which these distances should be pricked is seenon the construction sheet as is shown in figure 6 Thus in figure 7the trace of the first locus corresponds to a difference ltfUcgto
All the loci should intersect at the same point if the sightings arefree of errors and if the positions of the stations and of the referencepoints are exactly known Generally they form a little cap inwhich the bursting point X is selected as shown in sections 5and 10
I t is then only necessary to project X in pound on the direction XPof the gun or of the battery P which forms with the axis Xy an angle
given by the construction sheet to have in Xpound the error of rangeand in poundX the error in direction
14 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting points onmdashthe scale of-g^-g The formulae (1) and (7) are independent of thegun or battery P The section may therefore have in advance foreach of the targets on which it willhave to make the adjustment aconstruction sheet on the scale of -sinnr like the one represented in
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2635
26 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
figure 7 on whichare pricked the directions of the loci starting fromX with respect to the axes Xx Xy and normally to these directionsof the scales of the corresponding ps for the successive values ofdUdeg in multiples of 5 mils or in multiples of 10 mils
The graphical sketch of the angles in mils may be used to graduatethese scales in pricking the divisions through the tracing paper
when the distance OX from the station to the target is less than 5kilometers For distances greater than 2 kilometers it is easier touse the graphic table of the errors of the bearings (PL I I I ) which
gives on the scale of -5-^trff the displacement of the bearing to thedifferent distances from 2to 18 kilometers In the absence of thisgraphic table the values of the ps for dU c=lo mils are calculatedby means of the formula
(p) p 1 10 mils=4o KD
whichgives pin millimeterson the scale of -g^Vo-i terms of D inmillimetersof the construction sheet on the scale of 2oooogt and inwhichthe coefficient X has as value (Sec 3)
31416 13200 =1000 ( l - deg - deg l B3 )gt
wherefore log K=4 99200 These lengths of p are then multiplied
for 10 mils by 1 2 3 to have the distances of the successivedivisionsin multiplesof 16 mils on the straight line XO whichgivesthe direction of the geometric locus The divisions on the left ofthis mdashine with respect to the observation station are indicated bythe sign those on the right by the + sign
I f the lack of parallelismof the bearings becomes noticeable at theextremities of the graduation it can be remedied easily by substituting for the single scale corresponding to the target two scalesplaced at a distance of 10 centimeters for instance from each sideof the origin
Instead of taking as originof the graduation of each scale its pointof intersection I with the corresponding straight line XO it is preferable in case the target is well determined and fixed to trace thedivisions which correspond to round numbers of mils of the anglea so as to avoid having to reckon the difference dJdeg for each geometric locus to be constructed The value of a for the point I eingUdegmdashU B the adjustment to be applied to the divisions toward theright is the product of the value of p for 10 mils multiplied by themdashfraction of 10 mils obtained by subtracting UUc UEUE from the value ofthe next highest multiple of 10 mils above the actual value of a Example I I at the end of the pamphlet gives the disposition toadopt for all these calculations
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2735
16057deg (To face page 2ti) No 1
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1335
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 13
we calculate for each observation station where the sighting of X hasbeen carried out the reference angles TJc and TJE of the vectors OXand OR that is the angles of these vectors with the semiaxis of thegt0 reckoned from 0 to 6400 mils in the clockwise direction startingfrom this semiaxis We also calculate the lengths of the vectorsThe calculated reference angle U c is compared with the referenceangle U R+a supplied by measure the difference
(7) dUdeg=U E +a-U c
introduced in the place of da in the equation (1) gives the displacement p to be applied to the locus starting from X
To trace the corrected locus on the large seale 1 graphical chartthe length p is laid off from the origin in a positive sense in thedirectionUdeg-f1600 milsand a perpendicular is drawn at its extremity it ia an element ofthe locus corrected in its determiningpart
In the same wayan element of each of the other loci is traced nearthe originand the point XX7 is selected as being the most probableas has been indicated in the preceding section Let dxand dy be itscoordinates on the chart The coordinates of X are x--dx andy+dy mdash
7 Precision of the determination I f the number of the loci isgreat enough and if the point X is equally well determined in
mdashevery sense the expression --mdashgt in which d represents the devia
tion with reference to the selected point X of the locus of the valuep and 2 extends to all the geometric loci may be taken as the value
of the mean error of position of P But these conditions are practically never realized in the actual practice of locating and adjustingGenerally the number ofloci does not exceed three and the extreme
loci intersect at an angle which rarely reaches 1600 mils and isoften inferior to 800 There is consequently a vast azimuthal region
around X not comprising any locus direction The idea of error ofposition loses therefore all significance The mean error of X
can no longer be defined by a unique quantity and it is necessaryto calculate the mean errors of the coordinates of this point Inorder that these mean errors may have a concrete sense it wouldbe necessary to start by taking as axes of the coordinates the balanced mean of the directions of the loci and its perpendicular so asto have the maximum and minimum mean errors I t is evident
i The scale is adopted with reference to the precision which the angles give reasonto expect for X It is useless in the actual case to go beyond j ^g -
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1435
14 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
that the determination of the precision of the solution by the methodof least squares would lead to quite protracted calculations for anillusory result in consequence of the impossibility of avoidingargtarbitrary proceeding in the attribution of the values to the different loci
We may content ourselves to avoid loss of time by taking themaximum deviations of the intersections in the sense of the meandirection of the loci and in the perpendicular direction as measureof the uncertainty of the position adopted in the two directions
Furthermorethe
number ofthe
Idti mustbe
at leastfour8 Special case of two bearingsmdashBefore passing to the applicationto the plotting of targets and to the adjustment of fire we shouldmdashexamine a special case frequently occurring in practice the case
Fig 5
in which the number of bearings is reduced to two The problemis then determinate and offers no occasion for a choice of a soultionBut it is important to study the influence of the angle at which the twoloci intersect on the precision of their intersection
Let (fig 5) Ox X and O2 X be the two erroneous loci starting fromthe points Ox and 02O2 the positions of the observation stations 1 and
2 and let p i and p2p2 be the displacements to be applied to them toobtain the correct loci IIXI1X
and I^X so that the correct point is Xand so that r=XX represents the vector of error of the position of XThe problem is to findthe value of r
In the triangle X I I X
r2=XP+XI-2Xr2=XP+XI -2XI I XX II Xcos X^X r 2=XP +XI 1 -2XIX
XlxXcobXljX
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 15
The angle XIX is evidently the one of which the bearing OjXmust be turned to a positionparallel with O2 X and in the same direcmdashtion I t is then equal to UU2 U the difference of the reference anglesof the two bearings
On the other hand we have
Xll= sin (Uj-tJ) and Xll= sin (U-Ux)
Consequently
r8gt Sitf(u-p)[l
+^-fro3
ltp - u raquo]-The following table gives the values of mdash for 5 and 10
Pimdash Pwhich correspond to different values of (U 2 Ux) in the case wheremdash mdash
and cos (U2 Ui) are of contrary signs and where consequentlyPir is the longer diagonal of the parellelogram X I I X I
-bullTable of the values of p
mdashAnini les(U 2 U i) in milsles(U 2 U i) in mils
P iidii
1600600 2400400 280008000 3000000 3100100 3200200I
0 100 144 266 5 1 100 2 000
5 511 811 15555 30707 61212 000
100 10101 15252 28686 56363 1122122 000
It appest appes irs froirs froi i the mhe m imbers ofmbers thLf thL table how ratable how ra gtidly tlidly tl te errore ofrror oflosition rosition r augmiugmi snts whints whi3n the small) gtr angle atrn wlngle at wlhe small) ich thlt i twoch lociwo locihlt
alls bells be low 400ow 400 milsils
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1635
CHAPTER 11
PLOTTING THE TARGETS
Although the plotting of the targets and that of the bursts offriendly shells are simply the application of what precedes the twoproblems regarded fromthe practicalpoint of viewdiffersufficientlyto warrant a separate treatment
9 Construction of the bearingmdash
At the observation station 017Ol7 atarget
X has beensighted
under the divisionml
of the micrometer ofthe sight the goniometric reading corresponding to the position ofthis sight being l x The verificationof the orientation of the limbof the goniometer has been made immediately afterwards by layingthe reference point R t under the zero division of the micrometer and
it has been found that the reading which should have been zero ifthe instrument had been correctly oriented was r x The horizontalangle al=a
1= l 1+m 1 mdashr1 between the reference point and the target Xhas therefore been measured The problem is to construct thebearing of X from this measurementmdasha Direct methods According to their rectangular coordinates inconnection with a kilometric cross-sectioning in the system of coordinates used by the Army to which the section belongs transfer thepoints Oj and R x to the construction sheet on the scale of 2 0000-
The bearing Ox X x may then be traced directly if we have an alidadeprotractor withlimb graduated in mils and a vernier for reading themils
In the absence of this instrument which is not generally possessed by the sections a graphic sketch of angles in mils on tracingpaper may be used The center is placed at Ox and the originradius on OAO
AR1(R1( so that a second point for Oj X t can be pricked by
interpolation for a x The Geographic Service has had a graphicsketch of this sort prepared giving all the angles from0 to 1600 milsI t is printed on tracing paper and delivered to the sections Byreason of the inaccuracies in printing this process is less exact thanthat of the protractor
That the bearing thus obtained may have the exactitude requiredin the vicinity of the point X i t is requisite that the distance Ox X
reduced to the scale of the construction sheet should not exceed bytoo much the length of the branches of the protractor when thisinstrument is used I t is above all important whatever method isused that the direction O x R1(R
1( the origin of the angle a should begraphically defined without appreciable error at the distance O^K
16
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1735
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 17
from Oj This is the condition when OXX is at most equal to OjszligjIt is no longer true if O XX is notably superior to o^ and it is thennecessary to prolong this line beyond Ri with the aid of the calculation This is done by determining the intersection of the prolongation with one of the lines of the cross-sectioning which are mostnormally cut by it The formulae to be employed are the following
To obtain the x of the intersection of OJampi with the parallel tothe axis of the asy=h
(9) x=^i+^~(h-y o l )=x i+(k-x o l ) tan Ur i o
to obtain the y of the intersection of (^Rj with the parallel to theaxis of the ya x=k
lt10) y=y oi-^~ i(k-xoi)=yoi+(k-x 01 ) cot r
01 y o l
xr v jRi designating the coordinates of C^ and R x and Vr vthe reference angle of o^ The logarithm tables with four decimals are sufficient for this calculationmdash6 Use ofa graduation The above-mentioned methods are appropriate for tracing bearings taken from a mobile observation stationIn installations remaining stationary for a long time the labor ofgraphical construction can be much reduced and an equal if notsuperior precision can be obtained by using a graduation in milstraced once for all for each station on the construction sheet Eachgraduation starts from the direction of the reference point of the corresponding station and covers its entire sector of visibility Thedivisions are numbered from 0 to 6400 in the clockwise direction soas to correspond to the angles a defined above To trace a bearingtaken from Olt for example it is only necessary to join the point O tto the real or interpolated division whichhas the angle a x as numberI f a precise determination is not required one need only stretch a wireattached to a knob fastened on a special point at Ou making it passthrough the division a u to have the bearing Thus many erasures ofpencil marks on the construction sheet can be avoided and the lattercan be rendered serviceable for a long time
oareshould be exercised in inserting the point not to make the hole at Ot too large if
this point is to be used in tracing very precise bearings But sinceit is difficult not to enlarge the hole if the point is removed too oftenit is expedient to have for the use of the wire a special constructionsheet fastened to a board and to reserve the main construction sheetwhichhad better be fastened to a surface of zinc for tracing bearingswith pencil
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1835
18 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The graduations corresponding to the different observation stations Oj 2O2 03O3 O4O4 are arranged in arcs of circles or better to avoidoverlapping the construction sheet is removed and the desirableprecision is had on its entire extent on the margins by means ofparallel bands about 10 millimeters in width These are distinguished by different colors
The quickest way to trace them is to use the graphic sketch of theGeographic Service on tracing paper pricking a point or two of eachdivision near the margin of the sheet The angular spacing of the
radii of this graphic sketch at the different distances from the centerhas been chosen in such a way that the interpolationat sight is everywhere possible without appreciable error and that their linearspacing never descends below 15 millimeters it is only necessarythen whatever part of the graphical sketch is used to prick one ortwo points of each of the radii successively without adding or cutting off
Nevertheless by reason of the inaccuracies of the graphical sketchdue to printing it may happen that a graduation obtained by thismeans wouldpresent inadmissible errors This difficulty is avoidedby determining some divisions by calculation for instance those of800 1600 4800 5400 mils besides that of the referencepoint Once these principal divisionshave been traced on the construction sheet the graphical sketch makes it possible to obtain theintermediary divisions without appreciable error For this purposeit is placed over the construction sheet with the center at On
n beingthe number of the station corresponding -to the graduation and aprincipalradius on one of the extreme divisions calculated
that onthe left forinstance of the sector of 800 mils that is to be graduatedI f the radius laid off at 800 mils from the first does not fall on thelimiting division on the right the graphical sketch is shifted gentlywith respect to the point On followingthe bisector of the angle ofthe sector the first radius beingkept on its divisionuntil this resultis obtained
The formula to be used for determining by calculation the intersection with one of the linesof the cross-sectioning of the division d
reckoned from the aiming line are the followingTo obtain the xof the intersection of Ond with the parallel to the
axis of the x of the cross-sectioning farthest from On ymdashh
(11) j c = s raquo n +(l-y 11 )taii(ITR n +d)
to obtain the yof the intersection of Oud with the parallel at theaxis of the y of the cross-sectioning farthest from Ou x=k
(12) y=yo n +(h-xo ) cot (Un n+d)n
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1935
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 19
IJRn is given by the first of the formulae (6) That one of theformulae (11) and (12) which corresponds to the most normal inter-section is of course employed
A type of the calculation by the formula (12) will be found inExample I t the end of the pamphlet
In the absence of the graphical sketch of the angles in mils it isnecessary to graduate entirely by calculation The same formulaeare used it is only necessary to make din them equal successivelyto 5 10 15 mils or to 10 20 30 mils etc according
to the distanceof
the intersection from the point On The calcu-lations in this case should be made in series so as not to require toomuch time and should be verified by the differences
Tables of logarithms of four decimals are sufficient for all thesecalculations mdash
10 Utilizationof the observations A single observation supplyingonly one geometric locus of the position of the target is not enoughto determine i t but it furnishes an indication capable of beingusedin many cases
To turn it to account an investigation is first made to see whetherit corresponds to a known target The bearing is applied to theconstruction sheet on which the positions of all the previouslydetermined targets has been marked The use of the sheet pastedto the board and provided with wires is particularly adaptable forthis use Several cases may occur
(a) The bearing passes through a target at the usual degree ofapproxi-mdashmation Let A be this known target O2O2 being the station whichhas
given the observation The centralpricks
on the constructionsheet the directions ayav a 3 a4a4 in which the observers of Qu 3O3 04O
4should sight to see A and he has them watch in these directionsrespectively until OlOl signals a new observation in the same directionas the first If one or more of them get an observation at the sametime as Oj the operation is conducted as described later (case of twoor more simultaneous observations) In the contrary case it isdecided either that the target seen from O2O2 is not A or that if it isA the circumstancesdo not permit sighting it from O1(O1( 03O3 04O4
I f the bearing from Ox encounters two or more targets they aretried successively in the order of probability until at least twosimultaneous observations are obtained mdash(b) The bearing does not pass through any known target It happensquite often at least by day that the observer who has made an ob-servation of a flash or smoke ball is able to locate approximately
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2035
20 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
this flash or smoke ball The Central adopts provisionally a location of the target on the bearing in the region indicated by theobserver and proceeds with reference to this supposed location aswith reference to a known target through which the bearing mightpass to try to obtain at least two simultaneous bearings
In the absence of supplementary information supplied by theobserver who has made the observation application is made to theneighboring terrestrial observation sections or sound locating sections or balloons or first-line trench stations of the Artillery Intelli-
gence Service etc and the Central in this way may often obtaindata which will enable him to determine somewhat more accuratelythe position of the target on the single bearing sufficiently at leastto try to obtain simultaneous observations
Two simultaneous observations are theoretically sufficient for thedetermination of a target but generally every determination whichis not verified should be regarded as doubtful The best verificationis a third concurrent observation supplying a bearing which passesvery close to the point of intersection of the two others For theprobability that three flashes for instance should be produced atthe same instance and should give concurrent directions with threestations from which they have been observed is very slight and theprobability that the three stations have sighted the same flash ispractically equivalent under these conditions to a certainty I t isthis verification which we must try to get especially for newtargets But since it is quite often impossible for reasons of visi-bility or clearness that three stations should sight the same flash
or smoke ball we must often be satisfied with other verificationsThe fact that the two observations are simultaneous especially
when it is a case of an instantaneous phenomenon like a flash is in it-self a partial proof that they relate to the same target I f the samefact is repeated a certain number of times while the directions oftheobservations remain apparently constant the presumption is strengthened without absolute certainty being produced since in the caseof firing for instance the enemy might discharge two guns at a timeormake false flashes
A much more weighty confirmationresults from the coincidenceof the intersection with a known target The concurrence of theresult with the approximate position given by one of the observerson a bearing may also be regarded as a satisfactory verificationFinally the intelligence obtained outside the section in case thatof the section is insufficient sometimes reveals the degree of confidence that can be placed in the result
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 21
The use of wiresrepresenting the bearings is very convenient whenthere are only two bearings to be applied on condition that the angleat which they intersect is large enough The tracing of the loci on
the construction sheet becomes necessary as soon as the angle is lessthan 400 mils especially if the point of intersection is very distant(Sec 8) It is even necessary to resort to calculation when the angleis less than 300 mils
The determination by two bearings only should be turned over tothe Artillery with all the necessary reserve according to the con-
firmations obtained In no case should i t be regarded as definiteWith three or more simultaneous observations the problem is more
than determined and as the geometric loci generally do not intersectat the same point the position to be adopted is open to a choiceI f the observations are equally good the rule given in section 5leads tochoosing a point nearest the loci whose value is greatest Further-more as is known the value of a locus may be regarded as inverselyproportional to the square of the distance from the point sought to
thecorresponding station or in other words to the square of
thedisplacement of the locus for the same error of observation 10 milsfor instance I t is sufficient then to trace near the cap (the figurehaving the intersections of the loci as summits) bearings correspond-ing to the same angular deflection of the first in order to have a veryclear conception of the values which are inversely proportional tothe squares of the linear spacings
But the problem is rarelypresented with this degree of simplicityGenerally the observations are of unequal precision and the difficulty
consists in observing the inequalities of precision in the attributionof value to the bearings Thus in the case where two observers havebeen able to observe the flash of the discharge of a gun and thethird the dust or the smoke only the observation of the third is allother things being equal less precise than that of the first two butthe central has not the data by which he may determine in whatmeasure Only the observers if they are conscientious and welltrained can indicate to him the degree of uncertainty of their ob-servations and enable him to reduce to a minimum the arbitrarypart in the attribution of the values The chiefs of sections can notuse too much care therefore in the selection development andsupervision of the observers
The use of wires is not recommended for very precise determina-tions especially if the loci intersect at rather acute angles for if
the wires rub on one another i t is to be feared that they will not be
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2235
22 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
perfectly Btraight Moreover not being on the same plane theyproduce the effect of a parallax For tracing the bearings on theconstruction sheet fastened on zinc a hard pencil sharpened to avery fine point must be used Finally if the loci intersect at veryacute angles it is necessary to resort to a calculation and to a graphicconstruction on a large scale (Sec 6)
When the dimensions of the cap exceed notably those whichcorrespond to the mean errors of the observations the determinationshould be regarded as nul Every correction of observation tendingto reduce the cap which has not been signalled at once by the ob-server himself must be rigidly avoided
Unless there is absolute certainty that the sightings of the differentstations relate to a single and identical target i t is never permissibleto proceed by mean observations especially if the flashes or smoke ballshave not all been sighted by the same observation stations Thevariations of the positions corresponding to the different series ofsimultaneous sightings show whether several targets are involved
and in thecontrary case they afford a
muchmore exact
idea of theapproximation really obtained than that which can be formed fromthe variation of the loci in respect to the point chosen in a singledetermination
11 Case in which the position of the observation stationsmdash can not bedetermined withprecision The preceding is based upon the implicitassumption that the positions of the observation stations are so wellknown that the influence oftheir errors on the determination can beregarded as negligible in regard to that of the errors of measure It
is not always so even in position warfare since some stations difficultto establish have to be used before the range triangulation group hashad the time or opportunity to determine their locations In openwarfare i t is often necessary to rely on positions taken at sight onthe battle map or even on the ordinary map
The remark at the end of section 4 shows that it is still possible inthis case to have exact geometric loci if a reference point sufficientlynear the target is available for each station But then since thereference points change with the targets there is no occasion to tracethe graduation on the construction sheet By wayof compensationthe graphical sketch on tracing paper of the angles in mils can beused with advantage to prick the bearings since the angles beingsmall its deviations are inconsequential
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2335
CHAPTER 111
ADJUSTMENT OP PERCUSSION FIREmdash
12 Problem of the adjustment by the observation of the bursts A
battery mayask
the terrestrial observation service located in thesame sector to determine for it either the absolute positions (the rectangular coordinates) of the bursts of its projectiles or the positionsof these bursts with reference to the target which should in this casebe a clearly denned point of the battle map
The first problem does not differ from the one considered in the preceding chapter it is in general even easier both for the observerswho can be informed in advance of the time and the direction inwhich they should watch and for the central who works on thebasis of observations unusually concordant
The second is distinguished by the fact that the position sought isa relative position which can be obtained by differentialcalculus^and consequently constructed on a geographical sketch on a large
scale with all the desirable precision and rapidity It constitutesthe real problem of fire adjustment which may be formulated thus
A friendly gun P fires a percussion shell at a target X the burst isheard by the terrestrial observation section Determine the errors in
range and in lateral deviationThere are two cases to be distinguished according as the target is
invisible and known only by its rectangular coordinates or as it canbe sighted by the stations during the adjustmentmdash
13 Adjustment on an invisible target Let (fig 6) 0 0202 080
8 0404
be the four observation stations of the section a u lt 3 a4a
4 hex3x
angles observed in each of them between the reference point and the-bursting point X of a projectileTo have the errors of X in respect to X inrange and direction
there are traced on a graphic sketch on the scale -s^^ two rectan-gular axes Xx and Xy (fig 7) representing the parallels to the axes ofthe rectangular coordinates passing through the target X and theposition of the burst X is determined with respect to these axes byconstructing its four geometric loci one of whichmay be lacking
23
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2435
24 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
If the point X is nearenough to thepoint X thedirectionsoftheloci are very noticeablyparallelto OjX O4X of whichthereferenceanglesUdeg x Udeg 4 (fig 6) arecalculatedby meansof the
y
i
Si y l r^ n N s^-
V t i )k j vv ft J -mdash
raquo Tic
Kg cfirst of theformulae(5)ormulae of5) ofsection6 their distancesat the their distancesat theoriginri haveBectionas expressionsions(formula (1) ofSecformula (1) ofSec 3))
Pi-sKDxrfU0 7)4 =KD 4rfUdeg4
with [formulaula (7)]7)]
tfU^UEi+ai-U0 rfU^TJju+^-UV
DvDv D 4 arethe distancesOiK O4X measuredon theconstructionsheeton the scale Towff) Uumlb4 designate thereferenceangles of thelinesO1O
1R 1 O4O
4R 4 runningfrom the
observationstations to theirreferencepointsthe referenceanglesbeingcalculatedonceforall by the first of theformulae(6)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 25
The direction in which these distances should be pricked is seenon the construction sheet as is shown in figure 6 Thus in figure 7the trace of the first locus corresponds to a difference ltfUcgto
All the loci should intersect at the same point if the sightings arefree of errors and if the positions of the stations and of the referencepoints are exactly known Generally they form a little cap inwhich the bursting point X is selected as shown in sections 5and 10
I t is then only necessary to project X in pound on the direction XPof the gun or of the battery P which forms with the axis Xy an angle
given by the construction sheet to have in Xpound the error of rangeand in poundX the error in direction
14 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting points onmdashthe scale of-g^-g The formulae (1) and (7) are independent of thegun or battery P The section may therefore have in advance foreach of the targets on which it willhave to make the adjustment aconstruction sheet on the scale of -sinnr like the one represented in
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2635
26 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
figure 7 on whichare pricked the directions of the loci starting fromX with respect to the axes Xx Xy and normally to these directionsof the scales of the corresponding ps for the successive values ofdUdeg in multiples of 5 mils or in multiples of 10 mils
The graphical sketch of the angles in mils may be used to graduatethese scales in pricking the divisions through the tracing paper
when the distance OX from the station to the target is less than 5kilometers For distances greater than 2 kilometers it is easier touse the graphic table of the errors of the bearings (PL I I I ) which
gives on the scale of -5-^trff the displacement of the bearing to thedifferent distances from 2to 18 kilometers In the absence of thisgraphic table the values of the ps for dU c=lo mils are calculatedby means of the formula
(p) p 1 10 mils=4o KD
whichgives pin millimeterson the scale of -g^Vo-i terms of D inmillimetersof the construction sheet on the scale of 2oooogt and inwhichthe coefficient X has as value (Sec 3)
31416 13200 =1000 ( l - deg - deg l B3 )gt
wherefore log K=4 99200 These lengths of p are then multiplied
for 10 mils by 1 2 3 to have the distances of the successivedivisionsin multiplesof 16 mils on the straight line XO whichgivesthe direction of the geometric locus The divisions on the left ofthis mdashine with respect to the observation station are indicated bythe sign those on the right by the + sign
I f the lack of parallelismof the bearings becomes noticeable at theextremities of the graduation it can be remedied easily by substituting for the single scale corresponding to the target two scalesplaced at a distance of 10 centimeters for instance from each sideof the origin
Instead of taking as originof the graduation of each scale its pointof intersection I with the corresponding straight line XO it is preferable in case the target is well determined and fixed to trace thedivisions which correspond to round numbers of mils of the anglea so as to avoid having to reckon the difference dJdeg for each geometric locus to be constructed The value of a for the point I eingUdegmdashU B the adjustment to be applied to the divisions toward theright is the product of the value of p for 10 mils multiplied by themdashfraction of 10 mils obtained by subtracting UUc UEUE from the value ofthe next highest multiple of 10 mils above the actual value of a Example I I at the end of the pamphlet gives the disposition toadopt for all these calculations
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2735
16057deg (To face page 2ti) No 1
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1435
14 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
that the determination of the precision of the solution by the methodof least squares would lead to quite protracted calculations for anillusory result in consequence of the impossibility of avoidingargtarbitrary proceeding in the attribution of the values to the different loci
We may content ourselves to avoid loss of time by taking themaximum deviations of the intersections in the sense of the meandirection of the loci and in the perpendicular direction as measureof the uncertainty of the position adopted in the two directions
Furthermorethe
number ofthe
Idti mustbe
at leastfour8 Special case of two bearingsmdashBefore passing to the applicationto the plotting of targets and to the adjustment of fire we shouldmdashexamine a special case frequently occurring in practice the case
Fig 5
in which the number of bearings is reduced to two The problemis then determinate and offers no occasion for a choice of a soultionBut it is important to study the influence of the angle at which the twoloci intersect on the precision of their intersection
Let (fig 5) Ox X and O2 X be the two erroneous loci starting fromthe points Ox and 02O2 the positions of the observation stations 1 and
2 and let p i and p2p2 be the displacements to be applied to them toobtain the correct loci IIXI1X
and I^X so that the correct point is Xand so that r=XX represents the vector of error of the position of XThe problem is to findthe value of r
In the triangle X I I X
r2=XP+XI-2Xr2=XP+XI -2XI I XX II Xcos X^X r 2=XP +XI 1 -2XIX
XlxXcobXljX
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 15
The angle XIX is evidently the one of which the bearing OjXmust be turned to a positionparallel with O2 X and in the same direcmdashtion I t is then equal to UU2 U the difference of the reference anglesof the two bearings
On the other hand we have
Xll= sin (Uj-tJ) and Xll= sin (U-Ux)
Consequently
r8gt Sitf(u-p)[l
+^-fro3
ltp - u raquo]-The following table gives the values of mdash for 5 and 10
Pimdash Pwhich correspond to different values of (U 2 Ux) in the case wheremdash mdash
and cos (U2 Ui) are of contrary signs and where consequentlyPir is the longer diagonal of the parellelogram X I I X I
-bullTable of the values of p
mdashAnini les(U 2 U i) in milsles(U 2 U i) in mils
P iidii
1600600 2400400 280008000 3000000 3100100 3200200I
0 100 144 266 5 1 100 2 000
5 511 811 15555 30707 61212 000
100 10101 15252 28686 56363 1122122 000
It appest appes irs froirs froi i the mhe m imbers ofmbers thLf thL table how ratable how ra gtidly tlidly tl te errore ofrror oflosition rosition r augmiugmi snts whints whi3n the small) gtr angle atrn wlngle at wlhe small) ich thlt i twoch lociwo locihlt
alls bells be low 400ow 400 milsils
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1635
CHAPTER 11
PLOTTING THE TARGETS
Although the plotting of the targets and that of the bursts offriendly shells are simply the application of what precedes the twoproblems regarded fromthe practicalpoint of viewdiffersufficientlyto warrant a separate treatment
9 Construction of the bearingmdash
At the observation station 017Ol7 atarget
X has beensighted
under the divisionml
of the micrometer ofthe sight the goniometric reading corresponding to the position ofthis sight being l x The verificationof the orientation of the limbof the goniometer has been made immediately afterwards by layingthe reference point R t under the zero division of the micrometer and
it has been found that the reading which should have been zero ifthe instrument had been correctly oriented was r x The horizontalangle al=a
1= l 1+m 1 mdashr1 between the reference point and the target Xhas therefore been measured The problem is to construct thebearing of X from this measurementmdasha Direct methods According to their rectangular coordinates inconnection with a kilometric cross-sectioning in the system of coordinates used by the Army to which the section belongs transfer thepoints Oj and R x to the construction sheet on the scale of 2 0000-
The bearing Ox X x may then be traced directly if we have an alidadeprotractor withlimb graduated in mils and a vernier for reading themils
In the absence of this instrument which is not generally possessed by the sections a graphic sketch of angles in mils on tracingpaper may be used The center is placed at Ox and the originradius on OAO
AR1(R1( so that a second point for Oj X t can be pricked by
interpolation for a x The Geographic Service has had a graphicsketch of this sort prepared giving all the angles from0 to 1600 milsI t is printed on tracing paper and delivered to the sections Byreason of the inaccuracies in printing this process is less exact thanthat of the protractor
That the bearing thus obtained may have the exactitude requiredin the vicinity of the point X i t is requisite that the distance Ox X
reduced to the scale of the construction sheet should not exceed bytoo much the length of the branches of the protractor when thisinstrument is used I t is above all important whatever method isused that the direction O x R1(R
1( the origin of the angle a should begraphically defined without appreciable error at the distance O^K
16
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1735
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 17
from Oj This is the condition when OXX is at most equal to OjszligjIt is no longer true if O XX is notably superior to o^ and it is thennecessary to prolong this line beyond Ri with the aid of the calculation This is done by determining the intersection of the prolongation with one of the lines of the cross-sectioning which are mostnormally cut by it The formulae to be employed are the following
To obtain the x of the intersection of OJampi with the parallel tothe axis of the asy=h
(9) x=^i+^~(h-y o l )=x i+(k-x o l ) tan Ur i o
to obtain the y of the intersection of (^Rj with the parallel to theaxis of the ya x=k
lt10) y=y oi-^~ i(k-xoi)=yoi+(k-x 01 ) cot r
01 y o l
xr v jRi designating the coordinates of C^ and R x and Vr vthe reference angle of o^ The logarithm tables with four decimals are sufficient for this calculationmdash6 Use ofa graduation The above-mentioned methods are appropriate for tracing bearings taken from a mobile observation stationIn installations remaining stationary for a long time the labor ofgraphical construction can be much reduced and an equal if notsuperior precision can be obtained by using a graduation in milstraced once for all for each station on the construction sheet Eachgraduation starts from the direction of the reference point of the corresponding station and covers its entire sector of visibility Thedivisions are numbered from 0 to 6400 in the clockwise direction soas to correspond to the angles a defined above To trace a bearingtaken from Olt for example it is only necessary to join the point O tto the real or interpolated division whichhas the angle a x as numberI f a precise determination is not required one need only stretch a wireattached to a knob fastened on a special point at Ou making it passthrough the division a u to have the bearing Thus many erasures ofpencil marks on the construction sheet can be avoided and the lattercan be rendered serviceable for a long time
oareshould be exercised in inserting the point not to make the hole at Ot too large if
this point is to be used in tracing very precise bearings But sinceit is difficult not to enlarge the hole if the point is removed too oftenit is expedient to have for the use of the wire a special constructionsheet fastened to a board and to reserve the main construction sheetwhichhad better be fastened to a surface of zinc for tracing bearingswith pencil
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1835
18 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The graduations corresponding to the different observation stations Oj 2O2 03O3 O4O4 are arranged in arcs of circles or better to avoidoverlapping the construction sheet is removed and the desirableprecision is had on its entire extent on the margins by means ofparallel bands about 10 millimeters in width These are distinguished by different colors
The quickest way to trace them is to use the graphic sketch of theGeographic Service on tracing paper pricking a point or two of eachdivision near the margin of the sheet The angular spacing of the
radii of this graphic sketch at the different distances from the centerhas been chosen in such a way that the interpolationat sight is everywhere possible without appreciable error and that their linearspacing never descends below 15 millimeters it is only necessarythen whatever part of the graphical sketch is used to prick one ortwo points of each of the radii successively without adding or cutting off
Nevertheless by reason of the inaccuracies of the graphical sketchdue to printing it may happen that a graduation obtained by thismeans wouldpresent inadmissible errors This difficulty is avoidedby determining some divisions by calculation for instance those of800 1600 4800 5400 mils besides that of the referencepoint Once these principal divisionshave been traced on the construction sheet the graphical sketch makes it possible to obtain theintermediary divisions without appreciable error For this purposeit is placed over the construction sheet with the center at On
n beingthe number of the station corresponding -to the graduation and aprincipalradius on one of the extreme divisions calculated
that onthe left forinstance of the sector of 800 mils that is to be graduatedI f the radius laid off at 800 mils from the first does not fall on thelimiting division on the right the graphical sketch is shifted gentlywith respect to the point On followingthe bisector of the angle ofthe sector the first radius beingkept on its divisionuntil this resultis obtained
The formula to be used for determining by calculation the intersection with one of the linesof the cross-sectioning of the division d
reckoned from the aiming line are the followingTo obtain the xof the intersection of Ond with the parallel to the
axis of the x of the cross-sectioning farthest from On ymdashh
(11) j c = s raquo n +(l-y 11 )taii(ITR n +d)
to obtain the yof the intersection of Oud with the parallel at theaxis of the y of the cross-sectioning farthest from Ou x=k
(12) y=yo n +(h-xo ) cot (Un n+d)n
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1935
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 19
IJRn is given by the first of the formulae (6) That one of theformulae (11) and (12) which corresponds to the most normal inter-section is of course employed
A type of the calculation by the formula (12) will be found inExample I t the end of the pamphlet
In the absence of the graphical sketch of the angles in mils it isnecessary to graduate entirely by calculation The same formulaeare used it is only necessary to make din them equal successivelyto 5 10 15 mils or to 10 20 30 mils etc according
to the distanceof
the intersection from the point On The calcu-lations in this case should be made in series so as not to require toomuch time and should be verified by the differences
Tables of logarithms of four decimals are sufficient for all thesecalculations mdash
10 Utilizationof the observations A single observation supplyingonly one geometric locus of the position of the target is not enoughto determine i t but it furnishes an indication capable of beingusedin many cases
To turn it to account an investigation is first made to see whetherit corresponds to a known target The bearing is applied to theconstruction sheet on which the positions of all the previouslydetermined targets has been marked The use of the sheet pastedto the board and provided with wires is particularly adaptable forthis use Several cases may occur
(a) The bearing passes through a target at the usual degree ofapproxi-mdashmation Let A be this known target O2O2 being the station whichhas
given the observation The centralpricks
on the constructionsheet the directions ayav a 3 a4a4 in which the observers of Qu 3O3 04O
4should sight to see A and he has them watch in these directionsrespectively until OlOl signals a new observation in the same directionas the first If one or more of them get an observation at the sametime as Oj the operation is conducted as described later (case of twoor more simultaneous observations) In the contrary case it isdecided either that the target seen from O2O2 is not A or that if it isA the circumstancesdo not permit sighting it from O1(O1( 03O3 04O4
I f the bearing from Ox encounters two or more targets they aretried successively in the order of probability until at least twosimultaneous observations are obtained mdash(b) The bearing does not pass through any known target It happensquite often at least by day that the observer who has made an ob-servation of a flash or smoke ball is able to locate approximately
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2035
20 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
this flash or smoke ball The Central adopts provisionally a location of the target on the bearing in the region indicated by theobserver and proceeds with reference to this supposed location aswith reference to a known target through which the bearing mightpass to try to obtain at least two simultaneous bearings
In the absence of supplementary information supplied by theobserver who has made the observation application is made to theneighboring terrestrial observation sections or sound locating sections or balloons or first-line trench stations of the Artillery Intelli-
gence Service etc and the Central in this way may often obtaindata which will enable him to determine somewhat more accuratelythe position of the target on the single bearing sufficiently at leastto try to obtain simultaneous observations
Two simultaneous observations are theoretically sufficient for thedetermination of a target but generally every determination whichis not verified should be regarded as doubtful The best verificationis a third concurrent observation supplying a bearing which passesvery close to the point of intersection of the two others For theprobability that three flashes for instance should be produced atthe same instance and should give concurrent directions with threestations from which they have been observed is very slight and theprobability that the three stations have sighted the same flash ispractically equivalent under these conditions to a certainty I t isthis verification which we must try to get especially for newtargets But since it is quite often impossible for reasons of visi-bility or clearness that three stations should sight the same flash
or smoke ball we must often be satisfied with other verificationsThe fact that the two observations are simultaneous especially
when it is a case of an instantaneous phenomenon like a flash is in it-self a partial proof that they relate to the same target I f the samefact is repeated a certain number of times while the directions oftheobservations remain apparently constant the presumption is strengthened without absolute certainty being produced since in the caseof firing for instance the enemy might discharge two guns at a timeormake false flashes
A much more weighty confirmationresults from the coincidenceof the intersection with a known target The concurrence of theresult with the approximate position given by one of the observerson a bearing may also be regarded as a satisfactory verificationFinally the intelligence obtained outside the section in case thatof the section is insufficient sometimes reveals the degree of confidence that can be placed in the result
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 21
The use of wiresrepresenting the bearings is very convenient whenthere are only two bearings to be applied on condition that the angleat which they intersect is large enough The tracing of the loci on
the construction sheet becomes necessary as soon as the angle is lessthan 400 mils especially if the point of intersection is very distant(Sec 8) It is even necessary to resort to calculation when the angleis less than 300 mils
The determination by two bearings only should be turned over tothe Artillery with all the necessary reserve according to the con-
firmations obtained In no case should i t be regarded as definiteWith three or more simultaneous observations the problem is more
than determined and as the geometric loci generally do not intersectat the same point the position to be adopted is open to a choiceI f the observations are equally good the rule given in section 5leads tochoosing a point nearest the loci whose value is greatest Further-more as is known the value of a locus may be regarded as inverselyproportional to the square of the distance from the point sought to
thecorresponding station or in other words to the square of
thedisplacement of the locus for the same error of observation 10 milsfor instance I t is sufficient then to trace near the cap (the figurehaving the intersections of the loci as summits) bearings correspond-ing to the same angular deflection of the first in order to have a veryclear conception of the values which are inversely proportional tothe squares of the linear spacings
But the problem is rarelypresented with this degree of simplicityGenerally the observations are of unequal precision and the difficulty
consists in observing the inequalities of precision in the attributionof value to the bearings Thus in the case where two observers havebeen able to observe the flash of the discharge of a gun and thethird the dust or the smoke only the observation of the third is allother things being equal less precise than that of the first two butthe central has not the data by which he may determine in whatmeasure Only the observers if they are conscientious and welltrained can indicate to him the degree of uncertainty of their ob-servations and enable him to reduce to a minimum the arbitrarypart in the attribution of the values The chiefs of sections can notuse too much care therefore in the selection development andsupervision of the observers
The use of wires is not recommended for very precise determina-tions especially if the loci intersect at rather acute angles for if
the wires rub on one another i t is to be feared that they will not be
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2235
22 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
perfectly Btraight Moreover not being on the same plane theyproduce the effect of a parallax For tracing the bearings on theconstruction sheet fastened on zinc a hard pencil sharpened to avery fine point must be used Finally if the loci intersect at veryacute angles it is necessary to resort to a calculation and to a graphicconstruction on a large scale (Sec 6)
When the dimensions of the cap exceed notably those whichcorrespond to the mean errors of the observations the determinationshould be regarded as nul Every correction of observation tendingto reduce the cap which has not been signalled at once by the ob-server himself must be rigidly avoided
Unless there is absolute certainty that the sightings of the differentstations relate to a single and identical target i t is never permissibleto proceed by mean observations especially if the flashes or smoke ballshave not all been sighted by the same observation stations Thevariations of the positions corresponding to the different series ofsimultaneous sightings show whether several targets are involved
and in thecontrary case they afford a
muchmore exact
idea of theapproximation really obtained than that which can be formed fromthe variation of the loci in respect to the point chosen in a singledetermination
11 Case in which the position of the observation stationsmdash can not bedetermined withprecision The preceding is based upon the implicitassumption that the positions of the observation stations are so wellknown that the influence oftheir errors on the determination can beregarded as negligible in regard to that of the errors of measure It
is not always so even in position warfare since some stations difficultto establish have to be used before the range triangulation group hashad the time or opportunity to determine their locations In openwarfare i t is often necessary to rely on positions taken at sight onthe battle map or even on the ordinary map
The remark at the end of section 4 shows that it is still possible inthis case to have exact geometric loci if a reference point sufficientlynear the target is available for each station But then since thereference points change with the targets there is no occasion to tracethe graduation on the construction sheet By wayof compensationthe graphical sketch on tracing paper of the angles in mils can beused with advantage to prick the bearings since the angles beingsmall its deviations are inconsequential
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2335
CHAPTER 111
ADJUSTMENT OP PERCUSSION FIREmdash
12 Problem of the adjustment by the observation of the bursts A
battery mayask
the terrestrial observation service located in thesame sector to determine for it either the absolute positions (the rectangular coordinates) of the bursts of its projectiles or the positionsof these bursts with reference to the target which should in this casebe a clearly denned point of the battle map
The first problem does not differ from the one considered in the preceding chapter it is in general even easier both for the observerswho can be informed in advance of the time and the direction inwhich they should watch and for the central who works on thebasis of observations unusually concordant
The second is distinguished by the fact that the position sought isa relative position which can be obtained by differentialcalculus^and consequently constructed on a geographical sketch on a large
scale with all the desirable precision and rapidity It constitutesthe real problem of fire adjustment which may be formulated thus
A friendly gun P fires a percussion shell at a target X the burst isheard by the terrestrial observation section Determine the errors in
range and in lateral deviationThere are two cases to be distinguished according as the target is
invisible and known only by its rectangular coordinates or as it canbe sighted by the stations during the adjustmentmdash
13 Adjustment on an invisible target Let (fig 6) 0 0202 080
8 0404
be the four observation stations of the section a u lt 3 a4a
4 hex3x
angles observed in each of them between the reference point and the-bursting point X of a projectileTo have the errors of X in respect to X inrange and direction
there are traced on a graphic sketch on the scale -s^^ two rectan-gular axes Xx and Xy (fig 7) representing the parallels to the axes ofthe rectangular coordinates passing through the target X and theposition of the burst X is determined with respect to these axes byconstructing its four geometric loci one of whichmay be lacking
23
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2435
24 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
If the point X is nearenough to thepoint X thedirectionsoftheloci are very noticeablyparallelto OjX O4X of whichthereferenceanglesUdeg x Udeg 4 (fig 6) arecalculatedby meansof the
y
i
Si y l r^ n N s^-
V t i )k j vv ft J -mdash
raquo Tic
Kg cfirst of theformulae(5)ormulae of5) ofsection6 their distancesat the their distancesat theoriginri haveBectionas expressionsions(formula (1) ofSecformula (1) ofSec 3))
Pi-sKDxrfU0 7)4 =KD 4rfUdeg4
with [formulaula (7)]7)]
tfU^UEi+ai-U0 rfU^TJju+^-UV
DvDv D 4 arethe distancesOiK O4X measuredon theconstructionsheeton the scale Towff) Uumlb4 designate thereferenceangles of thelinesO1O
1R 1 O4O
4R 4 runningfrom the
observationstations to theirreferencepointsthe referenceanglesbeingcalculatedonceforall by the first of theformulae(6)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 25
The direction in which these distances should be pricked is seenon the construction sheet as is shown in figure 6 Thus in figure 7the trace of the first locus corresponds to a difference ltfUcgto
All the loci should intersect at the same point if the sightings arefree of errors and if the positions of the stations and of the referencepoints are exactly known Generally they form a little cap inwhich the bursting point X is selected as shown in sections 5and 10
I t is then only necessary to project X in pound on the direction XPof the gun or of the battery P which forms with the axis Xy an angle
given by the construction sheet to have in Xpound the error of rangeand in poundX the error in direction
14 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting points onmdashthe scale of-g^-g The formulae (1) and (7) are independent of thegun or battery P The section may therefore have in advance foreach of the targets on which it willhave to make the adjustment aconstruction sheet on the scale of -sinnr like the one represented in
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2635
26 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
figure 7 on whichare pricked the directions of the loci starting fromX with respect to the axes Xx Xy and normally to these directionsof the scales of the corresponding ps for the successive values ofdUdeg in multiples of 5 mils or in multiples of 10 mils
The graphical sketch of the angles in mils may be used to graduatethese scales in pricking the divisions through the tracing paper
when the distance OX from the station to the target is less than 5kilometers For distances greater than 2 kilometers it is easier touse the graphic table of the errors of the bearings (PL I I I ) which
gives on the scale of -5-^trff the displacement of the bearing to thedifferent distances from 2to 18 kilometers In the absence of thisgraphic table the values of the ps for dU c=lo mils are calculatedby means of the formula
(p) p 1 10 mils=4o KD
whichgives pin millimeterson the scale of -g^Vo-i terms of D inmillimetersof the construction sheet on the scale of 2oooogt and inwhichthe coefficient X has as value (Sec 3)
31416 13200 =1000 ( l - deg - deg l B3 )gt
wherefore log K=4 99200 These lengths of p are then multiplied
for 10 mils by 1 2 3 to have the distances of the successivedivisionsin multiplesof 16 mils on the straight line XO whichgivesthe direction of the geometric locus The divisions on the left ofthis mdashine with respect to the observation station are indicated bythe sign those on the right by the + sign
I f the lack of parallelismof the bearings becomes noticeable at theextremities of the graduation it can be remedied easily by substituting for the single scale corresponding to the target two scalesplaced at a distance of 10 centimeters for instance from each sideof the origin
Instead of taking as originof the graduation of each scale its pointof intersection I with the corresponding straight line XO it is preferable in case the target is well determined and fixed to trace thedivisions which correspond to round numbers of mils of the anglea so as to avoid having to reckon the difference dJdeg for each geometric locus to be constructed The value of a for the point I eingUdegmdashU B the adjustment to be applied to the divisions toward theright is the product of the value of p for 10 mils multiplied by themdashfraction of 10 mils obtained by subtracting UUc UEUE from the value ofthe next highest multiple of 10 mils above the actual value of a Example I I at the end of the pamphlet gives the disposition toadopt for all these calculations
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2735
16057deg (To face page 2ti) No 1
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 15
The angle XIX is evidently the one of which the bearing OjXmust be turned to a positionparallel with O2 X and in the same direcmdashtion I t is then equal to UU2 U the difference of the reference anglesof the two bearings
On the other hand we have
Xll= sin (Uj-tJ) and Xll= sin (U-Ux)
Consequently
r8gt Sitf(u-p)[l
+^-fro3
ltp - u raquo]-The following table gives the values of mdash for 5 and 10
Pimdash Pwhich correspond to different values of (U 2 Ux) in the case wheremdash mdash
and cos (U2 Ui) are of contrary signs and where consequentlyPir is the longer diagonal of the parellelogram X I I X I
-bullTable of the values of p
mdashAnini les(U 2 U i) in milsles(U 2 U i) in mils
P iidii
1600600 2400400 280008000 3000000 3100100 3200200I
0 100 144 266 5 1 100 2 000
5 511 811 15555 30707 61212 000
100 10101 15252 28686 56363 1122122 000
It appest appes irs froirs froi i the mhe m imbers ofmbers thLf thL table how ratable how ra gtidly tlidly tl te errore ofrror oflosition rosition r augmiugmi snts whints whi3n the small) gtr angle atrn wlngle at wlhe small) ich thlt i twoch lociwo locihlt
alls bells be low 400ow 400 milsils
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1635
CHAPTER 11
PLOTTING THE TARGETS
Although the plotting of the targets and that of the bursts offriendly shells are simply the application of what precedes the twoproblems regarded fromthe practicalpoint of viewdiffersufficientlyto warrant a separate treatment
9 Construction of the bearingmdash
At the observation station 017Ol7 atarget
X has beensighted
under the divisionml
of the micrometer ofthe sight the goniometric reading corresponding to the position ofthis sight being l x The verificationof the orientation of the limbof the goniometer has been made immediately afterwards by layingthe reference point R t under the zero division of the micrometer and
it has been found that the reading which should have been zero ifthe instrument had been correctly oriented was r x The horizontalangle al=a
1= l 1+m 1 mdashr1 between the reference point and the target Xhas therefore been measured The problem is to construct thebearing of X from this measurementmdasha Direct methods According to their rectangular coordinates inconnection with a kilometric cross-sectioning in the system of coordinates used by the Army to which the section belongs transfer thepoints Oj and R x to the construction sheet on the scale of 2 0000-
The bearing Ox X x may then be traced directly if we have an alidadeprotractor withlimb graduated in mils and a vernier for reading themils
In the absence of this instrument which is not generally possessed by the sections a graphic sketch of angles in mils on tracingpaper may be used The center is placed at Ox and the originradius on OAO
AR1(R1( so that a second point for Oj X t can be pricked by
interpolation for a x The Geographic Service has had a graphicsketch of this sort prepared giving all the angles from0 to 1600 milsI t is printed on tracing paper and delivered to the sections Byreason of the inaccuracies in printing this process is less exact thanthat of the protractor
That the bearing thus obtained may have the exactitude requiredin the vicinity of the point X i t is requisite that the distance Ox X
reduced to the scale of the construction sheet should not exceed bytoo much the length of the branches of the protractor when thisinstrument is used I t is above all important whatever method isused that the direction O x R1(R
1( the origin of the angle a should begraphically defined without appreciable error at the distance O^K
16
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1735
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 17
from Oj This is the condition when OXX is at most equal to OjszligjIt is no longer true if O XX is notably superior to o^ and it is thennecessary to prolong this line beyond Ri with the aid of the calculation This is done by determining the intersection of the prolongation with one of the lines of the cross-sectioning which are mostnormally cut by it The formulae to be employed are the following
To obtain the x of the intersection of OJampi with the parallel tothe axis of the asy=h
(9) x=^i+^~(h-y o l )=x i+(k-x o l ) tan Ur i o
to obtain the y of the intersection of (^Rj with the parallel to theaxis of the ya x=k
lt10) y=y oi-^~ i(k-xoi)=yoi+(k-x 01 ) cot r
01 y o l
xr v jRi designating the coordinates of C^ and R x and Vr vthe reference angle of o^ The logarithm tables with four decimals are sufficient for this calculationmdash6 Use ofa graduation The above-mentioned methods are appropriate for tracing bearings taken from a mobile observation stationIn installations remaining stationary for a long time the labor ofgraphical construction can be much reduced and an equal if notsuperior precision can be obtained by using a graduation in milstraced once for all for each station on the construction sheet Eachgraduation starts from the direction of the reference point of the corresponding station and covers its entire sector of visibility Thedivisions are numbered from 0 to 6400 in the clockwise direction soas to correspond to the angles a defined above To trace a bearingtaken from Olt for example it is only necessary to join the point O tto the real or interpolated division whichhas the angle a x as numberI f a precise determination is not required one need only stretch a wireattached to a knob fastened on a special point at Ou making it passthrough the division a u to have the bearing Thus many erasures ofpencil marks on the construction sheet can be avoided and the lattercan be rendered serviceable for a long time
oareshould be exercised in inserting the point not to make the hole at Ot too large if
this point is to be used in tracing very precise bearings But sinceit is difficult not to enlarge the hole if the point is removed too oftenit is expedient to have for the use of the wire a special constructionsheet fastened to a board and to reserve the main construction sheetwhichhad better be fastened to a surface of zinc for tracing bearingswith pencil
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1835
18 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The graduations corresponding to the different observation stations Oj 2O2 03O3 O4O4 are arranged in arcs of circles or better to avoidoverlapping the construction sheet is removed and the desirableprecision is had on its entire extent on the margins by means ofparallel bands about 10 millimeters in width These are distinguished by different colors
The quickest way to trace them is to use the graphic sketch of theGeographic Service on tracing paper pricking a point or two of eachdivision near the margin of the sheet The angular spacing of the
radii of this graphic sketch at the different distances from the centerhas been chosen in such a way that the interpolationat sight is everywhere possible without appreciable error and that their linearspacing never descends below 15 millimeters it is only necessarythen whatever part of the graphical sketch is used to prick one ortwo points of each of the radii successively without adding or cutting off
Nevertheless by reason of the inaccuracies of the graphical sketchdue to printing it may happen that a graduation obtained by thismeans wouldpresent inadmissible errors This difficulty is avoidedby determining some divisions by calculation for instance those of800 1600 4800 5400 mils besides that of the referencepoint Once these principal divisionshave been traced on the construction sheet the graphical sketch makes it possible to obtain theintermediary divisions without appreciable error For this purposeit is placed over the construction sheet with the center at On
n beingthe number of the station corresponding -to the graduation and aprincipalradius on one of the extreme divisions calculated
that onthe left forinstance of the sector of 800 mils that is to be graduatedI f the radius laid off at 800 mils from the first does not fall on thelimiting division on the right the graphical sketch is shifted gentlywith respect to the point On followingthe bisector of the angle ofthe sector the first radius beingkept on its divisionuntil this resultis obtained
The formula to be used for determining by calculation the intersection with one of the linesof the cross-sectioning of the division d
reckoned from the aiming line are the followingTo obtain the xof the intersection of Ond with the parallel to the
axis of the x of the cross-sectioning farthest from On ymdashh
(11) j c = s raquo n +(l-y 11 )taii(ITR n +d)
to obtain the yof the intersection of Oud with the parallel at theaxis of the y of the cross-sectioning farthest from Ou x=k
(12) y=yo n +(h-xo ) cot (Un n+d)n
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1935
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 19
IJRn is given by the first of the formulae (6) That one of theformulae (11) and (12) which corresponds to the most normal inter-section is of course employed
A type of the calculation by the formula (12) will be found inExample I t the end of the pamphlet
In the absence of the graphical sketch of the angles in mils it isnecessary to graduate entirely by calculation The same formulaeare used it is only necessary to make din them equal successivelyto 5 10 15 mils or to 10 20 30 mils etc according
to the distanceof
the intersection from the point On The calcu-lations in this case should be made in series so as not to require toomuch time and should be verified by the differences
Tables of logarithms of four decimals are sufficient for all thesecalculations mdash
10 Utilizationof the observations A single observation supplyingonly one geometric locus of the position of the target is not enoughto determine i t but it furnishes an indication capable of beingusedin many cases
To turn it to account an investigation is first made to see whetherit corresponds to a known target The bearing is applied to theconstruction sheet on which the positions of all the previouslydetermined targets has been marked The use of the sheet pastedto the board and provided with wires is particularly adaptable forthis use Several cases may occur
(a) The bearing passes through a target at the usual degree ofapproxi-mdashmation Let A be this known target O2O2 being the station whichhas
given the observation The centralpricks
on the constructionsheet the directions ayav a 3 a4a4 in which the observers of Qu 3O3 04O
4should sight to see A and he has them watch in these directionsrespectively until OlOl signals a new observation in the same directionas the first If one or more of them get an observation at the sametime as Oj the operation is conducted as described later (case of twoor more simultaneous observations) In the contrary case it isdecided either that the target seen from O2O2 is not A or that if it isA the circumstancesdo not permit sighting it from O1(O1( 03O3 04O4
I f the bearing from Ox encounters two or more targets they aretried successively in the order of probability until at least twosimultaneous observations are obtained mdash(b) The bearing does not pass through any known target It happensquite often at least by day that the observer who has made an ob-servation of a flash or smoke ball is able to locate approximately
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2035
20 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
this flash or smoke ball The Central adopts provisionally a location of the target on the bearing in the region indicated by theobserver and proceeds with reference to this supposed location aswith reference to a known target through which the bearing mightpass to try to obtain at least two simultaneous bearings
In the absence of supplementary information supplied by theobserver who has made the observation application is made to theneighboring terrestrial observation sections or sound locating sections or balloons or first-line trench stations of the Artillery Intelli-
gence Service etc and the Central in this way may often obtaindata which will enable him to determine somewhat more accuratelythe position of the target on the single bearing sufficiently at leastto try to obtain simultaneous observations
Two simultaneous observations are theoretically sufficient for thedetermination of a target but generally every determination whichis not verified should be regarded as doubtful The best verificationis a third concurrent observation supplying a bearing which passesvery close to the point of intersection of the two others For theprobability that three flashes for instance should be produced atthe same instance and should give concurrent directions with threestations from which they have been observed is very slight and theprobability that the three stations have sighted the same flash ispractically equivalent under these conditions to a certainty I t isthis verification which we must try to get especially for newtargets But since it is quite often impossible for reasons of visi-bility or clearness that three stations should sight the same flash
or smoke ball we must often be satisfied with other verificationsThe fact that the two observations are simultaneous especially
when it is a case of an instantaneous phenomenon like a flash is in it-self a partial proof that they relate to the same target I f the samefact is repeated a certain number of times while the directions oftheobservations remain apparently constant the presumption is strengthened without absolute certainty being produced since in the caseof firing for instance the enemy might discharge two guns at a timeormake false flashes
A much more weighty confirmationresults from the coincidenceof the intersection with a known target The concurrence of theresult with the approximate position given by one of the observerson a bearing may also be regarded as a satisfactory verificationFinally the intelligence obtained outside the section in case thatof the section is insufficient sometimes reveals the degree of confidence that can be placed in the result
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 21
The use of wiresrepresenting the bearings is very convenient whenthere are only two bearings to be applied on condition that the angleat which they intersect is large enough The tracing of the loci on
the construction sheet becomes necessary as soon as the angle is lessthan 400 mils especially if the point of intersection is very distant(Sec 8) It is even necessary to resort to calculation when the angleis less than 300 mils
The determination by two bearings only should be turned over tothe Artillery with all the necessary reserve according to the con-
firmations obtained In no case should i t be regarded as definiteWith three or more simultaneous observations the problem is more
than determined and as the geometric loci generally do not intersectat the same point the position to be adopted is open to a choiceI f the observations are equally good the rule given in section 5leads tochoosing a point nearest the loci whose value is greatest Further-more as is known the value of a locus may be regarded as inverselyproportional to the square of the distance from the point sought to
thecorresponding station or in other words to the square of
thedisplacement of the locus for the same error of observation 10 milsfor instance I t is sufficient then to trace near the cap (the figurehaving the intersections of the loci as summits) bearings correspond-ing to the same angular deflection of the first in order to have a veryclear conception of the values which are inversely proportional tothe squares of the linear spacings
But the problem is rarelypresented with this degree of simplicityGenerally the observations are of unequal precision and the difficulty
consists in observing the inequalities of precision in the attributionof value to the bearings Thus in the case where two observers havebeen able to observe the flash of the discharge of a gun and thethird the dust or the smoke only the observation of the third is allother things being equal less precise than that of the first two butthe central has not the data by which he may determine in whatmeasure Only the observers if they are conscientious and welltrained can indicate to him the degree of uncertainty of their ob-servations and enable him to reduce to a minimum the arbitrarypart in the attribution of the values The chiefs of sections can notuse too much care therefore in the selection development andsupervision of the observers
The use of wires is not recommended for very precise determina-tions especially if the loci intersect at rather acute angles for if
the wires rub on one another i t is to be feared that they will not be
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2235
22 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
perfectly Btraight Moreover not being on the same plane theyproduce the effect of a parallax For tracing the bearings on theconstruction sheet fastened on zinc a hard pencil sharpened to avery fine point must be used Finally if the loci intersect at veryacute angles it is necessary to resort to a calculation and to a graphicconstruction on a large scale (Sec 6)
When the dimensions of the cap exceed notably those whichcorrespond to the mean errors of the observations the determinationshould be regarded as nul Every correction of observation tendingto reduce the cap which has not been signalled at once by the ob-server himself must be rigidly avoided
Unless there is absolute certainty that the sightings of the differentstations relate to a single and identical target i t is never permissibleto proceed by mean observations especially if the flashes or smoke ballshave not all been sighted by the same observation stations Thevariations of the positions corresponding to the different series ofsimultaneous sightings show whether several targets are involved
and in thecontrary case they afford a
muchmore exact
idea of theapproximation really obtained than that which can be formed fromthe variation of the loci in respect to the point chosen in a singledetermination
11 Case in which the position of the observation stationsmdash can not bedetermined withprecision The preceding is based upon the implicitassumption that the positions of the observation stations are so wellknown that the influence oftheir errors on the determination can beregarded as negligible in regard to that of the errors of measure It
is not always so even in position warfare since some stations difficultto establish have to be used before the range triangulation group hashad the time or opportunity to determine their locations In openwarfare i t is often necessary to rely on positions taken at sight onthe battle map or even on the ordinary map
The remark at the end of section 4 shows that it is still possible inthis case to have exact geometric loci if a reference point sufficientlynear the target is available for each station But then since thereference points change with the targets there is no occasion to tracethe graduation on the construction sheet By wayof compensationthe graphical sketch on tracing paper of the angles in mils can beused with advantage to prick the bearings since the angles beingsmall its deviations are inconsequential
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2335
CHAPTER 111
ADJUSTMENT OP PERCUSSION FIREmdash
12 Problem of the adjustment by the observation of the bursts A
battery mayask
the terrestrial observation service located in thesame sector to determine for it either the absolute positions (the rectangular coordinates) of the bursts of its projectiles or the positionsof these bursts with reference to the target which should in this casebe a clearly denned point of the battle map
The first problem does not differ from the one considered in the preceding chapter it is in general even easier both for the observerswho can be informed in advance of the time and the direction inwhich they should watch and for the central who works on thebasis of observations unusually concordant
The second is distinguished by the fact that the position sought isa relative position which can be obtained by differentialcalculus^and consequently constructed on a geographical sketch on a large
scale with all the desirable precision and rapidity It constitutesthe real problem of fire adjustment which may be formulated thus
A friendly gun P fires a percussion shell at a target X the burst isheard by the terrestrial observation section Determine the errors in
range and in lateral deviationThere are two cases to be distinguished according as the target is
invisible and known only by its rectangular coordinates or as it canbe sighted by the stations during the adjustmentmdash
13 Adjustment on an invisible target Let (fig 6) 0 0202 080
8 0404
be the four observation stations of the section a u lt 3 a4a
4 hex3x
angles observed in each of them between the reference point and the-bursting point X of a projectileTo have the errors of X in respect to X inrange and direction
there are traced on a graphic sketch on the scale -s^^ two rectan-gular axes Xx and Xy (fig 7) representing the parallels to the axes ofthe rectangular coordinates passing through the target X and theposition of the burst X is determined with respect to these axes byconstructing its four geometric loci one of whichmay be lacking
23
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2435
24 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
If the point X is nearenough to thepoint X thedirectionsoftheloci are very noticeablyparallelto OjX O4X of whichthereferenceanglesUdeg x Udeg 4 (fig 6) arecalculatedby meansof the
y
i
Si y l r^ n N s^-
V t i )k j vv ft J -mdash
raquo Tic
Kg cfirst of theformulae(5)ormulae of5) ofsection6 their distancesat the their distancesat theoriginri haveBectionas expressionsions(formula (1) ofSecformula (1) ofSec 3))
Pi-sKDxrfU0 7)4 =KD 4rfUdeg4
with [formulaula (7)]7)]
tfU^UEi+ai-U0 rfU^TJju+^-UV
DvDv D 4 arethe distancesOiK O4X measuredon theconstructionsheeton the scale Towff) Uumlb4 designate thereferenceangles of thelinesO1O
1R 1 O4O
4R 4 runningfrom the
observationstations to theirreferencepointsthe referenceanglesbeingcalculatedonceforall by the first of theformulae(6)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 25
The direction in which these distances should be pricked is seenon the construction sheet as is shown in figure 6 Thus in figure 7the trace of the first locus corresponds to a difference ltfUcgto
All the loci should intersect at the same point if the sightings arefree of errors and if the positions of the stations and of the referencepoints are exactly known Generally they form a little cap inwhich the bursting point X is selected as shown in sections 5and 10
I t is then only necessary to project X in pound on the direction XPof the gun or of the battery P which forms with the axis Xy an angle
given by the construction sheet to have in Xpound the error of rangeand in poundX the error in direction
14 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting points onmdashthe scale of-g^-g The formulae (1) and (7) are independent of thegun or battery P The section may therefore have in advance foreach of the targets on which it willhave to make the adjustment aconstruction sheet on the scale of -sinnr like the one represented in
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2635
26 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
figure 7 on whichare pricked the directions of the loci starting fromX with respect to the axes Xx Xy and normally to these directionsof the scales of the corresponding ps for the successive values ofdUdeg in multiples of 5 mils or in multiples of 10 mils
The graphical sketch of the angles in mils may be used to graduatethese scales in pricking the divisions through the tracing paper
when the distance OX from the station to the target is less than 5kilometers For distances greater than 2 kilometers it is easier touse the graphic table of the errors of the bearings (PL I I I ) which
gives on the scale of -5-^trff the displacement of the bearing to thedifferent distances from 2to 18 kilometers In the absence of thisgraphic table the values of the ps for dU c=lo mils are calculatedby means of the formula
(p) p 1 10 mils=4o KD
whichgives pin millimeterson the scale of -g^Vo-i terms of D inmillimetersof the construction sheet on the scale of 2oooogt and inwhichthe coefficient X has as value (Sec 3)
31416 13200 =1000 ( l - deg - deg l B3 )gt
wherefore log K=4 99200 These lengths of p are then multiplied
for 10 mils by 1 2 3 to have the distances of the successivedivisionsin multiplesof 16 mils on the straight line XO whichgivesthe direction of the geometric locus The divisions on the left ofthis mdashine with respect to the observation station are indicated bythe sign those on the right by the + sign
I f the lack of parallelismof the bearings becomes noticeable at theextremities of the graduation it can be remedied easily by substituting for the single scale corresponding to the target two scalesplaced at a distance of 10 centimeters for instance from each sideof the origin
Instead of taking as originof the graduation of each scale its pointof intersection I with the corresponding straight line XO it is preferable in case the target is well determined and fixed to trace thedivisions which correspond to round numbers of mils of the anglea so as to avoid having to reckon the difference dJdeg for each geometric locus to be constructed The value of a for the point I eingUdegmdashU B the adjustment to be applied to the divisions toward theright is the product of the value of p for 10 mils multiplied by themdashfraction of 10 mils obtained by subtracting UUc UEUE from the value ofthe next highest multiple of 10 mils above the actual value of a Example I I at the end of the pamphlet gives the disposition toadopt for all these calculations
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2735
16057deg (To face page 2ti) No 1
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1635
CHAPTER 11
PLOTTING THE TARGETS
Although the plotting of the targets and that of the bursts offriendly shells are simply the application of what precedes the twoproblems regarded fromthe practicalpoint of viewdiffersufficientlyto warrant a separate treatment
9 Construction of the bearingmdash
At the observation station 017Ol7 atarget
X has beensighted
under the divisionml
of the micrometer ofthe sight the goniometric reading corresponding to the position ofthis sight being l x The verificationof the orientation of the limbof the goniometer has been made immediately afterwards by layingthe reference point R t under the zero division of the micrometer and
it has been found that the reading which should have been zero ifthe instrument had been correctly oriented was r x The horizontalangle al=a
1= l 1+m 1 mdashr1 between the reference point and the target Xhas therefore been measured The problem is to construct thebearing of X from this measurementmdasha Direct methods According to their rectangular coordinates inconnection with a kilometric cross-sectioning in the system of coordinates used by the Army to which the section belongs transfer thepoints Oj and R x to the construction sheet on the scale of 2 0000-
The bearing Ox X x may then be traced directly if we have an alidadeprotractor withlimb graduated in mils and a vernier for reading themils
In the absence of this instrument which is not generally possessed by the sections a graphic sketch of angles in mils on tracingpaper may be used The center is placed at Ox and the originradius on OAO
AR1(R1( so that a second point for Oj X t can be pricked by
interpolation for a x The Geographic Service has had a graphicsketch of this sort prepared giving all the angles from0 to 1600 milsI t is printed on tracing paper and delivered to the sections Byreason of the inaccuracies in printing this process is less exact thanthat of the protractor
That the bearing thus obtained may have the exactitude requiredin the vicinity of the point X i t is requisite that the distance Ox X
reduced to the scale of the construction sheet should not exceed bytoo much the length of the branches of the protractor when thisinstrument is used I t is above all important whatever method isused that the direction O x R1(R
1( the origin of the angle a should begraphically defined without appreciable error at the distance O^K
16
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1735
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 17
from Oj This is the condition when OXX is at most equal to OjszligjIt is no longer true if O XX is notably superior to o^ and it is thennecessary to prolong this line beyond Ri with the aid of the calculation This is done by determining the intersection of the prolongation with one of the lines of the cross-sectioning which are mostnormally cut by it The formulae to be employed are the following
To obtain the x of the intersection of OJampi with the parallel tothe axis of the asy=h
(9) x=^i+^~(h-y o l )=x i+(k-x o l ) tan Ur i o
to obtain the y of the intersection of (^Rj with the parallel to theaxis of the ya x=k
lt10) y=y oi-^~ i(k-xoi)=yoi+(k-x 01 ) cot r
01 y o l
xr v jRi designating the coordinates of C^ and R x and Vr vthe reference angle of o^ The logarithm tables with four decimals are sufficient for this calculationmdash6 Use ofa graduation The above-mentioned methods are appropriate for tracing bearings taken from a mobile observation stationIn installations remaining stationary for a long time the labor ofgraphical construction can be much reduced and an equal if notsuperior precision can be obtained by using a graduation in milstraced once for all for each station on the construction sheet Eachgraduation starts from the direction of the reference point of the corresponding station and covers its entire sector of visibility Thedivisions are numbered from 0 to 6400 in the clockwise direction soas to correspond to the angles a defined above To trace a bearingtaken from Olt for example it is only necessary to join the point O tto the real or interpolated division whichhas the angle a x as numberI f a precise determination is not required one need only stretch a wireattached to a knob fastened on a special point at Ou making it passthrough the division a u to have the bearing Thus many erasures ofpencil marks on the construction sheet can be avoided and the lattercan be rendered serviceable for a long time
oareshould be exercised in inserting the point not to make the hole at Ot too large if
this point is to be used in tracing very precise bearings But sinceit is difficult not to enlarge the hole if the point is removed too oftenit is expedient to have for the use of the wire a special constructionsheet fastened to a board and to reserve the main construction sheetwhichhad better be fastened to a surface of zinc for tracing bearingswith pencil
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1835
18 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The graduations corresponding to the different observation stations Oj 2O2 03O3 O4O4 are arranged in arcs of circles or better to avoidoverlapping the construction sheet is removed and the desirableprecision is had on its entire extent on the margins by means ofparallel bands about 10 millimeters in width These are distinguished by different colors
The quickest way to trace them is to use the graphic sketch of theGeographic Service on tracing paper pricking a point or two of eachdivision near the margin of the sheet The angular spacing of the
radii of this graphic sketch at the different distances from the centerhas been chosen in such a way that the interpolationat sight is everywhere possible without appreciable error and that their linearspacing never descends below 15 millimeters it is only necessarythen whatever part of the graphical sketch is used to prick one ortwo points of each of the radii successively without adding or cutting off
Nevertheless by reason of the inaccuracies of the graphical sketchdue to printing it may happen that a graduation obtained by thismeans wouldpresent inadmissible errors This difficulty is avoidedby determining some divisions by calculation for instance those of800 1600 4800 5400 mils besides that of the referencepoint Once these principal divisionshave been traced on the construction sheet the graphical sketch makes it possible to obtain theintermediary divisions without appreciable error For this purposeit is placed over the construction sheet with the center at On
n beingthe number of the station corresponding -to the graduation and aprincipalradius on one of the extreme divisions calculated
that onthe left forinstance of the sector of 800 mils that is to be graduatedI f the radius laid off at 800 mils from the first does not fall on thelimiting division on the right the graphical sketch is shifted gentlywith respect to the point On followingthe bisector of the angle ofthe sector the first radius beingkept on its divisionuntil this resultis obtained
The formula to be used for determining by calculation the intersection with one of the linesof the cross-sectioning of the division d
reckoned from the aiming line are the followingTo obtain the xof the intersection of Ond with the parallel to the
axis of the x of the cross-sectioning farthest from On ymdashh
(11) j c = s raquo n +(l-y 11 )taii(ITR n +d)
to obtain the yof the intersection of Oud with the parallel at theaxis of the y of the cross-sectioning farthest from Ou x=k
(12) y=yo n +(h-xo ) cot (Un n+d)n
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1935
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 19
IJRn is given by the first of the formulae (6) That one of theformulae (11) and (12) which corresponds to the most normal inter-section is of course employed
A type of the calculation by the formula (12) will be found inExample I t the end of the pamphlet
In the absence of the graphical sketch of the angles in mils it isnecessary to graduate entirely by calculation The same formulaeare used it is only necessary to make din them equal successivelyto 5 10 15 mils or to 10 20 30 mils etc according
to the distanceof
the intersection from the point On The calcu-lations in this case should be made in series so as not to require toomuch time and should be verified by the differences
Tables of logarithms of four decimals are sufficient for all thesecalculations mdash
10 Utilizationof the observations A single observation supplyingonly one geometric locus of the position of the target is not enoughto determine i t but it furnishes an indication capable of beingusedin many cases
To turn it to account an investigation is first made to see whetherit corresponds to a known target The bearing is applied to theconstruction sheet on which the positions of all the previouslydetermined targets has been marked The use of the sheet pastedto the board and provided with wires is particularly adaptable forthis use Several cases may occur
(a) The bearing passes through a target at the usual degree ofapproxi-mdashmation Let A be this known target O2O2 being the station whichhas
given the observation The centralpricks
on the constructionsheet the directions ayav a 3 a4a4 in which the observers of Qu 3O3 04O
4should sight to see A and he has them watch in these directionsrespectively until OlOl signals a new observation in the same directionas the first If one or more of them get an observation at the sametime as Oj the operation is conducted as described later (case of twoor more simultaneous observations) In the contrary case it isdecided either that the target seen from O2O2 is not A or that if it isA the circumstancesdo not permit sighting it from O1(O1( 03O3 04O4
I f the bearing from Ox encounters two or more targets they aretried successively in the order of probability until at least twosimultaneous observations are obtained mdash(b) The bearing does not pass through any known target It happensquite often at least by day that the observer who has made an ob-servation of a flash or smoke ball is able to locate approximately
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2035
20 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
this flash or smoke ball The Central adopts provisionally a location of the target on the bearing in the region indicated by theobserver and proceeds with reference to this supposed location aswith reference to a known target through which the bearing mightpass to try to obtain at least two simultaneous bearings
In the absence of supplementary information supplied by theobserver who has made the observation application is made to theneighboring terrestrial observation sections or sound locating sections or balloons or first-line trench stations of the Artillery Intelli-
gence Service etc and the Central in this way may often obtaindata which will enable him to determine somewhat more accuratelythe position of the target on the single bearing sufficiently at leastto try to obtain simultaneous observations
Two simultaneous observations are theoretically sufficient for thedetermination of a target but generally every determination whichis not verified should be regarded as doubtful The best verificationis a third concurrent observation supplying a bearing which passesvery close to the point of intersection of the two others For theprobability that three flashes for instance should be produced atthe same instance and should give concurrent directions with threestations from which they have been observed is very slight and theprobability that the three stations have sighted the same flash ispractically equivalent under these conditions to a certainty I t isthis verification which we must try to get especially for newtargets But since it is quite often impossible for reasons of visi-bility or clearness that three stations should sight the same flash
or smoke ball we must often be satisfied with other verificationsThe fact that the two observations are simultaneous especially
when it is a case of an instantaneous phenomenon like a flash is in it-self a partial proof that they relate to the same target I f the samefact is repeated a certain number of times while the directions oftheobservations remain apparently constant the presumption is strengthened without absolute certainty being produced since in the caseof firing for instance the enemy might discharge two guns at a timeormake false flashes
A much more weighty confirmationresults from the coincidenceof the intersection with a known target The concurrence of theresult with the approximate position given by one of the observerson a bearing may also be regarded as a satisfactory verificationFinally the intelligence obtained outside the section in case thatof the section is insufficient sometimes reveals the degree of confidence that can be placed in the result
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 21
The use of wiresrepresenting the bearings is very convenient whenthere are only two bearings to be applied on condition that the angleat which they intersect is large enough The tracing of the loci on
the construction sheet becomes necessary as soon as the angle is lessthan 400 mils especially if the point of intersection is very distant(Sec 8) It is even necessary to resort to calculation when the angleis less than 300 mils
The determination by two bearings only should be turned over tothe Artillery with all the necessary reserve according to the con-
firmations obtained In no case should i t be regarded as definiteWith three or more simultaneous observations the problem is more
than determined and as the geometric loci generally do not intersectat the same point the position to be adopted is open to a choiceI f the observations are equally good the rule given in section 5leads tochoosing a point nearest the loci whose value is greatest Further-more as is known the value of a locus may be regarded as inverselyproportional to the square of the distance from the point sought to
thecorresponding station or in other words to the square of
thedisplacement of the locus for the same error of observation 10 milsfor instance I t is sufficient then to trace near the cap (the figurehaving the intersections of the loci as summits) bearings correspond-ing to the same angular deflection of the first in order to have a veryclear conception of the values which are inversely proportional tothe squares of the linear spacings
But the problem is rarelypresented with this degree of simplicityGenerally the observations are of unequal precision and the difficulty
consists in observing the inequalities of precision in the attributionof value to the bearings Thus in the case where two observers havebeen able to observe the flash of the discharge of a gun and thethird the dust or the smoke only the observation of the third is allother things being equal less precise than that of the first two butthe central has not the data by which he may determine in whatmeasure Only the observers if they are conscientious and welltrained can indicate to him the degree of uncertainty of their ob-servations and enable him to reduce to a minimum the arbitrarypart in the attribution of the values The chiefs of sections can notuse too much care therefore in the selection development andsupervision of the observers
The use of wires is not recommended for very precise determina-tions especially if the loci intersect at rather acute angles for if
the wires rub on one another i t is to be feared that they will not be
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2235
22 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
perfectly Btraight Moreover not being on the same plane theyproduce the effect of a parallax For tracing the bearings on theconstruction sheet fastened on zinc a hard pencil sharpened to avery fine point must be used Finally if the loci intersect at veryacute angles it is necessary to resort to a calculation and to a graphicconstruction on a large scale (Sec 6)
When the dimensions of the cap exceed notably those whichcorrespond to the mean errors of the observations the determinationshould be regarded as nul Every correction of observation tendingto reduce the cap which has not been signalled at once by the ob-server himself must be rigidly avoided
Unless there is absolute certainty that the sightings of the differentstations relate to a single and identical target i t is never permissibleto proceed by mean observations especially if the flashes or smoke ballshave not all been sighted by the same observation stations Thevariations of the positions corresponding to the different series ofsimultaneous sightings show whether several targets are involved
and in thecontrary case they afford a
muchmore exact
idea of theapproximation really obtained than that which can be formed fromthe variation of the loci in respect to the point chosen in a singledetermination
11 Case in which the position of the observation stationsmdash can not bedetermined withprecision The preceding is based upon the implicitassumption that the positions of the observation stations are so wellknown that the influence oftheir errors on the determination can beregarded as negligible in regard to that of the errors of measure It
is not always so even in position warfare since some stations difficultto establish have to be used before the range triangulation group hashad the time or opportunity to determine their locations In openwarfare i t is often necessary to rely on positions taken at sight onthe battle map or even on the ordinary map
The remark at the end of section 4 shows that it is still possible inthis case to have exact geometric loci if a reference point sufficientlynear the target is available for each station But then since thereference points change with the targets there is no occasion to tracethe graduation on the construction sheet By wayof compensationthe graphical sketch on tracing paper of the angles in mils can beused with advantage to prick the bearings since the angles beingsmall its deviations are inconsequential
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2335
CHAPTER 111
ADJUSTMENT OP PERCUSSION FIREmdash
12 Problem of the adjustment by the observation of the bursts A
battery mayask
the terrestrial observation service located in thesame sector to determine for it either the absolute positions (the rectangular coordinates) of the bursts of its projectiles or the positionsof these bursts with reference to the target which should in this casebe a clearly denned point of the battle map
The first problem does not differ from the one considered in the preceding chapter it is in general even easier both for the observerswho can be informed in advance of the time and the direction inwhich they should watch and for the central who works on thebasis of observations unusually concordant
The second is distinguished by the fact that the position sought isa relative position which can be obtained by differentialcalculus^and consequently constructed on a geographical sketch on a large
scale with all the desirable precision and rapidity It constitutesthe real problem of fire adjustment which may be formulated thus
A friendly gun P fires a percussion shell at a target X the burst isheard by the terrestrial observation section Determine the errors in
range and in lateral deviationThere are two cases to be distinguished according as the target is
invisible and known only by its rectangular coordinates or as it canbe sighted by the stations during the adjustmentmdash
13 Adjustment on an invisible target Let (fig 6) 0 0202 080
8 0404
be the four observation stations of the section a u lt 3 a4a
4 hex3x
angles observed in each of them between the reference point and the-bursting point X of a projectileTo have the errors of X in respect to X inrange and direction
there are traced on a graphic sketch on the scale -s^^ two rectan-gular axes Xx and Xy (fig 7) representing the parallels to the axes ofthe rectangular coordinates passing through the target X and theposition of the burst X is determined with respect to these axes byconstructing its four geometric loci one of whichmay be lacking
23
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2435
24 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
If the point X is nearenough to thepoint X thedirectionsoftheloci are very noticeablyparallelto OjX O4X of whichthereferenceanglesUdeg x Udeg 4 (fig 6) arecalculatedby meansof the
y
i
Si y l r^ n N s^-
V t i )k j vv ft J -mdash
raquo Tic
Kg cfirst of theformulae(5)ormulae of5) ofsection6 their distancesat the their distancesat theoriginri haveBectionas expressionsions(formula (1) ofSecformula (1) ofSec 3))
Pi-sKDxrfU0 7)4 =KD 4rfUdeg4
with [formulaula (7)]7)]
tfU^UEi+ai-U0 rfU^TJju+^-UV
DvDv D 4 arethe distancesOiK O4X measuredon theconstructionsheeton the scale Towff) Uumlb4 designate thereferenceangles of thelinesO1O
1R 1 O4O
4R 4 runningfrom the
observationstations to theirreferencepointsthe referenceanglesbeingcalculatedonceforall by the first of theformulae(6)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 25
The direction in which these distances should be pricked is seenon the construction sheet as is shown in figure 6 Thus in figure 7the trace of the first locus corresponds to a difference ltfUcgto
All the loci should intersect at the same point if the sightings arefree of errors and if the positions of the stations and of the referencepoints are exactly known Generally they form a little cap inwhich the bursting point X is selected as shown in sections 5and 10
I t is then only necessary to project X in pound on the direction XPof the gun or of the battery P which forms with the axis Xy an angle
given by the construction sheet to have in Xpound the error of rangeand in poundX the error in direction
14 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting points onmdashthe scale of-g^-g The formulae (1) and (7) are independent of thegun or battery P The section may therefore have in advance foreach of the targets on which it willhave to make the adjustment aconstruction sheet on the scale of -sinnr like the one represented in
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2635
26 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
figure 7 on whichare pricked the directions of the loci starting fromX with respect to the axes Xx Xy and normally to these directionsof the scales of the corresponding ps for the successive values ofdUdeg in multiples of 5 mils or in multiples of 10 mils
The graphical sketch of the angles in mils may be used to graduatethese scales in pricking the divisions through the tracing paper
when the distance OX from the station to the target is less than 5kilometers For distances greater than 2 kilometers it is easier touse the graphic table of the errors of the bearings (PL I I I ) which
gives on the scale of -5-^trff the displacement of the bearing to thedifferent distances from 2to 18 kilometers In the absence of thisgraphic table the values of the ps for dU c=lo mils are calculatedby means of the formula
(p) p 1 10 mils=4o KD
whichgives pin millimeterson the scale of -g^Vo-i terms of D inmillimetersof the construction sheet on the scale of 2oooogt and inwhichthe coefficient X has as value (Sec 3)
31416 13200 =1000 ( l - deg - deg l B3 )gt
wherefore log K=4 99200 These lengths of p are then multiplied
for 10 mils by 1 2 3 to have the distances of the successivedivisionsin multiplesof 16 mils on the straight line XO whichgivesthe direction of the geometric locus The divisions on the left ofthis mdashine with respect to the observation station are indicated bythe sign those on the right by the + sign
I f the lack of parallelismof the bearings becomes noticeable at theextremities of the graduation it can be remedied easily by substituting for the single scale corresponding to the target two scalesplaced at a distance of 10 centimeters for instance from each sideof the origin
Instead of taking as originof the graduation of each scale its pointof intersection I with the corresponding straight line XO it is preferable in case the target is well determined and fixed to trace thedivisions which correspond to round numbers of mils of the anglea so as to avoid having to reckon the difference dJdeg for each geometric locus to be constructed The value of a for the point I eingUdegmdashU B the adjustment to be applied to the divisions toward theright is the product of the value of p for 10 mils multiplied by themdashfraction of 10 mils obtained by subtracting UUc UEUE from the value ofthe next highest multiple of 10 mils above the actual value of a Example I I at the end of the pamphlet gives the disposition toadopt for all these calculations
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2735
16057deg (To face page 2ti) No 1
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1735
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 17
from Oj This is the condition when OXX is at most equal to OjszligjIt is no longer true if O XX is notably superior to o^ and it is thennecessary to prolong this line beyond Ri with the aid of the calculation This is done by determining the intersection of the prolongation with one of the lines of the cross-sectioning which are mostnormally cut by it The formulae to be employed are the following
To obtain the x of the intersection of OJampi with the parallel tothe axis of the asy=h
(9) x=^i+^~(h-y o l )=x i+(k-x o l ) tan Ur i o
to obtain the y of the intersection of (^Rj with the parallel to theaxis of the ya x=k
lt10) y=y oi-^~ i(k-xoi)=yoi+(k-x 01 ) cot r
01 y o l
xr v jRi designating the coordinates of C^ and R x and Vr vthe reference angle of o^ The logarithm tables with four decimals are sufficient for this calculationmdash6 Use ofa graduation The above-mentioned methods are appropriate for tracing bearings taken from a mobile observation stationIn installations remaining stationary for a long time the labor ofgraphical construction can be much reduced and an equal if notsuperior precision can be obtained by using a graduation in milstraced once for all for each station on the construction sheet Eachgraduation starts from the direction of the reference point of the corresponding station and covers its entire sector of visibility Thedivisions are numbered from 0 to 6400 in the clockwise direction soas to correspond to the angles a defined above To trace a bearingtaken from Olt for example it is only necessary to join the point O tto the real or interpolated division whichhas the angle a x as numberI f a precise determination is not required one need only stretch a wireattached to a knob fastened on a special point at Ou making it passthrough the division a u to have the bearing Thus many erasures ofpencil marks on the construction sheet can be avoided and the lattercan be rendered serviceable for a long time
oareshould be exercised in inserting the point not to make the hole at Ot too large if
this point is to be used in tracing very precise bearings But sinceit is difficult not to enlarge the hole if the point is removed too oftenit is expedient to have for the use of the wire a special constructionsheet fastened to a board and to reserve the main construction sheetwhichhad better be fastened to a surface of zinc for tracing bearingswith pencil
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1835
18 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The graduations corresponding to the different observation stations Oj 2O2 03O3 O4O4 are arranged in arcs of circles or better to avoidoverlapping the construction sheet is removed and the desirableprecision is had on its entire extent on the margins by means ofparallel bands about 10 millimeters in width These are distinguished by different colors
The quickest way to trace them is to use the graphic sketch of theGeographic Service on tracing paper pricking a point or two of eachdivision near the margin of the sheet The angular spacing of the
radii of this graphic sketch at the different distances from the centerhas been chosen in such a way that the interpolationat sight is everywhere possible without appreciable error and that their linearspacing never descends below 15 millimeters it is only necessarythen whatever part of the graphical sketch is used to prick one ortwo points of each of the radii successively without adding or cutting off
Nevertheless by reason of the inaccuracies of the graphical sketchdue to printing it may happen that a graduation obtained by thismeans wouldpresent inadmissible errors This difficulty is avoidedby determining some divisions by calculation for instance those of800 1600 4800 5400 mils besides that of the referencepoint Once these principal divisionshave been traced on the construction sheet the graphical sketch makes it possible to obtain theintermediary divisions without appreciable error For this purposeit is placed over the construction sheet with the center at On
n beingthe number of the station corresponding -to the graduation and aprincipalradius on one of the extreme divisions calculated
that onthe left forinstance of the sector of 800 mils that is to be graduatedI f the radius laid off at 800 mils from the first does not fall on thelimiting division on the right the graphical sketch is shifted gentlywith respect to the point On followingthe bisector of the angle ofthe sector the first radius beingkept on its divisionuntil this resultis obtained
The formula to be used for determining by calculation the intersection with one of the linesof the cross-sectioning of the division d
reckoned from the aiming line are the followingTo obtain the xof the intersection of Ond with the parallel to the
axis of the x of the cross-sectioning farthest from On ymdashh
(11) j c = s raquo n +(l-y 11 )taii(ITR n +d)
to obtain the yof the intersection of Oud with the parallel at theaxis of the y of the cross-sectioning farthest from Ou x=k
(12) y=yo n +(h-xo ) cot (Un n+d)n
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1935
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 19
IJRn is given by the first of the formulae (6) That one of theformulae (11) and (12) which corresponds to the most normal inter-section is of course employed
A type of the calculation by the formula (12) will be found inExample I t the end of the pamphlet
In the absence of the graphical sketch of the angles in mils it isnecessary to graduate entirely by calculation The same formulaeare used it is only necessary to make din them equal successivelyto 5 10 15 mils or to 10 20 30 mils etc according
to the distanceof
the intersection from the point On The calcu-lations in this case should be made in series so as not to require toomuch time and should be verified by the differences
Tables of logarithms of four decimals are sufficient for all thesecalculations mdash
10 Utilizationof the observations A single observation supplyingonly one geometric locus of the position of the target is not enoughto determine i t but it furnishes an indication capable of beingusedin many cases
To turn it to account an investigation is first made to see whetherit corresponds to a known target The bearing is applied to theconstruction sheet on which the positions of all the previouslydetermined targets has been marked The use of the sheet pastedto the board and provided with wires is particularly adaptable forthis use Several cases may occur
(a) The bearing passes through a target at the usual degree ofapproxi-mdashmation Let A be this known target O2O2 being the station whichhas
given the observation The centralpricks
on the constructionsheet the directions ayav a 3 a4a4 in which the observers of Qu 3O3 04O
4should sight to see A and he has them watch in these directionsrespectively until OlOl signals a new observation in the same directionas the first If one or more of them get an observation at the sametime as Oj the operation is conducted as described later (case of twoor more simultaneous observations) In the contrary case it isdecided either that the target seen from O2O2 is not A or that if it isA the circumstancesdo not permit sighting it from O1(O1( 03O3 04O4
I f the bearing from Ox encounters two or more targets they aretried successively in the order of probability until at least twosimultaneous observations are obtained mdash(b) The bearing does not pass through any known target It happensquite often at least by day that the observer who has made an ob-servation of a flash or smoke ball is able to locate approximately
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2035
20 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
this flash or smoke ball The Central adopts provisionally a location of the target on the bearing in the region indicated by theobserver and proceeds with reference to this supposed location aswith reference to a known target through which the bearing mightpass to try to obtain at least two simultaneous bearings
In the absence of supplementary information supplied by theobserver who has made the observation application is made to theneighboring terrestrial observation sections or sound locating sections or balloons or first-line trench stations of the Artillery Intelli-
gence Service etc and the Central in this way may often obtaindata which will enable him to determine somewhat more accuratelythe position of the target on the single bearing sufficiently at leastto try to obtain simultaneous observations
Two simultaneous observations are theoretically sufficient for thedetermination of a target but generally every determination whichis not verified should be regarded as doubtful The best verificationis a third concurrent observation supplying a bearing which passesvery close to the point of intersection of the two others For theprobability that three flashes for instance should be produced atthe same instance and should give concurrent directions with threestations from which they have been observed is very slight and theprobability that the three stations have sighted the same flash ispractically equivalent under these conditions to a certainty I t isthis verification which we must try to get especially for newtargets But since it is quite often impossible for reasons of visi-bility or clearness that three stations should sight the same flash
or smoke ball we must often be satisfied with other verificationsThe fact that the two observations are simultaneous especially
when it is a case of an instantaneous phenomenon like a flash is in it-self a partial proof that they relate to the same target I f the samefact is repeated a certain number of times while the directions oftheobservations remain apparently constant the presumption is strengthened without absolute certainty being produced since in the caseof firing for instance the enemy might discharge two guns at a timeormake false flashes
A much more weighty confirmationresults from the coincidenceof the intersection with a known target The concurrence of theresult with the approximate position given by one of the observerson a bearing may also be regarded as a satisfactory verificationFinally the intelligence obtained outside the section in case thatof the section is insufficient sometimes reveals the degree of confidence that can be placed in the result
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 21
The use of wiresrepresenting the bearings is very convenient whenthere are only two bearings to be applied on condition that the angleat which they intersect is large enough The tracing of the loci on
the construction sheet becomes necessary as soon as the angle is lessthan 400 mils especially if the point of intersection is very distant(Sec 8) It is even necessary to resort to calculation when the angleis less than 300 mils
The determination by two bearings only should be turned over tothe Artillery with all the necessary reserve according to the con-
firmations obtained In no case should i t be regarded as definiteWith three or more simultaneous observations the problem is more
than determined and as the geometric loci generally do not intersectat the same point the position to be adopted is open to a choiceI f the observations are equally good the rule given in section 5leads tochoosing a point nearest the loci whose value is greatest Further-more as is known the value of a locus may be regarded as inverselyproportional to the square of the distance from the point sought to
thecorresponding station or in other words to the square of
thedisplacement of the locus for the same error of observation 10 milsfor instance I t is sufficient then to trace near the cap (the figurehaving the intersections of the loci as summits) bearings correspond-ing to the same angular deflection of the first in order to have a veryclear conception of the values which are inversely proportional tothe squares of the linear spacings
But the problem is rarelypresented with this degree of simplicityGenerally the observations are of unequal precision and the difficulty
consists in observing the inequalities of precision in the attributionof value to the bearings Thus in the case where two observers havebeen able to observe the flash of the discharge of a gun and thethird the dust or the smoke only the observation of the third is allother things being equal less precise than that of the first two butthe central has not the data by which he may determine in whatmeasure Only the observers if they are conscientious and welltrained can indicate to him the degree of uncertainty of their ob-servations and enable him to reduce to a minimum the arbitrarypart in the attribution of the values The chiefs of sections can notuse too much care therefore in the selection development andsupervision of the observers
The use of wires is not recommended for very precise determina-tions especially if the loci intersect at rather acute angles for if
the wires rub on one another i t is to be feared that they will not be
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2235
22 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
perfectly Btraight Moreover not being on the same plane theyproduce the effect of a parallax For tracing the bearings on theconstruction sheet fastened on zinc a hard pencil sharpened to avery fine point must be used Finally if the loci intersect at veryacute angles it is necessary to resort to a calculation and to a graphicconstruction on a large scale (Sec 6)
When the dimensions of the cap exceed notably those whichcorrespond to the mean errors of the observations the determinationshould be regarded as nul Every correction of observation tendingto reduce the cap which has not been signalled at once by the ob-server himself must be rigidly avoided
Unless there is absolute certainty that the sightings of the differentstations relate to a single and identical target i t is never permissibleto proceed by mean observations especially if the flashes or smoke ballshave not all been sighted by the same observation stations Thevariations of the positions corresponding to the different series ofsimultaneous sightings show whether several targets are involved
and in thecontrary case they afford a
muchmore exact
idea of theapproximation really obtained than that which can be formed fromthe variation of the loci in respect to the point chosen in a singledetermination
11 Case in which the position of the observation stationsmdash can not bedetermined withprecision The preceding is based upon the implicitassumption that the positions of the observation stations are so wellknown that the influence oftheir errors on the determination can beregarded as negligible in regard to that of the errors of measure It
is not always so even in position warfare since some stations difficultto establish have to be used before the range triangulation group hashad the time or opportunity to determine their locations In openwarfare i t is often necessary to rely on positions taken at sight onthe battle map or even on the ordinary map
The remark at the end of section 4 shows that it is still possible inthis case to have exact geometric loci if a reference point sufficientlynear the target is available for each station But then since thereference points change with the targets there is no occasion to tracethe graduation on the construction sheet By wayof compensationthe graphical sketch on tracing paper of the angles in mils can beused with advantage to prick the bearings since the angles beingsmall its deviations are inconsequential
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2335
CHAPTER 111
ADJUSTMENT OP PERCUSSION FIREmdash
12 Problem of the adjustment by the observation of the bursts A
battery mayask
the terrestrial observation service located in thesame sector to determine for it either the absolute positions (the rectangular coordinates) of the bursts of its projectiles or the positionsof these bursts with reference to the target which should in this casebe a clearly denned point of the battle map
The first problem does not differ from the one considered in the preceding chapter it is in general even easier both for the observerswho can be informed in advance of the time and the direction inwhich they should watch and for the central who works on thebasis of observations unusually concordant
The second is distinguished by the fact that the position sought isa relative position which can be obtained by differentialcalculus^and consequently constructed on a geographical sketch on a large
scale with all the desirable precision and rapidity It constitutesthe real problem of fire adjustment which may be formulated thus
A friendly gun P fires a percussion shell at a target X the burst isheard by the terrestrial observation section Determine the errors in
range and in lateral deviationThere are two cases to be distinguished according as the target is
invisible and known only by its rectangular coordinates or as it canbe sighted by the stations during the adjustmentmdash
13 Adjustment on an invisible target Let (fig 6) 0 0202 080
8 0404
be the four observation stations of the section a u lt 3 a4a
4 hex3x
angles observed in each of them between the reference point and the-bursting point X of a projectileTo have the errors of X in respect to X inrange and direction
there are traced on a graphic sketch on the scale -s^^ two rectan-gular axes Xx and Xy (fig 7) representing the parallels to the axes ofthe rectangular coordinates passing through the target X and theposition of the burst X is determined with respect to these axes byconstructing its four geometric loci one of whichmay be lacking
23
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2435
24 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
If the point X is nearenough to thepoint X thedirectionsoftheloci are very noticeablyparallelto OjX O4X of whichthereferenceanglesUdeg x Udeg 4 (fig 6) arecalculatedby meansof the
y
i
Si y l r^ n N s^-
V t i )k j vv ft J -mdash
raquo Tic
Kg cfirst of theformulae(5)ormulae of5) ofsection6 their distancesat the their distancesat theoriginri haveBectionas expressionsions(formula (1) ofSecformula (1) ofSec 3))
Pi-sKDxrfU0 7)4 =KD 4rfUdeg4
with [formulaula (7)]7)]
tfU^UEi+ai-U0 rfU^TJju+^-UV
DvDv D 4 arethe distancesOiK O4X measuredon theconstructionsheeton the scale Towff) Uumlb4 designate thereferenceangles of thelinesO1O
1R 1 O4O
4R 4 runningfrom the
observationstations to theirreferencepointsthe referenceanglesbeingcalculatedonceforall by the first of theformulae(6)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 25
The direction in which these distances should be pricked is seenon the construction sheet as is shown in figure 6 Thus in figure 7the trace of the first locus corresponds to a difference ltfUcgto
All the loci should intersect at the same point if the sightings arefree of errors and if the positions of the stations and of the referencepoints are exactly known Generally they form a little cap inwhich the bursting point X is selected as shown in sections 5and 10
I t is then only necessary to project X in pound on the direction XPof the gun or of the battery P which forms with the axis Xy an angle
given by the construction sheet to have in Xpound the error of rangeand in poundX the error in direction
14 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting points onmdashthe scale of-g^-g The formulae (1) and (7) are independent of thegun or battery P The section may therefore have in advance foreach of the targets on which it willhave to make the adjustment aconstruction sheet on the scale of -sinnr like the one represented in
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2635
26 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
figure 7 on whichare pricked the directions of the loci starting fromX with respect to the axes Xx Xy and normally to these directionsof the scales of the corresponding ps for the successive values ofdUdeg in multiples of 5 mils or in multiples of 10 mils
The graphical sketch of the angles in mils may be used to graduatethese scales in pricking the divisions through the tracing paper
when the distance OX from the station to the target is less than 5kilometers For distances greater than 2 kilometers it is easier touse the graphic table of the errors of the bearings (PL I I I ) which
gives on the scale of -5-^trff the displacement of the bearing to thedifferent distances from 2to 18 kilometers In the absence of thisgraphic table the values of the ps for dU c=lo mils are calculatedby means of the formula
(p) p 1 10 mils=4o KD
whichgives pin millimeterson the scale of -g^Vo-i terms of D inmillimetersof the construction sheet on the scale of 2oooogt and inwhichthe coefficient X has as value (Sec 3)
31416 13200 =1000 ( l - deg - deg l B3 )gt
wherefore log K=4 99200 These lengths of p are then multiplied
for 10 mils by 1 2 3 to have the distances of the successivedivisionsin multiplesof 16 mils on the straight line XO whichgivesthe direction of the geometric locus The divisions on the left ofthis mdashine with respect to the observation station are indicated bythe sign those on the right by the + sign
I f the lack of parallelismof the bearings becomes noticeable at theextremities of the graduation it can be remedied easily by substituting for the single scale corresponding to the target two scalesplaced at a distance of 10 centimeters for instance from each sideof the origin
Instead of taking as originof the graduation of each scale its pointof intersection I with the corresponding straight line XO it is preferable in case the target is well determined and fixed to trace thedivisions which correspond to round numbers of mils of the anglea so as to avoid having to reckon the difference dJdeg for each geometric locus to be constructed The value of a for the point I eingUdegmdashU B the adjustment to be applied to the divisions toward theright is the product of the value of p for 10 mils multiplied by themdashfraction of 10 mils obtained by subtracting UUc UEUE from the value ofthe next highest multiple of 10 mils above the actual value of a Example I I at the end of the pamphlet gives the disposition toadopt for all these calculations
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2735
16057deg (To face page 2ti) No 1
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1835
18 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
The graduations corresponding to the different observation stations Oj 2O2 03O3 O4O4 are arranged in arcs of circles or better to avoidoverlapping the construction sheet is removed and the desirableprecision is had on its entire extent on the margins by means ofparallel bands about 10 millimeters in width These are distinguished by different colors
The quickest way to trace them is to use the graphic sketch of theGeographic Service on tracing paper pricking a point or two of eachdivision near the margin of the sheet The angular spacing of the
radii of this graphic sketch at the different distances from the centerhas been chosen in such a way that the interpolationat sight is everywhere possible without appreciable error and that their linearspacing never descends below 15 millimeters it is only necessarythen whatever part of the graphical sketch is used to prick one ortwo points of each of the radii successively without adding or cutting off
Nevertheless by reason of the inaccuracies of the graphical sketchdue to printing it may happen that a graduation obtained by thismeans wouldpresent inadmissible errors This difficulty is avoidedby determining some divisions by calculation for instance those of800 1600 4800 5400 mils besides that of the referencepoint Once these principal divisionshave been traced on the construction sheet the graphical sketch makes it possible to obtain theintermediary divisions without appreciable error For this purposeit is placed over the construction sheet with the center at On
n beingthe number of the station corresponding -to the graduation and aprincipalradius on one of the extreme divisions calculated
that onthe left forinstance of the sector of 800 mils that is to be graduatedI f the radius laid off at 800 mils from the first does not fall on thelimiting division on the right the graphical sketch is shifted gentlywith respect to the point On followingthe bisector of the angle ofthe sector the first radius beingkept on its divisionuntil this resultis obtained
The formula to be used for determining by calculation the intersection with one of the linesof the cross-sectioning of the division d
reckoned from the aiming line are the followingTo obtain the xof the intersection of Ond with the parallel to the
axis of the x of the cross-sectioning farthest from On ymdashh
(11) j c = s raquo n +(l-y 11 )taii(ITR n +d)
to obtain the yof the intersection of Oud with the parallel at theaxis of the y of the cross-sectioning farthest from Ou x=k
(12) y=yo n +(h-xo ) cot (Un n+d)n
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1935
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 19
IJRn is given by the first of the formulae (6) That one of theformulae (11) and (12) which corresponds to the most normal inter-section is of course employed
A type of the calculation by the formula (12) will be found inExample I t the end of the pamphlet
In the absence of the graphical sketch of the angles in mils it isnecessary to graduate entirely by calculation The same formulaeare used it is only necessary to make din them equal successivelyto 5 10 15 mils or to 10 20 30 mils etc according
to the distanceof
the intersection from the point On The calcu-lations in this case should be made in series so as not to require toomuch time and should be verified by the differences
Tables of logarithms of four decimals are sufficient for all thesecalculations mdash
10 Utilizationof the observations A single observation supplyingonly one geometric locus of the position of the target is not enoughto determine i t but it furnishes an indication capable of beingusedin many cases
To turn it to account an investigation is first made to see whetherit corresponds to a known target The bearing is applied to theconstruction sheet on which the positions of all the previouslydetermined targets has been marked The use of the sheet pastedto the board and provided with wires is particularly adaptable forthis use Several cases may occur
(a) The bearing passes through a target at the usual degree ofapproxi-mdashmation Let A be this known target O2O2 being the station whichhas
given the observation The centralpricks
on the constructionsheet the directions ayav a 3 a4a4 in which the observers of Qu 3O3 04O
4should sight to see A and he has them watch in these directionsrespectively until OlOl signals a new observation in the same directionas the first If one or more of them get an observation at the sametime as Oj the operation is conducted as described later (case of twoor more simultaneous observations) In the contrary case it isdecided either that the target seen from O2O2 is not A or that if it isA the circumstancesdo not permit sighting it from O1(O1( 03O3 04O4
I f the bearing from Ox encounters two or more targets they aretried successively in the order of probability until at least twosimultaneous observations are obtained mdash(b) The bearing does not pass through any known target It happensquite often at least by day that the observer who has made an ob-servation of a flash or smoke ball is able to locate approximately
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2035
20 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
this flash or smoke ball The Central adopts provisionally a location of the target on the bearing in the region indicated by theobserver and proceeds with reference to this supposed location aswith reference to a known target through which the bearing mightpass to try to obtain at least two simultaneous bearings
In the absence of supplementary information supplied by theobserver who has made the observation application is made to theneighboring terrestrial observation sections or sound locating sections or balloons or first-line trench stations of the Artillery Intelli-
gence Service etc and the Central in this way may often obtaindata which will enable him to determine somewhat more accuratelythe position of the target on the single bearing sufficiently at leastto try to obtain simultaneous observations
Two simultaneous observations are theoretically sufficient for thedetermination of a target but generally every determination whichis not verified should be regarded as doubtful The best verificationis a third concurrent observation supplying a bearing which passesvery close to the point of intersection of the two others For theprobability that three flashes for instance should be produced atthe same instance and should give concurrent directions with threestations from which they have been observed is very slight and theprobability that the three stations have sighted the same flash ispractically equivalent under these conditions to a certainty I t isthis verification which we must try to get especially for newtargets But since it is quite often impossible for reasons of visi-bility or clearness that three stations should sight the same flash
or smoke ball we must often be satisfied with other verificationsThe fact that the two observations are simultaneous especially
when it is a case of an instantaneous phenomenon like a flash is in it-self a partial proof that they relate to the same target I f the samefact is repeated a certain number of times while the directions oftheobservations remain apparently constant the presumption is strengthened without absolute certainty being produced since in the caseof firing for instance the enemy might discharge two guns at a timeormake false flashes
A much more weighty confirmationresults from the coincidenceof the intersection with a known target The concurrence of theresult with the approximate position given by one of the observerson a bearing may also be regarded as a satisfactory verificationFinally the intelligence obtained outside the section in case thatof the section is insufficient sometimes reveals the degree of confidence that can be placed in the result
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 21
The use of wiresrepresenting the bearings is very convenient whenthere are only two bearings to be applied on condition that the angleat which they intersect is large enough The tracing of the loci on
the construction sheet becomes necessary as soon as the angle is lessthan 400 mils especially if the point of intersection is very distant(Sec 8) It is even necessary to resort to calculation when the angleis less than 300 mils
The determination by two bearings only should be turned over tothe Artillery with all the necessary reserve according to the con-
firmations obtained In no case should i t be regarded as definiteWith three or more simultaneous observations the problem is more
than determined and as the geometric loci generally do not intersectat the same point the position to be adopted is open to a choiceI f the observations are equally good the rule given in section 5leads tochoosing a point nearest the loci whose value is greatest Further-more as is known the value of a locus may be regarded as inverselyproportional to the square of the distance from the point sought to
thecorresponding station or in other words to the square of
thedisplacement of the locus for the same error of observation 10 milsfor instance I t is sufficient then to trace near the cap (the figurehaving the intersections of the loci as summits) bearings correspond-ing to the same angular deflection of the first in order to have a veryclear conception of the values which are inversely proportional tothe squares of the linear spacings
But the problem is rarelypresented with this degree of simplicityGenerally the observations are of unequal precision and the difficulty
consists in observing the inequalities of precision in the attributionof value to the bearings Thus in the case where two observers havebeen able to observe the flash of the discharge of a gun and thethird the dust or the smoke only the observation of the third is allother things being equal less precise than that of the first two butthe central has not the data by which he may determine in whatmeasure Only the observers if they are conscientious and welltrained can indicate to him the degree of uncertainty of their ob-servations and enable him to reduce to a minimum the arbitrarypart in the attribution of the values The chiefs of sections can notuse too much care therefore in the selection development andsupervision of the observers
The use of wires is not recommended for very precise determina-tions especially if the loci intersect at rather acute angles for if
the wires rub on one another i t is to be feared that they will not be
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2235
22 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
perfectly Btraight Moreover not being on the same plane theyproduce the effect of a parallax For tracing the bearings on theconstruction sheet fastened on zinc a hard pencil sharpened to avery fine point must be used Finally if the loci intersect at veryacute angles it is necessary to resort to a calculation and to a graphicconstruction on a large scale (Sec 6)
When the dimensions of the cap exceed notably those whichcorrespond to the mean errors of the observations the determinationshould be regarded as nul Every correction of observation tendingto reduce the cap which has not been signalled at once by the ob-server himself must be rigidly avoided
Unless there is absolute certainty that the sightings of the differentstations relate to a single and identical target i t is never permissibleto proceed by mean observations especially if the flashes or smoke ballshave not all been sighted by the same observation stations Thevariations of the positions corresponding to the different series ofsimultaneous sightings show whether several targets are involved
and in thecontrary case they afford a
muchmore exact
idea of theapproximation really obtained than that which can be formed fromthe variation of the loci in respect to the point chosen in a singledetermination
11 Case in which the position of the observation stationsmdash can not bedetermined withprecision The preceding is based upon the implicitassumption that the positions of the observation stations are so wellknown that the influence oftheir errors on the determination can beregarded as negligible in regard to that of the errors of measure It
is not always so even in position warfare since some stations difficultto establish have to be used before the range triangulation group hashad the time or opportunity to determine their locations In openwarfare i t is often necessary to rely on positions taken at sight onthe battle map or even on the ordinary map
The remark at the end of section 4 shows that it is still possible inthis case to have exact geometric loci if a reference point sufficientlynear the target is available for each station But then since thereference points change with the targets there is no occasion to tracethe graduation on the construction sheet By wayof compensationthe graphical sketch on tracing paper of the angles in mils can beused with advantage to prick the bearings since the angles beingsmall its deviations are inconsequential
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2335
CHAPTER 111
ADJUSTMENT OP PERCUSSION FIREmdash
12 Problem of the adjustment by the observation of the bursts A
battery mayask
the terrestrial observation service located in thesame sector to determine for it either the absolute positions (the rectangular coordinates) of the bursts of its projectiles or the positionsof these bursts with reference to the target which should in this casebe a clearly denned point of the battle map
The first problem does not differ from the one considered in the preceding chapter it is in general even easier both for the observerswho can be informed in advance of the time and the direction inwhich they should watch and for the central who works on thebasis of observations unusually concordant
The second is distinguished by the fact that the position sought isa relative position which can be obtained by differentialcalculus^and consequently constructed on a geographical sketch on a large
scale with all the desirable precision and rapidity It constitutesthe real problem of fire adjustment which may be formulated thus
A friendly gun P fires a percussion shell at a target X the burst isheard by the terrestrial observation section Determine the errors in
range and in lateral deviationThere are two cases to be distinguished according as the target is
invisible and known only by its rectangular coordinates or as it canbe sighted by the stations during the adjustmentmdash
13 Adjustment on an invisible target Let (fig 6) 0 0202 080
8 0404
be the four observation stations of the section a u lt 3 a4a
4 hex3x
angles observed in each of them between the reference point and the-bursting point X of a projectileTo have the errors of X in respect to X inrange and direction
there are traced on a graphic sketch on the scale -s^^ two rectan-gular axes Xx and Xy (fig 7) representing the parallels to the axes ofthe rectangular coordinates passing through the target X and theposition of the burst X is determined with respect to these axes byconstructing its four geometric loci one of whichmay be lacking
23
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2435
24 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
If the point X is nearenough to thepoint X thedirectionsoftheloci are very noticeablyparallelto OjX O4X of whichthereferenceanglesUdeg x Udeg 4 (fig 6) arecalculatedby meansof the
y
i
Si y l r^ n N s^-
V t i )k j vv ft J -mdash
raquo Tic
Kg cfirst of theformulae(5)ormulae of5) ofsection6 their distancesat the their distancesat theoriginri haveBectionas expressionsions(formula (1) ofSecformula (1) ofSec 3))
Pi-sKDxrfU0 7)4 =KD 4rfUdeg4
with [formulaula (7)]7)]
tfU^UEi+ai-U0 rfU^TJju+^-UV
DvDv D 4 arethe distancesOiK O4X measuredon theconstructionsheeton the scale Towff) Uumlb4 designate thereferenceangles of thelinesO1O
1R 1 O4O
4R 4 runningfrom the
observationstations to theirreferencepointsthe referenceanglesbeingcalculatedonceforall by the first of theformulae(6)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 25
The direction in which these distances should be pricked is seenon the construction sheet as is shown in figure 6 Thus in figure 7the trace of the first locus corresponds to a difference ltfUcgto
All the loci should intersect at the same point if the sightings arefree of errors and if the positions of the stations and of the referencepoints are exactly known Generally they form a little cap inwhich the bursting point X is selected as shown in sections 5and 10
I t is then only necessary to project X in pound on the direction XPof the gun or of the battery P which forms with the axis Xy an angle
given by the construction sheet to have in Xpound the error of rangeand in poundX the error in direction
14 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting points onmdashthe scale of-g^-g The formulae (1) and (7) are independent of thegun or battery P The section may therefore have in advance foreach of the targets on which it willhave to make the adjustment aconstruction sheet on the scale of -sinnr like the one represented in
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2635
26 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
figure 7 on whichare pricked the directions of the loci starting fromX with respect to the axes Xx Xy and normally to these directionsof the scales of the corresponding ps for the successive values ofdUdeg in multiples of 5 mils or in multiples of 10 mils
The graphical sketch of the angles in mils may be used to graduatethese scales in pricking the divisions through the tracing paper
when the distance OX from the station to the target is less than 5kilometers For distances greater than 2 kilometers it is easier touse the graphic table of the errors of the bearings (PL I I I ) which
gives on the scale of -5-^trff the displacement of the bearing to thedifferent distances from 2to 18 kilometers In the absence of thisgraphic table the values of the ps for dU c=lo mils are calculatedby means of the formula
(p) p 1 10 mils=4o KD
whichgives pin millimeterson the scale of -g^Vo-i terms of D inmillimetersof the construction sheet on the scale of 2oooogt and inwhichthe coefficient X has as value (Sec 3)
31416 13200 =1000 ( l - deg - deg l B3 )gt
wherefore log K=4 99200 These lengths of p are then multiplied
for 10 mils by 1 2 3 to have the distances of the successivedivisionsin multiplesof 16 mils on the straight line XO whichgivesthe direction of the geometric locus The divisions on the left ofthis mdashine with respect to the observation station are indicated bythe sign those on the right by the + sign
I f the lack of parallelismof the bearings becomes noticeable at theextremities of the graduation it can be remedied easily by substituting for the single scale corresponding to the target two scalesplaced at a distance of 10 centimeters for instance from each sideof the origin
Instead of taking as originof the graduation of each scale its pointof intersection I with the corresponding straight line XO it is preferable in case the target is well determined and fixed to trace thedivisions which correspond to round numbers of mils of the anglea so as to avoid having to reckon the difference dJdeg for each geometric locus to be constructed The value of a for the point I eingUdegmdashU B the adjustment to be applied to the divisions toward theright is the product of the value of p for 10 mils multiplied by themdashfraction of 10 mils obtained by subtracting UUc UEUE from the value ofthe next highest multiple of 10 mils above the actual value of a Example I I at the end of the pamphlet gives the disposition toadopt for all these calculations
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2735
16057deg (To face page 2ti) No 1
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 1935
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 19
IJRn is given by the first of the formulae (6) That one of theformulae (11) and (12) which corresponds to the most normal inter-section is of course employed
A type of the calculation by the formula (12) will be found inExample I t the end of the pamphlet
In the absence of the graphical sketch of the angles in mils it isnecessary to graduate entirely by calculation The same formulaeare used it is only necessary to make din them equal successivelyto 5 10 15 mils or to 10 20 30 mils etc according
to the distanceof
the intersection from the point On The calcu-lations in this case should be made in series so as not to require toomuch time and should be verified by the differences
Tables of logarithms of four decimals are sufficient for all thesecalculations mdash
10 Utilizationof the observations A single observation supplyingonly one geometric locus of the position of the target is not enoughto determine i t but it furnishes an indication capable of beingusedin many cases
To turn it to account an investigation is first made to see whetherit corresponds to a known target The bearing is applied to theconstruction sheet on which the positions of all the previouslydetermined targets has been marked The use of the sheet pastedto the board and provided with wires is particularly adaptable forthis use Several cases may occur
(a) The bearing passes through a target at the usual degree ofapproxi-mdashmation Let A be this known target O2O2 being the station whichhas
given the observation The centralpricks
on the constructionsheet the directions ayav a 3 a4a4 in which the observers of Qu 3O3 04O
4should sight to see A and he has them watch in these directionsrespectively until OlOl signals a new observation in the same directionas the first If one or more of them get an observation at the sametime as Oj the operation is conducted as described later (case of twoor more simultaneous observations) In the contrary case it isdecided either that the target seen from O2O2 is not A or that if it isA the circumstancesdo not permit sighting it from O1(O1( 03O3 04O4
I f the bearing from Ox encounters two or more targets they aretried successively in the order of probability until at least twosimultaneous observations are obtained mdash(b) The bearing does not pass through any known target It happensquite often at least by day that the observer who has made an ob-servation of a flash or smoke ball is able to locate approximately
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2035
20 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
this flash or smoke ball The Central adopts provisionally a location of the target on the bearing in the region indicated by theobserver and proceeds with reference to this supposed location aswith reference to a known target through which the bearing mightpass to try to obtain at least two simultaneous bearings
In the absence of supplementary information supplied by theobserver who has made the observation application is made to theneighboring terrestrial observation sections or sound locating sections or balloons or first-line trench stations of the Artillery Intelli-
gence Service etc and the Central in this way may often obtaindata which will enable him to determine somewhat more accuratelythe position of the target on the single bearing sufficiently at leastto try to obtain simultaneous observations
Two simultaneous observations are theoretically sufficient for thedetermination of a target but generally every determination whichis not verified should be regarded as doubtful The best verificationis a third concurrent observation supplying a bearing which passesvery close to the point of intersection of the two others For theprobability that three flashes for instance should be produced atthe same instance and should give concurrent directions with threestations from which they have been observed is very slight and theprobability that the three stations have sighted the same flash ispractically equivalent under these conditions to a certainty I t isthis verification which we must try to get especially for newtargets But since it is quite often impossible for reasons of visi-bility or clearness that three stations should sight the same flash
or smoke ball we must often be satisfied with other verificationsThe fact that the two observations are simultaneous especially
when it is a case of an instantaneous phenomenon like a flash is in it-self a partial proof that they relate to the same target I f the samefact is repeated a certain number of times while the directions oftheobservations remain apparently constant the presumption is strengthened without absolute certainty being produced since in the caseof firing for instance the enemy might discharge two guns at a timeormake false flashes
A much more weighty confirmationresults from the coincidenceof the intersection with a known target The concurrence of theresult with the approximate position given by one of the observerson a bearing may also be regarded as a satisfactory verificationFinally the intelligence obtained outside the section in case thatof the section is insufficient sometimes reveals the degree of confidence that can be placed in the result
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 21
The use of wiresrepresenting the bearings is very convenient whenthere are only two bearings to be applied on condition that the angleat which they intersect is large enough The tracing of the loci on
the construction sheet becomes necessary as soon as the angle is lessthan 400 mils especially if the point of intersection is very distant(Sec 8) It is even necessary to resort to calculation when the angleis less than 300 mils
The determination by two bearings only should be turned over tothe Artillery with all the necessary reserve according to the con-
firmations obtained In no case should i t be regarded as definiteWith three or more simultaneous observations the problem is more
than determined and as the geometric loci generally do not intersectat the same point the position to be adopted is open to a choiceI f the observations are equally good the rule given in section 5leads tochoosing a point nearest the loci whose value is greatest Further-more as is known the value of a locus may be regarded as inverselyproportional to the square of the distance from the point sought to
thecorresponding station or in other words to the square of
thedisplacement of the locus for the same error of observation 10 milsfor instance I t is sufficient then to trace near the cap (the figurehaving the intersections of the loci as summits) bearings correspond-ing to the same angular deflection of the first in order to have a veryclear conception of the values which are inversely proportional tothe squares of the linear spacings
But the problem is rarelypresented with this degree of simplicityGenerally the observations are of unequal precision and the difficulty
consists in observing the inequalities of precision in the attributionof value to the bearings Thus in the case where two observers havebeen able to observe the flash of the discharge of a gun and thethird the dust or the smoke only the observation of the third is allother things being equal less precise than that of the first two butthe central has not the data by which he may determine in whatmeasure Only the observers if they are conscientious and welltrained can indicate to him the degree of uncertainty of their ob-servations and enable him to reduce to a minimum the arbitrarypart in the attribution of the values The chiefs of sections can notuse too much care therefore in the selection development andsupervision of the observers
The use of wires is not recommended for very precise determina-tions especially if the loci intersect at rather acute angles for if
the wires rub on one another i t is to be feared that they will not be
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2235
22 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
perfectly Btraight Moreover not being on the same plane theyproduce the effect of a parallax For tracing the bearings on theconstruction sheet fastened on zinc a hard pencil sharpened to avery fine point must be used Finally if the loci intersect at veryacute angles it is necessary to resort to a calculation and to a graphicconstruction on a large scale (Sec 6)
When the dimensions of the cap exceed notably those whichcorrespond to the mean errors of the observations the determinationshould be regarded as nul Every correction of observation tendingto reduce the cap which has not been signalled at once by the ob-server himself must be rigidly avoided
Unless there is absolute certainty that the sightings of the differentstations relate to a single and identical target i t is never permissibleto proceed by mean observations especially if the flashes or smoke ballshave not all been sighted by the same observation stations Thevariations of the positions corresponding to the different series ofsimultaneous sightings show whether several targets are involved
and in thecontrary case they afford a
muchmore exact
idea of theapproximation really obtained than that which can be formed fromthe variation of the loci in respect to the point chosen in a singledetermination
11 Case in which the position of the observation stationsmdash can not bedetermined withprecision The preceding is based upon the implicitassumption that the positions of the observation stations are so wellknown that the influence oftheir errors on the determination can beregarded as negligible in regard to that of the errors of measure It
is not always so even in position warfare since some stations difficultto establish have to be used before the range triangulation group hashad the time or opportunity to determine their locations In openwarfare i t is often necessary to rely on positions taken at sight onthe battle map or even on the ordinary map
The remark at the end of section 4 shows that it is still possible inthis case to have exact geometric loci if a reference point sufficientlynear the target is available for each station But then since thereference points change with the targets there is no occasion to tracethe graduation on the construction sheet By wayof compensationthe graphical sketch on tracing paper of the angles in mils can beused with advantage to prick the bearings since the angles beingsmall its deviations are inconsequential
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2335
CHAPTER 111
ADJUSTMENT OP PERCUSSION FIREmdash
12 Problem of the adjustment by the observation of the bursts A
battery mayask
the terrestrial observation service located in thesame sector to determine for it either the absolute positions (the rectangular coordinates) of the bursts of its projectiles or the positionsof these bursts with reference to the target which should in this casebe a clearly denned point of the battle map
The first problem does not differ from the one considered in the preceding chapter it is in general even easier both for the observerswho can be informed in advance of the time and the direction inwhich they should watch and for the central who works on thebasis of observations unusually concordant
The second is distinguished by the fact that the position sought isa relative position which can be obtained by differentialcalculus^and consequently constructed on a geographical sketch on a large
scale with all the desirable precision and rapidity It constitutesthe real problem of fire adjustment which may be formulated thus
A friendly gun P fires a percussion shell at a target X the burst isheard by the terrestrial observation section Determine the errors in
range and in lateral deviationThere are two cases to be distinguished according as the target is
invisible and known only by its rectangular coordinates or as it canbe sighted by the stations during the adjustmentmdash
13 Adjustment on an invisible target Let (fig 6) 0 0202 080
8 0404
be the four observation stations of the section a u lt 3 a4a
4 hex3x
angles observed in each of them between the reference point and the-bursting point X of a projectileTo have the errors of X in respect to X inrange and direction
there are traced on a graphic sketch on the scale -s^^ two rectan-gular axes Xx and Xy (fig 7) representing the parallels to the axes ofthe rectangular coordinates passing through the target X and theposition of the burst X is determined with respect to these axes byconstructing its four geometric loci one of whichmay be lacking
23
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2435
24 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
If the point X is nearenough to thepoint X thedirectionsoftheloci are very noticeablyparallelto OjX O4X of whichthereferenceanglesUdeg x Udeg 4 (fig 6) arecalculatedby meansof the
y
i
Si y l r^ n N s^-
V t i )k j vv ft J -mdash
raquo Tic
Kg cfirst of theformulae(5)ormulae of5) ofsection6 their distancesat the their distancesat theoriginri haveBectionas expressionsions(formula (1) ofSecformula (1) ofSec 3))
Pi-sKDxrfU0 7)4 =KD 4rfUdeg4
with [formulaula (7)]7)]
tfU^UEi+ai-U0 rfU^TJju+^-UV
DvDv D 4 arethe distancesOiK O4X measuredon theconstructionsheeton the scale Towff) Uumlb4 designate thereferenceangles of thelinesO1O
1R 1 O4O
4R 4 runningfrom the
observationstations to theirreferencepointsthe referenceanglesbeingcalculatedonceforall by the first of theformulae(6)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 25
The direction in which these distances should be pricked is seenon the construction sheet as is shown in figure 6 Thus in figure 7the trace of the first locus corresponds to a difference ltfUcgto
All the loci should intersect at the same point if the sightings arefree of errors and if the positions of the stations and of the referencepoints are exactly known Generally they form a little cap inwhich the bursting point X is selected as shown in sections 5and 10
I t is then only necessary to project X in pound on the direction XPof the gun or of the battery P which forms with the axis Xy an angle
given by the construction sheet to have in Xpound the error of rangeand in poundX the error in direction
14 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting points onmdashthe scale of-g^-g The formulae (1) and (7) are independent of thegun or battery P The section may therefore have in advance foreach of the targets on which it willhave to make the adjustment aconstruction sheet on the scale of -sinnr like the one represented in
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2635
26 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
figure 7 on whichare pricked the directions of the loci starting fromX with respect to the axes Xx Xy and normally to these directionsof the scales of the corresponding ps for the successive values ofdUdeg in multiples of 5 mils or in multiples of 10 mils
The graphical sketch of the angles in mils may be used to graduatethese scales in pricking the divisions through the tracing paper
when the distance OX from the station to the target is less than 5kilometers For distances greater than 2 kilometers it is easier touse the graphic table of the errors of the bearings (PL I I I ) which
gives on the scale of -5-^trff the displacement of the bearing to thedifferent distances from 2to 18 kilometers In the absence of thisgraphic table the values of the ps for dU c=lo mils are calculatedby means of the formula
(p) p 1 10 mils=4o KD
whichgives pin millimeterson the scale of -g^Vo-i terms of D inmillimetersof the construction sheet on the scale of 2oooogt and inwhichthe coefficient X has as value (Sec 3)
31416 13200 =1000 ( l - deg - deg l B3 )gt
wherefore log K=4 99200 These lengths of p are then multiplied
for 10 mils by 1 2 3 to have the distances of the successivedivisionsin multiplesof 16 mils on the straight line XO whichgivesthe direction of the geometric locus The divisions on the left ofthis mdashine with respect to the observation station are indicated bythe sign those on the right by the + sign
I f the lack of parallelismof the bearings becomes noticeable at theextremities of the graduation it can be remedied easily by substituting for the single scale corresponding to the target two scalesplaced at a distance of 10 centimeters for instance from each sideof the origin
Instead of taking as originof the graduation of each scale its pointof intersection I with the corresponding straight line XO it is preferable in case the target is well determined and fixed to trace thedivisions which correspond to round numbers of mils of the anglea so as to avoid having to reckon the difference dJdeg for each geometric locus to be constructed The value of a for the point I eingUdegmdashU B the adjustment to be applied to the divisions toward theright is the product of the value of p for 10 mils multiplied by themdashfraction of 10 mils obtained by subtracting UUc UEUE from the value ofthe next highest multiple of 10 mils above the actual value of a Example I I at the end of the pamphlet gives the disposition toadopt for all these calculations
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2735
16057deg (To face page 2ti) No 1
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2035
20 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
this flash or smoke ball The Central adopts provisionally a location of the target on the bearing in the region indicated by theobserver and proceeds with reference to this supposed location aswith reference to a known target through which the bearing mightpass to try to obtain at least two simultaneous bearings
In the absence of supplementary information supplied by theobserver who has made the observation application is made to theneighboring terrestrial observation sections or sound locating sections or balloons or first-line trench stations of the Artillery Intelli-
gence Service etc and the Central in this way may often obtaindata which will enable him to determine somewhat more accuratelythe position of the target on the single bearing sufficiently at leastto try to obtain simultaneous observations
Two simultaneous observations are theoretically sufficient for thedetermination of a target but generally every determination whichis not verified should be regarded as doubtful The best verificationis a third concurrent observation supplying a bearing which passesvery close to the point of intersection of the two others For theprobability that three flashes for instance should be produced atthe same instance and should give concurrent directions with threestations from which they have been observed is very slight and theprobability that the three stations have sighted the same flash ispractically equivalent under these conditions to a certainty I t isthis verification which we must try to get especially for newtargets But since it is quite often impossible for reasons of visi-bility or clearness that three stations should sight the same flash
or smoke ball we must often be satisfied with other verificationsThe fact that the two observations are simultaneous especially
when it is a case of an instantaneous phenomenon like a flash is in it-self a partial proof that they relate to the same target I f the samefact is repeated a certain number of times while the directions oftheobservations remain apparently constant the presumption is strengthened without absolute certainty being produced since in the caseof firing for instance the enemy might discharge two guns at a timeormake false flashes
A much more weighty confirmationresults from the coincidenceof the intersection with a known target The concurrence of theresult with the approximate position given by one of the observerson a bearing may also be regarded as a satisfactory verificationFinally the intelligence obtained outside the section in case thatof the section is insufficient sometimes reveals the degree of confidence that can be placed in the result
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 21
The use of wiresrepresenting the bearings is very convenient whenthere are only two bearings to be applied on condition that the angleat which they intersect is large enough The tracing of the loci on
the construction sheet becomes necessary as soon as the angle is lessthan 400 mils especially if the point of intersection is very distant(Sec 8) It is even necessary to resort to calculation when the angleis less than 300 mils
The determination by two bearings only should be turned over tothe Artillery with all the necessary reserve according to the con-
firmations obtained In no case should i t be regarded as definiteWith three or more simultaneous observations the problem is more
than determined and as the geometric loci generally do not intersectat the same point the position to be adopted is open to a choiceI f the observations are equally good the rule given in section 5leads tochoosing a point nearest the loci whose value is greatest Further-more as is known the value of a locus may be regarded as inverselyproportional to the square of the distance from the point sought to
thecorresponding station or in other words to the square of
thedisplacement of the locus for the same error of observation 10 milsfor instance I t is sufficient then to trace near the cap (the figurehaving the intersections of the loci as summits) bearings correspond-ing to the same angular deflection of the first in order to have a veryclear conception of the values which are inversely proportional tothe squares of the linear spacings
But the problem is rarelypresented with this degree of simplicityGenerally the observations are of unequal precision and the difficulty
consists in observing the inequalities of precision in the attributionof value to the bearings Thus in the case where two observers havebeen able to observe the flash of the discharge of a gun and thethird the dust or the smoke only the observation of the third is allother things being equal less precise than that of the first two butthe central has not the data by which he may determine in whatmeasure Only the observers if they are conscientious and welltrained can indicate to him the degree of uncertainty of their ob-servations and enable him to reduce to a minimum the arbitrarypart in the attribution of the values The chiefs of sections can notuse too much care therefore in the selection development andsupervision of the observers
The use of wires is not recommended for very precise determina-tions especially if the loci intersect at rather acute angles for if
the wires rub on one another i t is to be feared that they will not be
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2235
22 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
perfectly Btraight Moreover not being on the same plane theyproduce the effect of a parallax For tracing the bearings on theconstruction sheet fastened on zinc a hard pencil sharpened to avery fine point must be used Finally if the loci intersect at veryacute angles it is necessary to resort to a calculation and to a graphicconstruction on a large scale (Sec 6)
When the dimensions of the cap exceed notably those whichcorrespond to the mean errors of the observations the determinationshould be regarded as nul Every correction of observation tendingto reduce the cap which has not been signalled at once by the ob-server himself must be rigidly avoided
Unless there is absolute certainty that the sightings of the differentstations relate to a single and identical target i t is never permissibleto proceed by mean observations especially if the flashes or smoke ballshave not all been sighted by the same observation stations Thevariations of the positions corresponding to the different series ofsimultaneous sightings show whether several targets are involved
and in thecontrary case they afford a
muchmore exact
idea of theapproximation really obtained than that which can be formed fromthe variation of the loci in respect to the point chosen in a singledetermination
11 Case in which the position of the observation stationsmdash can not bedetermined withprecision The preceding is based upon the implicitassumption that the positions of the observation stations are so wellknown that the influence oftheir errors on the determination can beregarded as negligible in regard to that of the errors of measure It
is not always so even in position warfare since some stations difficultto establish have to be used before the range triangulation group hashad the time or opportunity to determine their locations In openwarfare i t is often necessary to rely on positions taken at sight onthe battle map or even on the ordinary map
The remark at the end of section 4 shows that it is still possible inthis case to have exact geometric loci if a reference point sufficientlynear the target is available for each station But then since thereference points change with the targets there is no occasion to tracethe graduation on the construction sheet By wayof compensationthe graphical sketch on tracing paper of the angles in mils can beused with advantage to prick the bearings since the angles beingsmall its deviations are inconsequential
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2335
CHAPTER 111
ADJUSTMENT OP PERCUSSION FIREmdash
12 Problem of the adjustment by the observation of the bursts A
battery mayask
the terrestrial observation service located in thesame sector to determine for it either the absolute positions (the rectangular coordinates) of the bursts of its projectiles or the positionsof these bursts with reference to the target which should in this casebe a clearly denned point of the battle map
The first problem does not differ from the one considered in the preceding chapter it is in general even easier both for the observerswho can be informed in advance of the time and the direction inwhich they should watch and for the central who works on thebasis of observations unusually concordant
The second is distinguished by the fact that the position sought isa relative position which can be obtained by differentialcalculus^and consequently constructed on a geographical sketch on a large
scale with all the desirable precision and rapidity It constitutesthe real problem of fire adjustment which may be formulated thus
A friendly gun P fires a percussion shell at a target X the burst isheard by the terrestrial observation section Determine the errors in
range and in lateral deviationThere are two cases to be distinguished according as the target is
invisible and known only by its rectangular coordinates or as it canbe sighted by the stations during the adjustmentmdash
13 Adjustment on an invisible target Let (fig 6) 0 0202 080
8 0404
be the four observation stations of the section a u lt 3 a4a
4 hex3x
angles observed in each of them between the reference point and the-bursting point X of a projectileTo have the errors of X in respect to X inrange and direction
there are traced on a graphic sketch on the scale -s^^ two rectan-gular axes Xx and Xy (fig 7) representing the parallels to the axes ofthe rectangular coordinates passing through the target X and theposition of the burst X is determined with respect to these axes byconstructing its four geometric loci one of whichmay be lacking
23
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2435
24 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
If the point X is nearenough to thepoint X thedirectionsoftheloci are very noticeablyparallelto OjX O4X of whichthereferenceanglesUdeg x Udeg 4 (fig 6) arecalculatedby meansof the
y
i
Si y l r^ n N s^-
V t i )k j vv ft J -mdash
raquo Tic
Kg cfirst of theformulae(5)ormulae of5) ofsection6 their distancesat the their distancesat theoriginri haveBectionas expressionsions(formula (1) ofSecformula (1) ofSec 3))
Pi-sKDxrfU0 7)4 =KD 4rfUdeg4
with [formulaula (7)]7)]
tfU^UEi+ai-U0 rfU^TJju+^-UV
DvDv D 4 arethe distancesOiK O4X measuredon theconstructionsheeton the scale Towff) Uumlb4 designate thereferenceangles of thelinesO1O
1R 1 O4O
4R 4 runningfrom the
observationstations to theirreferencepointsthe referenceanglesbeingcalculatedonceforall by the first of theformulae(6)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 25
The direction in which these distances should be pricked is seenon the construction sheet as is shown in figure 6 Thus in figure 7the trace of the first locus corresponds to a difference ltfUcgto
All the loci should intersect at the same point if the sightings arefree of errors and if the positions of the stations and of the referencepoints are exactly known Generally they form a little cap inwhich the bursting point X is selected as shown in sections 5and 10
I t is then only necessary to project X in pound on the direction XPof the gun or of the battery P which forms with the axis Xy an angle
given by the construction sheet to have in Xpound the error of rangeand in poundX the error in direction
14 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting points onmdashthe scale of-g^-g The formulae (1) and (7) are independent of thegun or battery P The section may therefore have in advance foreach of the targets on which it willhave to make the adjustment aconstruction sheet on the scale of -sinnr like the one represented in
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2635
26 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
figure 7 on whichare pricked the directions of the loci starting fromX with respect to the axes Xx Xy and normally to these directionsof the scales of the corresponding ps for the successive values ofdUdeg in multiples of 5 mils or in multiples of 10 mils
The graphical sketch of the angles in mils may be used to graduatethese scales in pricking the divisions through the tracing paper
when the distance OX from the station to the target is less than 5kilometers For distances greater than 2 kilometers it is easier touse the graphic table of the errors of the bearings (PL I I I ) which
gives on the scale of -5-^trff the displacement of the bearing to thedifferent distances from 2to 18 kilometers In the absence of thisgraphic table the values of the ps for dU c=lo mils are calculatedby means of the formula
(p) p 1 10 mils=4o KD
whichgives pin millimeterson the scale of -g^Vo-i terms of D inmillimetersof the construction sheet on the scale of 2oooogt and inwhichthe coefficient X has as value (Sec 3)
31416 13200 =1000 ( l - deg - deg l B3 )gt
wherefore log K=4 99200 These lengths of p are then multiplied
for 10 mils by 1 2 3 to have the distances of the successivedivisionsin multiplesof 16 mils on the straight line XO whichgivesthe direction of the geometric locus The divisions on the left ofthis mdashine with respect to the observation station are indicated bythe sign those on the right by the + sign
I f the lack of parallelismof the bearings becomes noticeable at theextremities of the graduation it can be remedied easily by substituting for the single scale corresponding to the target two scalesplaced at a distance of 10 centimeters for instance from each sideof the origin
Instead of taking as originof the graduation of each scale its pointof intersection I with the corresponding straight line XO it is preferable in case the target is well determined and fixed to trace thedivisions which correspond to round numbers of mils of the anglea so as to avoid having to reckon the difference dJdeg for each geometric locus to be constructed The value of a for the point I eingUdegmdashU B the adjustment to be applied to the divisions toward theright is the product of the value of p for 10 mils multiplied by themdashfraction of 10 mils obtained by subtracting UUc UEUE from the value ofthe next highest multiple of 10 mils above the actual value of a Example I I at the end of the pamphlet gives the disposition toadopt for all these calculations
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2735
16057deg (To face page 2ti) No 1
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2135
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 21
The use of wiresrepresenting the bearings is very convenient whenthere are only two bearings to be applied on condition that the angleat which they intersect is large enough The tracing of the loci on
the construction sheet becomes necessary as soon as the angle is lessthan 400 mils especially if the point of intersection is very distant(Sec 8) It is even necessary to resort to calculation when the angleis less than 300 mils
The determination by two bearings only should be turned over tothe Artillery with all the necessary reserve according to the con-
firmations obtained In no case should i t be regarded as definiteWith three or more simultaneous observations the problem is more
than determined and as the geometric loci generally do not intersectat the same point the position to be adopted is open to a choiceI f the observations are equally good the rule given in section 5leads tochoosing a point nearest the loci whose value is greatest Further-more as is known the value of a locus may be regarded as inverselyproportional to the square of the distance from the point sought to
thecorresponding station or in other words to the square of
thedisplacement of the locus for the same error of observation 10 milsfor instance I t is sufficient then to trace near the cap (the figurehaving the intersections of the loci as summits) bearings correspond-ing to the same angular deflection of the first in order to have a veryclear conception of the values which are inversely proportional tothe squares of the linear spacings
But the problem is rarelypresented with this degree of simplicityGenerally the observations are of unequal precision and the difficulty
consists in observing the inequalities of precision in the attributionof value to the bearings Thus in the case where two observers havebeen able to observe the flash of the discharge of a gun and thethird the dust or the smoke only the observation of the third is allother things being equal less precise than that of the first two butthe central has not the data by which he may determine in whatmeasure Only the observers if they are conscientious and welltrained can indicate to him the degree of uncertainty of their ob-servations and enable him to reduce to a minimum the arbitrarypart in the attribution of the values The chiefs of sections can notuse too much care therefore in the selection development andsupervision of the observers
The use of wires is not recommended for very precise determina-tions especially if the loci intersect at rather acute angles for if
the wires rub on one another i t is to be feared that they will not be
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2235
22 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
perfectly Btraight Moreover not being on the same plane theyproduce the effect of a parallax For tracing the bearings on theconstruction sheet fastened on zinc a hard pencil sharpened to avery fine point must be used Finally if the loci intersect at veryacute angles it is necessary to resort to a calculation and to a graphicconstruction on a large scale (Sec 6)
When the dimensions of the cap exceed notably those whichcorrespond to the mean errors of the observations the determinationshould be regarded as nul Every correction of observation tendingto reduce the cap which has not been signalled at once by the ob-server himself must be rigidly avoided
Unless there is absolute certainty that the sightings of the differentstations relate to a single and identical target i t is never permissibleto proceed by mean observations especially if the flashes or smoke ballshave not all been sighted by the same observation stations Thevariations of the positions corresponding to the different series ofsimultaneous sightings show whether several targets are involved
and in thecontrary case they afford a
muchmore exact
idea of theapproximation really obtained than that which can be formed fromthe variation of the loci in respect to the point chosen in a singledetermination
11 Case in which the position of the observation stationsmdash can not bedetermined withprecision The preceding is based upon the implicitassumption that the positions of the observation stations are so wellknown that the influence oftheir errors on the determination can beregarded as negligible in regard to that of the errors of measure It
is not always so even in position warfare since some stations difficultto establish have to be used before the range triangulation group hashad the time or opportunity to determine their locations In openwarfare i t is often necessary to rely on positions taken at sight onthe battle map or even on the ordinary map
The remark at the end of section 4 shows that it is still possible inthis case to have exact geometric loci if a reference point sufficientlynear the target is available for each station But then since thereference points change with the targets there is no occasion to tracethe graduation on the construction sheet By wayof compensationthe graphical sketch on tracing paper of the angles in mils can beused with advantage to prick the bearings since the angles beingsmall its deviations are inconsequential
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2335
CHAPTER 111
ADJUSTMENT OP PERCUSSION FIREmdash
12 Problem of the adjustment by the observation of the bursts A
battery mayask
the terrestrial observation service located in thesame sector to determine for it either the absolute positions (the rectangular coordinates) of the bursts of its projectiles or the positionsof these bursts with reference to the target which should in this casebe a clearly denned point of the battle map
The first problem does not differ from the one considered in the preceding chapter it is in general even easier both for the observerswho can be informed in advance of the time and the direction inwhich they should watch and for the central who works on thebasis of observations unusually concordant
The second is distinguished by the fact that the position sought isa relative position which can be obtained by differentialcalculus^and consequently constructed on a geographical sketch on a large
scale with all the desirable precision and rapidity It constitutesthe real problem of fire adjustment which may be formulated thus
A friendly gun P fires a percussion shell at a target X the burst isheard by the terrestrial observation section Determine the errors in
range and in lateral deviationThere are two cases to be distinguished according as the target is
invisible and known only by its rectangular coordinates or as it canbe sighted by the stations during the adjustmentmdash
13 Adjustment on an invisible target Let (fig 6) 0 0202 080
8 0404
be the four observation stations of the section a u lt 3 a4a
4 hex3x
angles observed in each of them between the reference point and the-bursting point X of a projectileTo have the errors of X in respect to X inrange and direction
there are traced on a graphic sketch on the scale -s^^ two rectan-gular axes Xx and Xy (fig 7) representing the parallels to the axes ofthe rectangular coordinates passing through the target X and theposition of the burst X is determined with respect to these axes byconstructing its four geometric loci one of whichmay be lacking
23
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2435
24 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
If the point X is nearenough to thepoint X thedirectionsoftheloci are very noticeablyparallelto OjX O4X of whichthereferenceanglesUdeg x Udeg 4 (fig 6) arecalculatedby meansof the
y
i
Si y l r^ n N s^-
V t i )k j vv ft J -mdash
raquo Tic
Kg cfirst of theformulae(5)ormulae of5) ofsection6 their distancesat the their distancesat theoriginri haveBectionas expressionsions(formula (1) ofSecformula (1) ofSec 3))
Pi-sKDxrfU0 7)4 =KD 4rfUdeg4
with [formulaula (7)]7)]
tfU^UEi+ai-U0 rfU^TJju+^-UV
DvDv D 4 arethe distancesOiK O4X measuredon theconstructionsheeton the scale Towff) Uumlb4 designate thereferenceangles of thelinesO1O
1R 1 O4O
4R 4 runningfrom the
observationstations to theirreferencepointsthe referenceanglesbeingcalculatedonceforall by the first of theformulae(6)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 25
The direction in which these distances should be pricked is seenon the construction sheet as is shown in figure 6 Thus in figure 7the trace of the first locus corresponds to a difference ltfUcgto
All the loci should intersect at the same point if the sightings arefree of errors and if the positions of the stations and of the referencepoints are exactly known Generally they form a little cap inwhich the bursting point X is selected as shown in sections 5and 10
I t is then only necessary to project X in pound on the direction XPof the gun or of the battery P which forms with the axis Xy an angle
given by the construction sheet to have in Xpound the error of rangeand in poundX the error in direction
14 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting points onmdashthe scale of-g^-g The formulae (1) and (7) are independent of thegun or battery P The section may therefore have in advance foreach of the targets on which it willhave to make the adjustment aconstruction sheet on the scale of -sinnr like the one represented in
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2635
26 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
figure 7 on whichare pricked the directions of the loci starting fromX with respect to the axes Xx Xy and normally to these directionsof the scales of the corresponding ps for the successive values ofdUdeg in multiples of 5 mils or in multiples of 10 mils
The graphical sketch of the angles in mils may be used to graduatethese scales in pricking the divisions through the tracing paper
when the distance OX from the station to the target is less than 5kilometers For distances greater than 2 kilometers it is easier touse the graphic table of the errors of the bearings (PL I I I ) which
gives on the scale of -5-^trff the displacement of the bearing to thedifferent distances from 2to 18 kilometers In the absence of thisgraphic table the values of the ps for dU c=lo mils are calculatedby means of the formula
(p) p 1 10 mils=4o KD
whichgives pin millimeterson the scale of -g^Vo-i terms of D inmillimetersof the construction sheet on the scale of 2oooogt and inwhichthe coefficient X has as value (Sec 3)
31416 13200 =1000 ( l - deg - deg l B3 )gt
wherefore log K=4 99200 These lengths of p are then multiplied
for 10 mils by 1 2 3 to have the distances of the successivedivisionsin multiplesof 16 mils on the straight line XO whichgivesthe direction of the geometric locus The divisions on the left ofthis mdashine with respect to the observation station are indicated bythe sign those on the right by the + sign
I f the lack of parallelismof the bearings becomes noticeable at theextremities of the graduation it can be remedied easily by substituting for the single scale corresponding to the target two scalesplaced at a distance of 10 centimeters for instance from each sideof the origin
Instead of taking as originof the graduation of each scale its pointof intersection I with the corresponding straight line XO it is preferable in case the target is well determined and fixed to trace thedivisions which correspond to round numbers of mils of the anglea so as to avoid having to reckon the difference dJdeg for each geometric locus to be constructed The value of a for the point I eingUdegmdashU B the adjustment to be applied to the divisions toward theright is the product of the value of p for 10 mils multiplied by themdashfraction of 10 mils obtained by subtracting UUc UEUE from the value ofthe next highest multiple of 10 mils above the actual value of a Example I I at the end of the pamphlet gives the disposition toadopt for all these calculations
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2735
16057deg (To face page 2ti) No 1
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2235
22 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
perfectly Btraight Moreover not being on the same plane theyproduce the effect of a parallax For tracing the bearings on theconstruction sheet fastened on zinc a hard pencil sharpened to avery fine point must be used Finally if the loci intersect at veryacute angles it is necessary to resort to a calculation and to a graphicconstruction on a large scale (Sec 6)
When the dimensions of the cap exceed notably those whichcorrespond to the mean errors of the observations the determinationshould be regarded as nul Every correction of observation tendingto reduce the cap which has not been signalled at once by the ob-server himself must be rigidly avoided
Unless there is absolute certainty that the sightings of the differentstations relate to a single and identical target i t is never permissibleto proceed by mean observations especially if the flashes or smoke ballshave not all been sighted by the same observation stations Thevariations of the positions corresponding to the different series ofsimultaneous sightings show whether several targets are involved
and in thecontrary case they afford a
muchmore exact
idea of theapproximation really obtained than that which can be formed fromthe variation of the loci in respect to the point chosen in a singledetermination
11 Case in which the position of the observation stationsmdash can not bedetermined withprecision The preceding is based upon the implicitassumption that the positions of the observation stations are so wellknown that the influence oftheir errors on the determination can beregarded as negligible in regard to that of the errors of measure It
is not always so even in position warfare since some stations difficultto establish have to be used before the range triangulation group hashad the time or opportunity to determine their locations In openwarfare i t is often necessary to rely on positions taken at sight onthe battle map or even on the ordinary map
The remark at the end of section 4 shows that it is still possible inthis case to have exact geometric loci if a reference point sufficientlynear the target is available for each station But then since thereference points change with the targets there is no occasion to tracethe graduation on the construction sheet By wayof compensationthe graphical sketch on tracing paper of the angles in mils can beused with advantage to prick the bearings since the angles beingsmall its deviations are inconsequential
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2335
CHAPTER 111
ADJUSTMENT OP PERCUSSION FIREmdash
12 Problem of the adjustment by the observation of the bursts A
battery mayask
the terrestrial observation service located in thesame sector to determine for it either the absolute positions (the rectangular coordinates) of the bursts of its projectiles or the positionsof these bursts with reference to the target which should in this casebe a clearly denned point of the battle map
The first problem does not differ from the one considered in the preceding chapter it is in general even easier both for the observerswho can be informed in advance of the time and the direction inwhich they should watch and for the central who works on thebasis of observations unusually concordant
The second is distinguished by the fact that the position sought isa relative position which can be obtained by differentialcalculus^and consequently constructed on a geographical sketch on a large
scale with all the desirable precision and rapidity It constitutesthe real problem of fire adjustment which may be formulated thus
A friendly gun P fires a percussion shell at a target X the burst isheard by the terrestrial observation section Determine the errors in
range and in lateral deviationThere are two cases to be distinguished according as the target is
invisible and known only by its rectangular coordinates or as it canbe sighted by the stations during the adjustmentmdash
13 Adjustment on an invisible target Let (fig 6) 0 0202 080
8 0404
be the four observation stations of the section a u lt 3 a4a
4 hex3x
angles observed in each of them between the reference point and the-bursting point X of a projectileTo have the errors of X in respect to X inrange and direction
there are traced on a graphic sketch on the scale -s^^ two rectan-gular axes Xx and Xy (fig 7) representing the parallels to the axes ofthe rectangular coordinates passing through the target X and theposition of the burst X is determined with respect to these axes byconstructing its four geometric loci one of whichmay be lacking
23
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2435
24 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
If the point X is nearenough to thepoint X thedirectionsoftheloci are very noticeablyparallelto OjX O4X of whichthereferenceanglesUdeg x Udeg 4 (fig 6) arecalculatedby meansof the
y
i
Si y l r^ n N s^-
V t i )k j vv ft J -mdash
raquo Tic
Kg cfirst of theformulae(5)ormulae of5) ofsection6 their distancesat the their distancesat theoriginri haveBectionas expressionsions(formula (1) ofSecformula (1) ofSec 3))
Pi-sKDxrfU0 7)4 =KD 4rfUdeg4
with [formulaula (7)]7)]
tfU^UEi+ai-U0 rfU^TJju+^-UV
DvDv D 4 arethe distancesOiK O4X measuredon theconstructionsheeton the scale Towff) Uumlb4 designate thereferenceangles of thelinesO1O
1R 1 O4O
4R 4 runningfrom the
observationstations to theirreferencepointsthe referenceanglesbeingcalculatedonceforall by the first of theformulae(6)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 25
The direction in which these distances should be pricked is seenon the construction sheet as is shown in figure 6 Thus in figure 7the trace of the first locus corresponds to a difference ltfUcgto
All the loci should intersect at the same point if the sightings arefree of errors and if the positions of the stations and of the referencepoints are exactly known Generally they form a little cap inwhich the bursting point X is selected as shown in sections 5and 10
I t is then only necessary to project X in pound on the direction XPof the gun or of the battery P which forms with the axis Xy an angle
given by the construction sheet to have in Xpound the error of rangeand in poundX the error in direction
14 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting points onmdashthe scale of-g^-g The formulae (1) and (7) are independent of thegun or battery P The section may therefore have in advance foreach of the targets on which it willhave to make the adjustment aconstruction sheet on the scale of -sinnr like the one represented in
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2635
26 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
figure 7 on whichare pricked the directions of the loci starting fromX with respect to the axes Xx Xy and normally to these directionsof the scales of the corresponding ps for the successive values ofdUdeg in multiples of 5 mils or in multiples of 10 mils
The graphical sketch of the angles in mils may be used to graduatethese scales in pricking the divisions through the tracing paper
when the distance OX from the station to the target is less than 5kilometers For distances greater than 2 kilometers it is easier touse the graphic table of the errors of the bearings (PL I I I ) which
gives on the scale of -5-^trff the displacement of the bearing to thedifferent distances from 2to 18 kilometers In the absence of thisgraphic table the values of the ps for dU c=lo mils are calculatedby means of the formula
(p) p 1 10 mils=4o KD
whichgives pin millimeterson the scale of -g^Vo-i terms of D inmillimetersof the construction sheet on the scale of 2oooogt and inwhichthe coefficient X has as value (Sec 3)
31416 13200 =1000 ( l - deg - deg l B3 )gt
wherefore log K=4 99200 These lengths of p are then multiplied
for 10 mils by 1 2 3 to have the distances of the successivedivisionsin multiplesof 16 mils on the straight line XO whichgivesthe direction of the geometric locus The divisions on the left ofthis mdashine with respect to the observation station are indicated bythe sign those on the right by the + sign
I f the lack of parallelismof the bearings becomes noticeable at theextremities of the graduation it can be remedied easily by substituting for the single scale corresponding to the target two scalesplaced at a distance of 10 centimeters for instance from each sideof the origin
Instead of taking as originof the graduation of each scale its pointof intersection I with the corresponding straight line XO it is preferable in case the target is well determined and fixed to trace thedivisions which correspond to round numbers of mils of the anglea so as to avoid having to reckon the difference dJdeg for each geometric locus to be constructed The value of a for the point I eingUdegmdashU B the adjustment to be applied to the divisions toward theright is the product of the value of p for 10 mils multiplied by themdashfraction of 10 mils obtained by subtracting UUc UEUE from the value ofthe next highest multiple of 10 mils above the actual value of a Example I I at the end of the pamphlet gives the disposition toadopt for all these calculations
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2735
16057deg (To face page 2ti) No 1
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2335
CHAPTER 111
ADJUSTMENT OP PERCUSSION FIREmdash
12 Problem of the adjustment by the observation of the bursts A
battery mayask
the terrestrial observation service located in thesame sector to determine for it either the absolute positions (the rectangular coordinates) of the bursts of its projectiles or the positionsof these bursts with reference to the target which should in this casebe a clearly denned point of the battle map
The first problem does not differ from the one considered in the preceding chapter it is in general even easier both for the observerswho can be informed in advance of the time and the direction inwhich they should watch and for the central who works on thebasis of observations unusually concordant
The second is distinguished by the fact that the position sought isa relative position which can be obtained by differentialcalculus^and consequently constructed on a geographical sketch on a large
scale with all the desirable precision and rapidity It constitutesthe real problem of fire adjustment which may be formulated thus
A friendly gun P fires a percussion shell at a target X the burst isheard by the terrestrial observation section Determine the errors in
range and in lateral deviationThere are two cases to be distinguished according as the target is
invisible and known only by its rectangular coordinates or as it canbe sighted by the stations during the adjustmentmdash
13 Adjustment on an invisible target Let (fig 6) 0 0202 080
8 0404
be the four observation stations of the section a u lt 3 a4a
4 hex3x
angles observed in each of them between the reference point and the-bursting point X of a projectileTo have the errors of X in respect to X inrange and direction
there are traced on a graphic sketch on the scale -s^^ two rectan-gular axes Xx and Xy (fig 7) representing the parallels to the axes ofthe rectangular coordinates passing through the target X and theposition of the burst X is determined with respect to these axes byconstructing its four geometric loci one of whichmay be lacking
23
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2435
24 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
If the point X is nearenough to thepoint X thedirectionsoftheloci are very noticeablyparallelto OjX O4X of whichthereferenceanglesUdeg x Udeg 4 (fig 6) arecalculatedby meansof the
y
i
Si y l r^ n N s^-
V t i )k j vv ft J -mdash
raquo Tic
Kg cfirst of theformulae(5)ormulae of5) ofsection6 their distancesat the their distancesat theoriginri haveBectionas expressionsions(formula (1) ofSecformula (1) ofSec 3))
Pi-sKDxrfU0 7)4 =KD 4rfUdeg4
with [formulaula (7)]7)]
tfU^UEi+ai-U0 rfU^TJju+^-UV
DvDv D 4 arethe distancesOiK O4X measuredon theconstructionsheeton the scale Towff) Uumlb4 designate thereferenceangles of thelinesO1O
1R 1 O4O
4R 4 runningfrom the
observationstations to theirreferencepointsthe referenceanglesbeingcalculatedonceforall by the first of theformulae(6)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 25
The direction in which these distances should be pricked is seenon the construction sheet as is shown in figure 6 Thus in figure 7the trace of the first locus corresponds to a difference ltfUcgto
All the loci should intersect at the same point if the sightings arefree of errors and if the positions of the stations and of the referencepoints are exactly known Generally they form a little cap inwhich the bursting point X is selected as shown in sections 5and 10
I t is then only necessary to project X in pound on the direction XPof the gun or of the battery P which forms with the axis Xy an angle
given by the construction sheet to have in Xpound the error of rangeand in poundX the error in direction
14 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting points onmdashthe scale of-g^-g The formulae (1) and (7) are independent of thegun or battery P The section may therefore have in advance foreach of the targets on which it willhave to make the adjustment aconstruction sheet on the scale of -sinnr like the one represented in
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2635
26 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
figure 7 on whichare pricked the directions of the loci starting fromX with respect to the axes Xx Xy and normally to these directionsof the scales of the corresponding ps for the successive values ofdUdeg in multiples of 5 mils or in multiples of 10 mils
The graphical sketch of the angles in mils may be used to graduatethese scales in pricking the divisions through the tracing paper
when the distance OX from the station to the target is less than 5kilometers For distances greater than 2 kilometers it is easier touse the graphic table of the errors of the bearings (PL I I I ) which
gives on the scale of -5-^trff the displacement of the bearing to thedifferent distances from 2to 18 kilometers In the absence of thisgraphic table the values of the ps for dU c=lo mils are calculatedby means of the formula
(p) p 1 10 mils=4o KD
whichgives pin millimeterson the scale of -g^Vo-i terms of D inmillimetersof the construction sheet on the scale of 2oooogt and inwhichthe coefficient X has as value (Sec 3)
31416 13200 =1000 ( l - deg - deg l B3 )gt
wherefore log K=4 99200 These lengths of p are then multiplied
for 10 mils by 1 2 3 to have the distances of the successivedivisionsin multiplesof 16 mils on the straight line XO whichgivesthe direction of the geometric locus The divisions on the left ofthis mdashine with respect to the observation station are indicated bythe sign those on the right by the + sign
I f the lack of parallelismof the bearings becomes noticeable at theextremities of the graduation it can be remedied easily by substituting for the single scale corresponding to the target two scalesplaced at a distance of 10 centimeters for instance from each sideof the origin
Instead of taking as originof the graduation of each scale its pointof intersection I with the corresponding straight line XO it is preferable in case the target is well determined and fixed to trace thedivisions which correspond to round numbers of mils of the anglea so as to avoid having to reckon the difference dJdeg for each geometric locus to be constructed The value of a for the point I eingUdegmdashU B the adjustment to be applied to the divisions toward theright is the product of the value of p for 10 mils multiplied by themdashfraction of 10 mils obtained by subtracting UUc UEUE from the value ofthe next highest multiple of 10 mils above the actual value of a Example I I at the end of the pamphlet gives the disposition toadopt for all these calculations
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2735
16057deg (To face page 2ti) No 1
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2435
24 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
If the point X is nearenough to thepoint X thedirectionsoftheloci are very noticeablyparallelto OjX O4X of whichthereferenceanglesUdeg x Udeg 4 (fig 6) arecalculatedby meansof the
y
i
Si y l r^ n N s^-
V t i )k j vv ft J -mdash
raquo Tic
Kg cfirst of theformulae(5)ormulae of5) ofsection6 their distancesat the their distancesat theoriginri haveBectionas expressionsions(formula (1) ofSecformula (1) ofSec 3))
Pi-sKDxrfU0 7)4 =KD 4rfUdeg4
with [formulaula (7)]7)]
tfU^UEi+ai-U0 rfU^TJju+^-UV
DvDv D 4 arethe distancesOiK O4X measuredon theconstructionsheeton the scale Towff) Uumlb4 designate thereferenceangles of thelinesO1O
1R 1 O4O
4R 4 runningfrom the
observationstations to theirreferencepointsthe referenceanglesbeingcalculatedonceforall by the first of theformulae(6)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 25
The direction in which these distances should be pricked is seenon the construction sheet as is shown in figure 6 Thus in figure 7the trace of the first locus corresponds to a difference ltfUcgto
All the loci should intersect at the same point if the sightings arefree of errors and if the positions of the stations and of the referencepoints are exactly known Generally they form a little cap inwhich the bursting point X is selected as shown in sections 5and 10
I t is then only necessary to project X in pound on the direction XPof the gun or of the battery P which forms with the axis Xy an angle
given by the construction sheet to have in Xpound the error of rangeand in poundX the error in direction
14 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting points onmdashthe scale of-g^-g The formulae (1) and (7) are independent of thegun or battery P The section may therefore have in advance foreach of the targets on which it willhave to make the adjustment aconstruction sheet on the scale of -sinnr like the one represented in
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2635
26 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
figure 7 on whichare pricked the directions of the loci starting fromX with respect to the axes Xx Xy and normally to these directionsof the scales of the corresponding ps for the successive values ofdUdeg in multiples of 5 mils or in multiples of 10 mils
The graphical sketch of the angles in mils may be used to graduatethese scales in pricking the divisions through the tracing paper
when the distance OX from the station to the target is less than 5kilometers For distances greater than 2 kilometers it is easier touse the graphic table of the errors of the bearings (PL I I I ) which
gives on the scale of -5-^trff the displacement of the bearing to thedifferent distances from 2to 18 kilometers In the absence of thisgraphic table the values of the ps for dU c=lo mils are calculatedby means of the formula
(p) p 1 10 mils=4o KD
whichgives pin millimeterson the scale of -g^Vo-i terms of D inmillimetersof the construction sheet on the scale of 2oooogt and inwhichthe coefficient X has as value (Sec 3)
31416 13200 =1000 ( l - deg - deg l B3 )gt
wherefore log K=4 99200 These lengths of p are then multiplied
for 10 mils by 1 2 3 to have the distances of the successivedivisionsin multiplesof 16 mils on the straight line XO whichgivesthe direction of the geometric locus The divisions on the left ofthis mdashine with respect to the observation station are indicated bythe sign those on the right by the + sign
I f the lack of parallelismof the bearings becomes noticeable at theextremities of the graduation it can be remedied easily by substituting for the single scale corresponding to the target two scalesplaced at a distance of 10 centimeters for instance from each sideof the origin
Instead of taking as originof the graduation of each scale its pointof intersection I with the corresponding straight line XO it is preferable in case the target is well determined and fixed to trace thedivisions which correspond to round numbers of mils of the anglea so as to avoid having to reckon the difference dJdeg for each geometric locus to be constructed The value of a for the point I eingUdegmdashU B the adjustment to be applied to the divisions toward theright is the product of the value of p for 10 mils multiplied by themdashfraction of 10 mils obtained by subtracting UUc UEUE from the value ofthe next highest multiple of 10 mils above the actual value of a Example I I at the end of the pamphlet gives the disposition toadopt for all these calculations
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2735
16057deg (To face page 2ti) No 1
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2535
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 25
The direction in which these distances should be pricked is seenon the construction sheet as is shown in figure 6 Thus in figure 7the trace of the first locus corresponds to a difference ltfUcgto
All the loci should intersect at the same point if the sightings arefree of errors and if the positions of the stations and of the referencepoints are exactly known Generally they form a little cap inwhich the bursting point X is selected as shown in sections 5and 10
I t is then only necessary to project X in pound on the direction XPof the gun or of the battery P which forms with the axis Xy an angle
given by the construction sheet to have in Xpound the error of rangeand in poundX the error in direction
14 Preparation of the construction sheets of the bursting points onmdashthe scale of-g^-g The formulae (1) and (7) are independent of thegun or battery P The section may therefore have in advance foreach of the targets on which it willhave to make the adjustment aconstruction sheet on the scale of -sinnr like the one represented in
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2635
26 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
figure 7 on whichare pricked the directions of the loci starting fromX with respect to the axes Xx Xy and normally to these directionsof the scales of the corresponding ps for the successive values ofdUdeg in multiples of 5 mils or in multiples of 10 mils
The graphical sketch of the angles in mils may be used to graduatethese scales in pricking the divisions through the tracing paper
when the distance OX from the station to the target is less than 5kilometers For distances greater than 2 kilometers it is easier touse the graphic table of the errors of the bearings (PL I I I ) which
gives on the scale of -5-^trff the displacement of the bearing to thedifferent distances from 2to 18 kilometers In the absence of thisgraphic table the values of the ps for dU c=lo mils are calculatedby means of the formula
(p) p 1 10 mils=4o KD
whichgives pin millimeterson the scale of -g^Vo-i terms of D inmillimetersof the construction sheet on the scale of 2oooogt and inwhichthe coefficient X has as value (Sec 3)
31416 13200 =1000 ( l - deg - deg l B3 )gt
wherefore log K=4 99200 These lengths of p are then multiplied
for 10 mils by 1 2 3 to have the distances of the successivedivisionsin multiplesof 16 mils on the straight line XO whichgivesthe direction of the geometric locus The divisions on the left ofthis mdashine with respect to the observation station are indicated bythe sign those on the right by the + sign
I f the lack of parallelismof the bearings becomes noticeable at theextremities of the graduation it can be remedied easily by substituting for the single scale corresponding to the target two scalesplaced at a distance of 10 centimeters for instance from each sideof the origin
Instead of taking as originof the graduation of each scale its pointof intersection I with the corresponding straight line XO it is preferable in case the target is well determined and fixed to trace thedivisions which correspond to round numbers of mils of the anglea so as to avoid having to reckon the difference dJdeg for each geometric locus to be constructed The value of a for the point I eingUdegmdashU B the adjustment to be applied to the divisions toward theright is the product of the value of p for 10 mils multiplied by themdashfraction of 10 mils obtained by subtracting UUc UEUE from the value ofthe next highest multiple of 10 mils above the actual value of a Example I I at the end of the pamphlet gives the disposition toadopt for all these calculations
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2735
16057deg (To face page 2ti) No 1
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2635
26 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
figure 7 on whichare pricked the directions of the loci starting fromX with respect to the axes Xx Xy and normally to these directionsof the scales of the corresponding ps for the successive values ofdUdeg in multiples of 5 mils or in multiples of 10 mils
The graphical sketch of the angles in mils may be used to graduatethese scales in pricking the divisions through the tracing paper
when the distance OX from the station to the target is less than 5kilometers For distances greater than 2 kilometers it is easier touse the graphic table of the errors of the bearings (PL I I I ) which
gives on the scale of -5-^trff the displacement of the bearing to thedifferent distances from 2to 18 kilometers In the absence of thisgraphic table the values of the ps for dU c=lo mils are calculatedby means of the formula
(p) p 1 10 mils=4o KD
whichgives pin millimeterson the scale of -g^Vo-i terms of D inmillimetersof the construction sheet on the scale of 2oooogt and inwhichthe coefficient X has as value (Sec 3)
31416 13200 =1000 ( l - deg - deg l B3 )gt
wherefore log K=4 99200 These lengths of p are then multiplied
for 10 mils by 1 2 3 to have the distances of the successivedivisionsin multiplesof 16 mils on the straight line XO whichgivesthe direction of the geometric locus The divisions on the left ofthis mdashine with respect to the observation station are indicated bythe sign those on the right by the + sign
I f the lack of parallelismof the bearings becomes noticeable at theextremities of the graduation it can be remedied easily by substituting for the single scale corresponding to the target two scalesplaced at a distance of 10 centimeters for instance from each sideof the origin
Instead of taking as originof the graduation of each scale its pointof intersection I with the corresponding straight line XO it is preferable in case the target is well determined and fixed to trace thedivisions which correspond to round numbers of mils of the anglea so as to avoid having to reckon the difference dJdeg for each geometric locus to be constructed The value of a for the point I eingUdegmdashU B the adjustment to be applied to the divisions toward theright is the product of the value of p for 10 mils multiplied by themdashfraction of 10 mils obtained by subtracting UUc UEUE from the value ofthe next highest multiple of 10 mils above the actual value of a Example I I at the end of the pamphlet gives the disposition toadopt for all these calculations
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2735
16057deg (To face page 2ti) No 1
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2735
16057deg (To face page 2ti) No 1
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2835
Scale Of rm16057deg (To face pasje 20) No 2
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 2935
Formula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingormula Graphical Scale of Errors in Bearingbulllaquobulllaquobull
y amp p on thlaquo bci ---y amp p on thlaquo bci ---Bootgtootgt
ltpO 130pO 130 JOOOOr bull
0
i-ff -IdId L
L-=
ISCfiSCfiJJ
brvbargtgt
XX-I
-II
T
itritri -^CCh dd i i
6 trrbee
mdashi
laquolaquo 3
5 6 7117117111
SOO6060 400
----1-1-
bullmdashmdash brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarbrvbarbrvbar+-brvbarmdash
---Imdashmdash
FEE
Serviceervice GSographlqueSographlquedee lArmeeArmee16057deg6057deg (ToTo faceace pageage 26)6) No o 3
IOOy ll l
200-
~AA
brvbarmdashmdash
-ImdashImdash
I22 X
I i
U -~~~~~~
mdash
3poundSpoundSmdash
+-- -- lt- -----j jj
-(
mdash
k -
133
1-
bull -
-~~
jj
mdashmdash
Jlaquoraquolaquolaquoraquolaquo
-t-j-|t-j-|- i
I
mdasht
mdash
Hh - -
EEE
mdashIII
L
HIt t
155
mdashplusmnplusmn
i
mdash
i_4_4
mdashI
U -11Sbull+brvbarmdash+brvbarmdash
tmdashmdash
brvbari-plusmni- plusmn
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3035
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 27
On the construction sheet on the scale of -5-^ thus prepared the
loci of X are constructed very quicklyi t is only necessary to drawparallels to their directions through the division points a u o 2gt a 3 4o
4 of
their scales The operation may be still further simplifiedby trac-ing in advance the bearings passing through the points of division ofthe scales so as to be able to trace those of X by interpolation atsight But i t is then indispensable for clearness to use a particularcolor or type of line for each system of lines Plates I nd I I ivespecimens of construction sheets thus prepared with or without asystem of parallels
15 Completion of the preparation of the construction sheets on themdashscale y^jTy at the moment of the adjustment When the gun or batteryP which is to direct its fire on the target X is designated the direction XP (fig 6) on the construction sheet on the scale of 20^ 00 wherethe location of P has been marked in advance according to itscoordinates is taken and transferred from X (fig 7) to XP on thesheet on the scale -^^ It is likewise possible to trace on a per-pendicular XQ to XP drawn through X or through any other point
a graduation in mils or in decigrads so as to give to the battery theerror in direction in mils or in decigrads as preferred and thus toavoid the transformation of the linear deviation Xpound in one orother of these angular unities I t appeared from the preceding section that on the scale of a division of 10 mils on this graduation has as length in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being in millimeters on the scale of rrshsij tn copy distance from the
gun to the target andX
being always the factor of transformation topass from the value of an angle in mils to its value in radiansThe length of the division of 10 decigrads equals in millimeters
40XKXXP
XP being expressed in the unity as above and X designating thefactor of transformation to pass from the angle reckoned in decigrads to its value in radians
K=^^=ls7oBXHH(log K=319612)
For greater clearness i t is well to use a special color to trace theline XP its perpendicular XQ and the scale of the latter even onthe construction sheet in black (See the example I I at end forthe arrangement of the calculation)
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3135
28 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
16 Adjustment on a target visible from the observation stationsmdashduring the adjustment This second case is that of a target eitherconstantly visible or intermittently visible as a gun to be firedonthe flashes of which the stations can see
In this case it is no longer necessary to assume that the position of
the target is known in advance and fixed during the firing since thesection can determine it before and during the adjustment Thesection always starts by locating the target This first operation isindispensable in the case of an enemy gun to be firedon which must
eitherbe identified or determined according as it is known or not
so that it can be signaled to the ArtilleryIt is in every case very useful to furnish the goniometric reading
which in each station corresponds to the sighting of the targetwhich from now on is taken as common reference point for the adjust-ment instead of the ordinary reference points It is useless to tryto secure great precision in this determination an approximatepositionquicklyobtained (with wires for instance) providedi t admitsverificationis sufficient not only to identify a known target but to
enable the Artillery if a new target is involved to fire an initialpercussion shell into its vicinity
The adjustment is then carried out as in the preceding case thatis by constructing geometric loci of each of the bursts so as to havetheir position with reference to the target Only instead of com-paring the calculated reference angle Udeg with the observed referenceangle UumlB+aUB+a to obtain the angular deviation dJdeg of the burst and ofthe target the goniometric reading of the last sighting of the target(supposedly made exactly) is subtracted from that of the burst I t
goes withoutsaying that the graduations of the scales of the ps oughtin this case to be connected no longer with the reference points ofthe observatory stations as origins but with the directions of the locipassing through the target
The advantages of this method of proceeding are numerous In
the first place the errors in range and in direction do not dependon the error which may exist in the position of the target at leastwithin the limits in which this error remains slight They are also
independent of the errors of position of the observatories since thecommon reference point is near the bursts (remark at the end ofSec 4) From this point of view the method is especially appro-priate for adjustments to be carried out in open warfare when thereis generally no time to determine the exact positions of the stationsFinally if a mobile or shifting target (gun mounted on rails neigh-boring gun continuing the fire of the first) is to be firedon the rather
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3235
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS 29
frequent observation of the flashes ofits rounds gives an opportunity
of followingthe displacements or changes modifyingthe adjustmentaccordingly and consequently avoiding the waste of ammunitionthat would be involved in the continuation of the fire with theelements from the initial adjustment I t is scarcely necessary toadd that if the change of position of the target became so importantthat the directions of the loci of the gun P and of the scales were nolonger sufficiently exact i t would be necessary to replace the con-struction sheet on the scale T nr by another relating to the last ob-served position of
thetarget
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3335
30 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Ilaquo8
O
MO W bull2ltmltn copy00 00 QCO TjH Q5 st^- brvbar (M00 00 _1_
VI
lI
l
mdashi l l ogt ltnieo
amp sraquo Jo 111 gtH CO COsraquo
oS t- oo i obit-
I ii || i5
aa | S Sftc 9
iq o brvbarraquoraquo a -mho
fi 8o CO
S +II II bulls I QQ I QD
5o
L O t sect N ampiM
atmdash4 brvbarg a os
oII II to w t^Si^ll o - o i^1
laquo H Sh 3 laquo 3 H ^ 60 ltMi I I PP V II3 3 0 I II II
H ^ ^ J 42 S sect3 8oo
V ftpftp 60 60t^
+II S^S 3^ -^lt3 5 + p
3QoII
s 73sgt
s ITfS)O(N
gt I^ H2 J^ssIlaquoN
II IIV 2 L A
1rlaquo
o1o1m J
Sbull8I t-
brvbar
ampbull^
sbull29
lt3
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3435
TECHNKECHNK A L IAL I stt
s osoocoifl-^eocooosoosoocoifl-^eocooosoo
miOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSiOr-slgteoaJlOiHt-COlaquoSg r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53r- i rH (M ltN CO brvbarbrvbar 53
o
coo S-^os-^osTtsodcoodcood-^os-^osTtsodcoodcoodcltrltr o I S rH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquoltI brvbarrH CO ltN CO CO brvbarlaquolt brvbar
r-4-4
txroococoococooicoxroococoococooicoraquo Sodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^coodigtc6Tseocltioeraquoi^co
o g 1-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00-1 ltn co -ltti 10 co co igt 00bullss-22
I tHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSOHCOCC-^ICICOt^OOOSO
r33I 2 O
oltMM
c O55O55 U 3 O H3 O H
lO ltNO ltMN ltMN O J OO JO too
488 IIIO
laquoO
QCr-i O5Cr-i CO5 CO
o 000000
s r- i- i
00 O0 t- lt- l O55-11 s Q tgt- COgt- (MO (M Imdashlmdashl a0 CD0 OD O 000
(MM HHO3regHO3reg COO ao11 O 1-1-1O lOO 000III r-H-HGOO
ao ltM OM t- lt- l COOi-H-H CO (NO CON CO
TfregOfreg O COOTfi co 01 laquoofi co 01 laquoo
o O (NI-o i-HNI- i-H copy
COO
I1
I$ 0gtgtDOO ISS s
QQQ o
sii Imdashlmdashl
3 tiD 6D bDtiD 6D bDao oo oo S44
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o
882019 Technical instructions on plotting Targets and bursting points for Adjustment of fire
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltechnical-instructions-on-plotting-targets-and-bursting-points-for-adjustment 3535
32 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION ON PLOTTING TARGETS
Calculation of the adjustments to bealculation of the adjustments to be applied touxpplied toux xrd therd righhe righ to thedivifo thedivifsions of the scales when the referentions of the scales when the referentcc pointsc anoints an
brvbar
taken as otaken as o igins ofgins thef thegraduationsraduations
Formulae Adjustment=[(Nextormulae higdjustment=[(Nexthig jhest multithest multit gtle of 10 abile of 10 abi raquoye theye realhe realvalue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]alue of a)- (Udeg-U R )]
Observation stationsbservation stations Oxx O2O2
2O2
O3O3
3O3
rrdegdeg
1 427 527 5 8307307 7 012 512 5B 1 347 947 9 8010010 7141141
rdeg-UBdeg-UB 79696 29797 6 298 498 4[ext highest multiple of10ext highest multiple of10 800 300 6300300-(Udeg-U E(Udeg-U )E ) 4 milmil 3 milmil 1 6 milmildjustmentdjustment 3 mmmm 1 mmmm 9 mmmm
OCTOBEK 1916
o